me 10, Sey yy tine wade He aaa ® Stas Suet . . eb eee *’ ANE She hee ee ‘ arin fee here ae o Ve eNqatet ete eerie es thee yale lately age . ee in Bee © re toe sf te ~~ ome a ae) wee ashe + CeO Ue eae ake . ‘ . ’ » ae eee deste Nidal ereetahtee eRe eae ’ : . ow } ght . Oe hee ‘ - * MG Slew oe aver > eee oe 8 tee mee Aad me seers gterted bramsunsereearsy: | Spee Vee ae bay ie ays fo ew me ee my Nees babs tacts br bree Babe er yee wemeer wren ee) y! eee) sores “4! he he A sca ~o* ~~ wee. . eet tree ~ SQOIM SI, - a Sy ctaty verwereat hee Clusters One t 6 . - © eae ’ : Nees nearby pore (4.9) 92 teks eae! » 7th pares dehee eis tmeh © Sark, SRE pis Sm bye. Pome heer bre > > > . »* * ~~ . . ” , vows 7 Siete wy. OU Rv rs: eh te ys mye Pha eee eee UV bet ph coh At beh k oo oN : Lh ee 4 ‘ fea gy tle Vs eka 8 - or _ : ‘ aror bs Weprte trek ti ores Ores ts 1s . ‘ : ah, A eee bee tied Red “fs ar - 5 rd ee Tae ‘ “ea : bbe Fi 3 - 455 3s ee f - \ a ; Peet Parte i Pate! vn 55 apt boca ys fre tsb) oe Fo pee eee PLGA hay ote ye co ee ae ne Pere AF eh Bw doe id Pele’ bak tuedlak saa area Pera ts orice g preeerertyeh arte SE A mb ae pee ohn ee tet Te hm at or ere et ot alee Pe PP Er ieee ee dt ae 4 te at nee a < ‘ oe tn ee La 7 ‘ ’ y i 7 ‘ Of ape Pattee Per? + ; ' epee Beith ew 333 : 7 . orn “ \e . ‘ atol baer! - . * ee eee ie a gs pet Fee “ 7 : . : weak ete Re ; A Pe Pe FF : 7 r Ati ah fisietg a-th4 Pree ter eee ah aot ald a al bh ee ere rr mest ft | fig ye Li riernea 4 2 vate ome _- tf Ppek eee oat e Pee ter te ee ire Ae kal a et ad OEE ee ee ted Ae ake oahigl oD ape ee Bree ee’ Ae TP sAD Od , i ot bee tee eeuergri ae ' ie my ee re te ove ee ' oe we , ‘ Read ot v* ave . . oF ar aye 4 eee vo see ee 4 . ‘ ice o% t*1 ' ste Periyar ee ee ie Dae ‘ . we soe? aa ve ee . raed ‘ ai on een pr ha sate * en .o. Fs ‘” sob / a None ie. cree mr ey ee (74 ein Brae cane fate ace og ed re AJ AAG wea ebro hae aye Te ih ot tay “de Te ever trans ere an i?! ) ‘ > i easde Fare ea Pe eters es FP nee povecvepreres Ph ‘be. ‘ * ae * + * of . ‘ oa. a S74 " ae bes tout Oph te tp er ode ged ee de eee ean de ehh b Tle dered gO LES ene a cand re — irra TORREYA A Montuty Journat or Botanicat Nores anp News JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 LIRRABY Bera GA (ist EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY NORMAN TAYLOR Volume XIX NEW YORK Zoe 9 vale , ‘ PRESS OF at Tg af | THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY ‘f , Pas haa a, LANCASTER, PA. THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1919 President H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. Vice- Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D C. STUART GAGER, PH.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, N. Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. J. A. HARRIS, Px.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D. NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences M. A. HOWE, PH.D. Committees for 1919. Finance Committee R. A. HARPER, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, Miss C. C. HAYNES SERENO STETSON Budget Committee J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. R. A. HARPER N. L. BRITTON A. W. EVANS M. A. Howe H. H. Russy Field Committee F. W. PENNELL, Chairman. Mrs. L. M. KEELER MICHAEL LEVINE GEORGE T. HASTINGS Percy WILSON F. J. SEAVER Program Committee Mrs. E.G. BRITTON, Chairman. Pror. JEAN BROADHURST B. O. DODGE MICHAEL LEVINE F. J. SEAVER Membership Committee J. K. SMALL, Chairman. T. E. HAZEN E. W. OLIVE Local Flora Committee N. L. Britton, Chairman. Phanerogams: Cryptogams: E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN CS €. Curzis M. A. Howe K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuRRILL Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Liverworts: A. W. Evans Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Marine Algae: M. A. Howe Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher Hymeroomycetes: W. A. Murrill Except Russulaand Lactarius: Miss G. Burlingham Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Polyporeae: M. Levine Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Lichens: W. C. Barbour Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M. Richards Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F. Seaver, Mel T. Cook Oomycetes: C. A. King Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee Chytridiaceae, Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst Insect galls: Mel T. Cook Vol. 19 January, IgI9g No. 1 PeLORREYA A Monruiy Journat or BoranicaL Notes anp News EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY NORMAN TAYLOR JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873. CONTENTS The Pala or Mule’s Foot Fetn in the Hawaiian Archipelago: VaucHan Mac- AOANIG ETESY oc) sosdaset dv ddocdvessieacnumra ged PoVONY Los Scape Faae toe cwons ctupaleimdiobe ste ak soda teas I Pleistocene Plants from Tennessee and Mississippi: E. W. BERRY..0......c.-esseee ees 8 Nates-on Ly castes. Ty Dy Al. COCKEREEL$ oi nce acy bes op shoe siveseln ch b chenedrntens sompheiwenecy heb Io Shorter notes: Plants in flower in the Autumn of 1918 on Long Island, N. Y.: W. C. Frr- MUSON > on oes oc aicc cp vine necesuce Vocpoe oianeie sonsaealer apdusicbebecedeeedniniee Msp rinactiepos dee scar velde tiene 1z Concerning duplicate types: F. W. PENNELL........64.. Peasy Wee Ae 0 ton Sa heheate I4 Reviews; Boerker’s Our National Forests: C, STUART GAGER.....sssecensesecn cee estesesnecseres 14 _Harwood’s New Creations in Plant Life: O. BE. WHITE...-..06. 000.00 ccseee geese eeee 16 Proceedings of the Club ..........ccc000 ceececaueceeereees Pi erarmus natok deny Chak wld a Pa 17 BR MEIPA LEIA). SL ih 502i gow sc as co cUe Mess Ria hobs No dcaccanOPer vane tev aidenided Wuepae cea dpasekinneed 19 Y PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB At 41 NortH Queen Srreetr, LANcCAsrER, Pa. “x BY THe New Era Printing Company “Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter, THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR to19 President H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. _ Vice- Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D C. STUART GAGER, PH.D. _ Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, PH.D. COLUMBIA UNIveErRsiItTy, N. Y. City. _ Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. : M. LEVINE, Pu.D. J. A. HARRIS, Px.D. G.. E. NICHOLS, Px.D. ~MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. -ARLOW B. STOUT, PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate io the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences | : M. A. HOWE, PH.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION ~ SociETY oF AMERICA TORREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to i NORMAN TAYLOR ‘Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. Y TORREYA Vol. I9 No. 1 January, IgI9 THE PALA OR MULE’S-FOOT FERN (Marattia Doug- lasvi (Presl.) Baker) IN THE HAWAIIAN ARCHIPELAGO By VauGHAN MAcCCAUGHEY College of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii The Hawaiian ferns have constituted an interesting subject of botanical investigation for over a century. There have been few studies, however, of specific ferns or fern groups.1 The present paper aims to give a concise account of the “‘mule’s-foot”’ fern or pala (Marattia Douglasii (Presl.) Baker). This species is of particular interest because it is the sole representative, in the present Hawaiian flora, of an extremely important group of pteridophytes, namely, the Marattiales. Moreover, it also oc- curs in the Fiji Islands, and this fact raises some interesting ques- tions as to its geographic dissemination. The pala was also used as food and medicine by the primitive Hawaiians. Finally, Campbell’s? studies of the gametophyte stage have given local workers a special interest in this fern. In early geologic periods Marattiaceous ferns abounded, and comprised an important element in the luxuriant fern jungles of those times. They were very abundant in the Pennsylvanian (Upper Carboniferous), in the Triassic (Rhetic), and in the Meso- zoic of India. A survey of the geological record shows that the present-day Marattiales are but scant and skrunken remnants of a magnificent vanished flora. The ancient and primitive family Marattiaceae is represented 1MacCaughey, V. Genus Gleichenia in the Hawaiian Islands. Torreya 18: 41-52. 1918. 2 Campbell, D. H. Observations on the development of Marattia douglasit Baker. Ann. Bot. 8:1. 18094. (No. 12, Vol. 18 of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 231-258, was issued 21 January 1919) 1 Ltr 4, NB Ww Ye GARD; 2 in the Hawaiian flora only by a single species, M. Douglasii. The geographic range of the family i: .dicated by the following table: Genus No. of species Range Marattia 25 tropics Angiopteris I (or 60!) Old World tropics, Australasia, S. Japan Archangiopteris I southwestern China Kaulfussia I Indo-Malaya, Philippines Macroglossum I Borneo Danaea 20 Tropical America From this table will be seen that Hawaii, isolated in the vast stretches of the North Pacific_Ocean, and lying on the rim of the tropics, is the northernmost limit of the family’s range in the entire Pacific basin. Three theories may be presented to explain the occurrence of M. Douglasii in the Hawaiian Islands. First: It also occurs in the Fiji Archipelago. Inasmuch as the bulk of the native Ha- walian flora shows affinities with that of the southwest Pacific, it is possible that the pala was introduced through natural agen- cies,—ex. wind,—from the South Pacific. Second: The native Hawaiians habitually used the pala for food and medicine. The natives originally migrated to Hawaii from Tahiti, and for many centuries maintained intercourse with their southern kinsfolk. During this period of migration and intercourse, numerous food plants' were introduced into Hawaii. It is not at all unlikely that the pala was deliberately introduced, by the natives, during this epoch. Its present distribution in the is!ands is in no way incompatible with this hypothesis. Third: The entire Hawaiian Archipelago has undergone pro- found subsidence during recent geologic time.2 In early times the islands were united by land connections. This formed a “Pan-Hawaii-land,’”’ very much larger in area, higher in eleva- tion, and diversified in topography and climate, than the present archipelago. On the warm lowlands of Pan-Hawaii-land may have existed great tropical jungles of Marattiaceous ferns and 1 MacCaughey, V. Food Plants of the Ancient Hawaiians. Sci. Monthly 4: 75-80. I917. 2 MacCaughey, V. Outstanding Biological Features of the Hawaiian Archi- pelago. Amer. Nat. in press. their allies. All have vanished save the lone M. Douglasii, that was able to survive under the changing ecologic environment. There is ample evidence elsewhere in the Hawaiian flora to show that many elements of the present flora are but remnants of the far richer flora of Pan-Hawaii-land. The genus Marattia Sm. (—Dicostegia Presl., Eupodium J.Sm., Gymnotheca Presl., Marattia Presl., Myriotheca Bory, Stibasia Presl.) was named in honor of an Italian botanist, J. F. Maratti, of Vallombrosa, Tuscany, who lived in the seventeenth century and wrote on ferns. The genus comprises about 25 species, which are scattered throughout the tropics, and into the southern hemisphere. The following table shows the distribution of the better-known species. O_p WorLD African fraxinea Sm.—west coast of Africa to Polynesia. salicifolia Schrad.—South Africa to the Cape. Boivini Mett.—Madagascar. purpurascens de Vriese—Ascencion Island. East Indies salicina Sm.—East Indian Archipelago. sambucina Bl.—Java. pellucida Pres|.—Philippine Islands. Melanesia melanesiaca Kuhn—Melanesia. attenuata Labill—New Caledonia. Polynesia Douglasii (Presl.) Baker—Fiji, Hawaiian Islands. NEw Wor.LpD cicutifolia Kaulf.—tropical America. Kaulfussii J. Sm.—tropical America. alata Sm.—West Indies, Mexico, northern South America. Weinmannitfolia. Liebm.—Mexico. laevis Sm.—West Indies. = Marattia Douglasii (Presl.) Baker! is called pala by the Ha- walians. It may also be called the Mule’s-foot Fern, or Doug- las’s Marattia. It was named in honor of the Scotch botanist, David Douglas, who visited Hawaii in 1833, and lost his life by falling into a native cattle-trap. It is a large, coarse-leaved, showy fern, easily recognized in the forest. Although not as large as the Marattias of other countries, it attains generous size, with a stocky trunk 1-2 it. high, and wide-spreading leaves, 6-15 ft. long. “In Hawaii Ma- rattia is surpassed in stature and spread by some of the arbor- escent species (Cibotium, Sadleria”). Aside from the strictly arborescent species, however, Marattia and Angiopteris may be ranked among the largest of the ferns. The pala is abundant in the mountain-forests of Hawaii, and in the moister parts of the lower forests. It inhabits the humid zone lying between 800-3500 ft., on both windward and leeward slopes. It favorite haunts are cool, heavily shaded, humid, steep- sloped ravines, where it forms little colonies or patches. It seems to prefer sharply sloping banks and ravine-sides, although it is also found in level places. The pala is strongly hygrophytic and shade-loving; it is never found in dry or exposed situations. Representative regions where the pala is abundant are: Hanalei and Na Pali districts, Kauai; Kaala and Punaluu dis- tricts, Oahu; valleys of northeastern Molokai; mountains back of Lahaina and Wailuku, Maui; forests of windward Haleakala, Maui; forests of Hilo, Hamakua, Olaa, and Kona, Hawaii. There are no places where it is excessively abundant; it is scat- tered rather sparingly through the forests and groves. The stem or trunk is tuberous, barrel-shaped, or almost glob- ular. It is stocky and erect, as is also true of Angiopteris. Danea and Kaulfussia have more or less horizontal rhizomes. The pala stem is sometimes half buried under leafmould and earth, but on the steeper slopes, where the pala best luxuriates, it is almost wholly exposed. 1W. J. Hooker and J. G. Baker. Synopsis Filicum. London, 1868, p. 441. Also called Stibasia Douglasii Presl., Gymnotheca Douglasii T. Moore, M. alata Hook. & Arn. 2 MacCaughey, V. Tree Ferns of Hawaii. American Botanist, 22: 1-9. 10916. i) The stem is completely covered by the conspicuous, dark, fleshy auricles (stipules) and leaf-bases. The petioles arise from among the brownish or purplish auricles. After the fall of the leaf the fleshy base remains alive and often gives rise to adven- titious buds. Hooker, in describing the stipules of MW. purpur- ascens De Vriese states that they may become ‘“‘leafy at the mar- gin, lobed and crestd, green, sometimes even becoming sorif- erous pinnules.’’ The leaf-bases of the pala have been well de- scribed by Camptell :! “The leaves are furnished at the base with very conspicuous fleshy stipules which remain adhering to the stem after the leaf has fallen away, and these leaf-bases, with their attached stip- ules, more or less completely cover the surface of the stem. As the leaves fall away they leave a characteristic scar marked by the remains of the vascular bundles. The leaf-base as well as the stalks of the leaflets show a more or less marked enlarge- ment, recalling the pulvinus which occurs so commonly in the Leguminosae. It is at this point that the leaf-stalk separates, the smaller divisions of the leaf often breaking away from the main or secondary rachis, in the same fashion as the main leaf- stalk falls. In the large species of Marattia and Angiopteris this enlarged leaf-base with the two thick, fleshy stipules curi- ously resembles in shape and size the hoof of a horse.” The present writer would suggest that the comparison with a mule’s hoof would be more apt, and proposes as the common name, ‘“‘MULE’S-FOOT’’ FERN. The thick, fleshy auricles are richly supplied with starch and mucilage, and were used by the primitive Hawaiians as an article of food, when other food supplies were lacking. The ‘‘mule’s feet’’ were baked in hot ashes, whereupon they became very pal- atable. The writer has frequently eaten baked pala, and can testify to its excellence. The pala stipules were also used med- icinally, for bronchial and intestinal catarrh. Slices soaked in cold water soon impart their mucilage to the liquid, and form a pleasant drink. In cross section the starchy, watery stem shows a complicated system of steles, arranged in concentric circles. Sclerenchyma is absent from its ground tissue. 1). H. Campbell. The Eusporangiatae, 1911, p. 118. 6 The pala roots are short, thick, and fleshy. They originate with reference to the stele circles in the stem. The central cyl- inder of the root has several alternating groups of xylem and phloem. Tannin sacs are abundantly developed in the roots, as well as in other parts of the plant. The pala foliage is stately and somber. The leaves are few in number (5-150), spirally arranged, and with close-set bases. The young leaves are enclosed in the prominent stipules; the leaves are circinate, and slowly unfurl in the typical fern manner. The leaves develop very slowly,—a period of 3 to 6 months being required for the unfurling of a single leaf. Indeed, all of the vital functions of the pala, like those of other rain forest plants, are very sluggish. The petioles are 3 to 5 feet long, stout, smooth, and shining. At the base they are conspicuously swollen, articulate, and 2.5-3 ins. in diameter. The ‘‘mule’s-foot’’ base, with its two large, fleshy, auricular stipules, has already been described. Lenticel- like structures are of common occurrence on the older leaf-bases. They arise beneath the stomata, and form small cavities, the peripheral cells of which become detached and dried up. Large mucilage ducts and numerous tannin sacs are developed in the petioles of the older leaves. The leaf-blade is 3 to 8 ft. long, deltoid or ovate-oblong, and 2-3-pinnate. The base is 3-pinnate; there is a terminal pinnule. The blade is a characteristic dark green, smooth, glossy, and not- ably fleshy. The color and texture are quite distinctive. A cross-section of leaf reveals a thick layer of collenchymous hypodermal tissue. The pinnae are oblong-lanceolate. The lowest pinnae are 6— 24 in. long, on stalks of .5-2.5 in. The upper portion of the rachis is narrowly margined or winged. The secondary pinnae are linear, 3-6 in. long, with a broadly compressed or winged rachis. The ultimate pinnules are substipitate, ovate or ob- long, .5—I ins. long by .25-.30 in. wide, and bluntly serrate. The apex is obtuse or acuminate; the base is cuneate or subtruncate. The veins are simple or dichotomously forked. All the leaves are spore-beaiing or potentially so. The spor- ~I angia are large, fleshy, and borne in boat-shaped groups (syn- angia), on the under surface of the pinnule, near the margin. The sporangia, each of which arises from a number of superficial cells, are incompletely separated from one another, and remain together in the oblong or capsule-like synangia. The walls of the sporangium are several cells in thickness. The annulus is want- ing or greatly reduced; there is no indusium. The synangium is adnate to the vein, or very short-stalked. Dehiscence is first by the opening of the synangial valve, then slits along each sporangium. Campbell' has made detailed studies of the gametophyte. The spores are very small, bilateral or tetrahedral, and yellow- ish-brown. Under suitable conditions they germinate promptly. Within a week they begin to show a greenish tint, due to the developing chlorophyll. The mature gametophyte is large, fleshy, massive, dark-green, and heart-shaped. It grows on the surface of the soil and closely resembles such liverworts as Pellia. It is broad heart-shaped, tapering to a narrow base. The very old gametophytes branch dichotomously exactly as in the thal- lose liverworts. ‘‘A broad midrib extends for nearly the whole length of the thallus and merges gradually into the wings, which ’ are also several-layered, nearly or quite to the margin’’—Camp- bell. Rhizoids,—brown, unicellular, and thin-walled,—are pro- duced abundantly from the cells of the lower surface. The gametophyte is monoecious. Antheridia appear first, sometimes on the upper surface, but usually along the lower side of the midrib. The archegonia are confined exclusively to the lower surface of the midrib. Campbell points out that the re- productive organs are very much like those of Ophioglossum, and are ‘‘marked indications of the primitive nature of these ancient. ferns.”’ The Marattia gametophyte is always infested with a specific endophytic fungus. Campbell states that it is probably iden- tical with or very closely related to the fungus which occurs in Ophioglossum. ‘‘In the infested cells of the green gametophyte the starch and chromatophores are destroyed by the action of 1[—). H. Campbell. The Eusporangiatae, 1911. Mosses and Ferns, 1905. 8 the endophyte, but the nucleus of the cell remains intact.’ The duration of the gametophyte is apparently unlimited, so long as fertilization does not take place. The young sporophyte con- sists at first mainly of the primary leaf and root, which are tra- versed by a single axial vascular strand. A stem apex is de- veloped at an early period, although it remains relatively incon- spicuous. The pala does not occur in cultivation, to the writer’s knowl- edge. It undoubtedly would grow successfully under humid fern-house conditions, as do many other Hawaiian ferns. M. fraxinea Smith, which ranges from west Africa to New Zealand, is cultivated in American conservatories. The Hawaiian pala would likewise give a magnificent tropical effect in northern greenhouses. It deserves attention. PLEISTOCENE PLANTS FROM TENNESSEE AND MISSISSIPPI By Epwarp W. BERRY I have published, from time to time, brief accounts of Pleisto- cene plants from our Atlantic and Gulf states as they have passed through my hands, since the amount of material likely to be available does not warrant a more comprehensive treatment. For this reason I wish to place on record the following new oc- currences. It is to be hoped that the distribution of our floras in the era immediately preceding the present be considered by botanists dealing with the existing flora. Even in the present unsatis- -factory state of our knowledge of Pleistocene plants, woefully behind that of other civilized countries, much is to be gained in insight and many pitfalls may be avoided by looking back of the present. This note relates to small collections made by Bruce Wade in 1915 at Adamsville, McNairy County, Tennessee, from next to the highest terrace of the Tennessee River (elevation about 500 ft.), and by E. W. Shaw from the Loess just west of 9 Vicksburg Military Park, Warren County, Mississippi (the Bluff formation of Hilgard). The number of species in these two collections is small and the forms are not especially noteworthy in that they do not occur outside the existing range of the formsinvolved. The hack- berry (Celtis mississippiensis) is recorded for the first time from the Pleistocene; Lesquereux’s old determination of the chin- quapin from the banks of the Mississippi River is in a measure corroborated by finding it fossil in western Tennessee; and the range of the Pleistocene ancestor of the spanish oak is consider- ably extended. Following are the species recognized with brief annotations: OSMUNDA (?) sp. Based upon rootstocks collected by Mr. Wade at Adamsville. Similar remains, likewise referred to Osmunda, were described by Hollick'! from the late Pleistocene (Talbot formation) of Maryland, and the foliage of Osmunda spectabilis Willd. occurs in the Pleistocene of Alabama.” QUERCUS PREDIGITATA Berry. This form, the supposed ancestral type of the existing Quercus digitata and Quercus pagodaefolia, has been recorded previously from the Pleistocene of North Carolina,*? Mississippi,* and Vir- ginia.® It is represented at Adamsville by leaves, cupules and acorns, thus considerably extending its known range. CASTANEA PUMILA Miller. The small chestnut or chinquapin has been recorded by Knowlton® from the Pleistocene near Morgantown, West Vir- ginia, and by Lesquereux’ from the early Pleistocene near Co- lumbus, Kentucky. Although I have collected materials from Lesquereux’s locality and adjacent outcrops* I did not meet 1 Hollick, A. Md. Geol. Surv. Pleist. 217. pl. 67. f. 3. 1906. 2 Berry, E.W. Am. Jour. Sci. 29: 391. IgI0. 3 Berry, E.W. Jour. Geol. 15: 342. 1907. 4 Berry, E.W. Torreya 14: 162. 1914. 5 Berry, E.W. Am. Jour. ‘Sci. 34: 22. f. 4, 5. 1912. ® Knowlton, F. H. Am. Geol. 18: 371. 1896. *Lesquereux, L. Am. Jour. Sci. 27: 365. 1850. 8 Berry, E. W. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 48: 293-303. pls. 12, 13. I915. 10 with this species. Nevertheless I see no reason for doubting Lesquereux’s determination beyond the fact that he queried it. The present occurrence is based upon characteristic nuts collected by Mr. Wade at Adamsville. CELTIS MISSISSIPPIENSIS Bosc. This species, so far as I know, has not previously been found fossil. The present occurrence is based upon beautifully pre- served, reticulate surfaced stones collected from the Loess at Vicksburg, Mississippi, by E. W. Shaw at a horizon 10 feet be- low the surface. The related Celtis occidentalis Linné is repre- sented by stones in the late Pleistocene (Talbot formation) at Tappahannock, Virginia.! THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY. NORES) ONVEY GASTE By T. D. A. COCKERELL Among the various neotropical orchids, few are more attrac- tive than the species of Lycaste. Several years ago Mrs. Cock- erell brought three forms from Guatemala, and we have had abundant opportunity to study their characters, as they flowered each season in the greenhouse. The plants were purchased in Guatemala City, but were brought from the surrounding coun- try by the natives. The most. interesting and beautiful is the. one known in horticulture as Lycaste Skinnert var. alba. After comparing the living plants with typical L. Skinnert, flowering at the same time, I came to the conclusion that the so-called var- iety alba was a distinct species. It apparently occurs wild, and in spite of assertions to the contrary, it certainly has structural as well as color characters. The lateral lobes of the lower petal or lip are much larger in Skinneri than in alba; while the bract of Skinneri is much shorter, not reaching the middle of the upper sepal. I wrote to Mr. R. A. Rolfe concerning the matter, and he discussed the question briefly in Orchid Review, 1915, p. 224. He did not believe that alba could be a distinct species, and I 1 Berry, E. W. Am. Nat. 43: 435. 1909. 11 hesitated to combat his opinion, although he presented no de cisive evidence. As no more light has come to clear up the mat- ter, and it still seems to me at least probable that the white form should be separated, I offer a brief description from our material. et LycastTE alba sp. nov. Scapes light green, 4.25 mm. thick; posterior bract sheathing, the sides infolding, so that the long apical part is hollow, apex tapering, sharply pointed, base 10.5 mm. wide, the back very obtusely keeled, length of bract about 72 mm., light green; an- terior bract represented by a small projection about 2 mm. long, pointed with a membranous appendage; sepals pure white, upper erect, about 75 mm. long and 36 broad, lanceolate ovate, obtusely pointed, keeled beneath apically; lateral sepals similar, faintly greenish apically beneath, about 77 mm. long and 38 broad, meeting below and slightly overlapping to form a gibbous chin; the upper sepal goes 24 mm. beyond tip of bract; petals pure white, the lower one (lip) suffused with orange at extreme base; lateral petals about 50 mm. long and 30 broad, the broad apices curled over backward; lip with a broad downwardly directed median lobe, lateral lobes hardly developed, basal part bulbous; column with anthers about 28 mm. long, very stout, the rounded apex very faintly suffused with purplish; the four pollinia bright orange, on a clear white stalk; callus of lip very thick, about 7.5 mm. broad, suboval, pale orange tinted. The flowers are not s'icky or aromatic. In addition to the above and the true L. Skinneri Lindley, we have Lycaste cruenta Lindley, belonging certainly to a distinct section of the genus. . The sepals are very sticky on the outer side, and the flowers have a strong aromatic odor. It is also peculiar in that one of each pair of pollinia is about a third smaller than the other. The following description of the flower is from life: LYCASTE CRUENTA Lindley Scapes about 14 cm. long; bracts 4-5, dark red brown, sheath- ing, loose, pointed, uppermost about 22 mm. long; flowers erect, about 40 mm. long, brilliant orange, with the broad sepals pale yellow-green; sepals about 50 mm. long and 24 broad, oblong, rather obtusely pointed, bearded at base within; petals shorter than sepals, more ovate, with a larger apical angle, lightly speck- led with crimson at base; lip abundantly spotted with crimson 12 within, but the extended, downwardly curved median lobe not speckled, its apical margin slightly irregularly crenulate but not fimbriate; column about 16 mm. long and 7.5 broad, flattened, but thick, dark crimson at base, the contiguous part of the lip also crimson, and the at base of the lip on the outer side is a transversely elongate crimson patch. — SHORTER NOTES PLANTS IN FLOWER IN THE AUTUMN OF 1918 ON LonG ISLAND, N. Y.—Weather Bureau records confirm the observations of everyone that October was the warmest ever known in this vi- cinity. Certain days of almost summer heat were warmer than any October day for as far back as the records go. It is probably due to these unseasonably warm October days that the following list of plants in fresh flower on October 28-30, and November 1-2, can be recorded. PLANTS IN FRESH BLOOM AT GARDEN City, L. I., on OCTOBER 28-30, 1918: Trifolium pratense Solidago juncea fe repens Brassica sp. oN arvense Daucus carota Linaria Linaria Melilotus alba Taraxacum Taraxacum Achillea millefolium Aster paniculatus Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum “ dumosus Neopieris mariana (Nov. 4) ‘““ ericoides Baptisia tinctoria (Nov. 4) During a walk from Pine Lawn to Lake Ronkonkoma on November 1-2, with Mr. Norman Taylor, the following were also found in fresh bloom: Aster ericoides Houstonia longifolia ‘undulatus Cichorium Intybus ‘* divaricatus . Taraxacum Taraxacum ' s scordifolus | Prunella vulgaris ‘“ novae-angliae Daucus carota ‘““ Jateriflorus Achillea millefolium ~< patens Chrysopsis mariana ‘““ -vimineus Linaria Linaria Tradescanti Oenothera biennis Solidago juncea nemoralis bicolor puberula rugosa caesia Ionactis linariifolius Centaurea Jacea Trifolium repens ac pratense agrarium sf arvense Rudbeckia hirta Viola pedata Verbascum Thapsus 13 Oenothera muricata Melilotus alba Nabalus sp. Rubus sp. Erigeron ramosus ‘ canadensis Gnaphalium obtusifolium Plantago lanceolata - aristata Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum Brassica sp. Lepidium Hieracium scabrum Polygonella articulata Dianthus Armeria Persicaria pennsylvanica Eriocaulon septangulare WILLIAM C. FERGUSON GARDEN CITY. CONCERNING Duplicate TypEs.—In the extensive array of names compounded with ‘‘type,’’ all of which agree in present- ing some idea derived from or modifying the meaning of that word, it seems strange that the conception which we taxonomists most often have occasion to designate appears not to have re- ceived any mononomial term. I allude to that which some of us have erred in calling ‘‘co-type,’’ and to which others, more con- sistent, have applied the phrase ‘‘duplicate type’”’ or ‘‘duplicate of type.”’ In 1905, Dr. A. S. Hitchcock indicated the distinction between duplicate type and co-type. In Science 21: 832, he defines a duplicate type as a specimen ‘‘of the same series or set as the type as indicated by the number or other data,” and a co-type as a specimen “‘cited with the original description in addition to the type specimen.’”’ In actual practice, in explaining our application of names, we continually need a short expression for the former—something as simple and easily remembered as the really less important word co-type. To meet this need I sug- gest the term isotype. 14 The word isotype, compounded from the Greek, means “‘equiv- alent to the type.’ To offset the objection that a duplicate is not necessarily equivalent to the type, indeed too often is quite different, is the fact that it always should be the same and so for the purpose of comparison should be its equal in value. Per- haps the best raison d'etre which can be urged for a word is its suggestion of an ideal; such a term should emphasize the import- ance of all duplicates being thoroughly like the type.—FRANCIS W. PENNELL. REVIEWS Boerker’s Our National Forests* A short popular account of the work of the United States For- est Service on the national forests, by the arboriculturist of the Department of Parks, New York City. The introduction (pp. xiii-xlvii) is followed by four chapters on the creation and or- ganization, the administration, and the protection of the national forests, and the sale and rental of national forest resources. An Appendix of six pages contains a tabular statement of land areas within the national forest boundaries. The book, well illustrated, brings together in small compass, reliable information on a subject about which every citizen should be intelligent, but which has hitherto been largely inaccessible on account of being widely scattered in Government bulletins and reports. Some of the information will be a revelation to perhaps the majority of readers. For example, we learn (p. 72) that the Forest Service has, since 1911, collected over 175,000 pounds of tree seeds for planting, and that 21 tree nurseries, in 1916, had in them over 37 million young trees to be planted in reforestation work. The average layman, who possesses chiefly misinformation concerning the relation of forests to climate, will profit by reading the author’s paragraphs on that subject (pp. 89-92). Those who are still skeptical (and there are many such) as to the practical value of preventive and remedial measures for tree diseases and pests will be enlightened to learn, merely as an illustrative example, that an expenditure of only $3,000 * Our National Forests. By Richard H. Donai Boerker. New York. The Macmillan Co. 1018. $2.50. 15 for insect control on about 900 acres in the Klamath National Forest, resulted in a saving of timber to the value of over $600,000 (p. 96). Friends of conservation will be interested to learn (p. 114) that a single issue of a New York Sunday paper consumes the trees on about 15 acres of forest. Apropos of this, one may per- haps be pardoned for questioning the wisdom, or the advantage from any point of view, of using eleven pages (pp. lix—lxix) to repeat in full the legends of the 80 illustrations. The analytical table of contents hardly makes up for the absence of an index. Incidentally it might be remarked that the fringed edges (tech- nical term unknown to the reviewer—chewed would be appro- priate) make it necessary to use the carpet sweeper and whisk broom after one has spent an hour with the book. But the few features that may be noted adversely are minor matters in comparison with the general excellence of the book. It gives a terse and readable survey of the history and activities of the Forest Service, and makes clear the need and value of this work. It will be invaluable as a reference book in all col- leges and universities, and in public and private libraries. Both the author and the cause of forestry and conservation are to be congratulated. C. STUART GAGER. Harwood’s New Creations in Plant Life* The revised and enlarged reprint of the first edition of W. S. Harwood’s ‘‘ New Creations in Plant Life’’ reads like a Florida land investment prospectus or a modern version of ‘‘ The Arabian Nights.” Mr. Harwood tells the story of Luther Burbank and his work with all the enthusiasm, all the veracity, and all the inspiration one expects from one whose years have been devoted to journal- istic effort. In Chapter I is recounted the struggles and tribu- lations of Burbank, the man, toward accomplishing his life’s ideal. ‘‘Now and again,’ Mr. Harwood writes, ‘‘arose some pseudo-scientific man who, professing unlimited friendship, * Harwood, W.S. New Creations in Plant Life. 2d ed., Revised and Enlarged. Pp. xviii + 430. Illustrated. The Macmillan Co., N. Y. 1918. Price $2.00. 16 sought for means to filch the rapidly increasing reputation. Others visited him with the covert purpose of exposing him as a charlatan after inspecting his methods, but, confounded by what they saw, went down the little hedge-bordered walk that leads to his quiet home shamed into silence.” Chapter II details the methods of work of this horticultural wizard. On pages 40-43, a list of some of the miracle-like ac- complishments are set forth. Among these are “‘The improved thornless and spiculeless edible cactus, food for man and beast, to be the reclamation of the deserts of the world’’; the union of the plum and the apricot, said to be an impossible accomplishment; a plum with a Bartlett pear flavor; a tree which grows more rapidly than any other tree ever known in the temperate zones of the world; a dahlia with the scent of magnolias, a calla lily with a Parma violet’s fragrance, a chestnut tree that bears in eighteen months from seed, an amaryllis with flowers nearly a foot in diameter, a calla with flowers 10-12 inches across, a rare fruit called the pomato, ‘“‘which grows upon the top of a potato,” and soon. This genius, according to Mr. Harwood, so remark- ably possessed with horticultural intuition, has bred the pits out from the plum, the bitter tannin from the English walnut, given a trailing-arbutus perfume to the verbena, created new species long thought impossible, taken the horrid thorns off from black- berries, and make them beautifully white in fruit. All these have been accomplished and the “‘half has not yet been told.” On page 51 is computed the gross financial returns for 160 acres of average farm land for 12 years if planted to one of Bur- bank’s hybrid walnut creations. The sum is $485,000, very nearly half a million. The expenses to be deducted from this in the form of care, taxes, etc., are said to be small. On page 68, a paragraph is devoted to Mr. Burbank’s work on the chestnut. Ordinarily, we are told, the chestnut trees raised from seed are from 10 to 25 years old before they bear nuts. Now this was altogether too slow for these modern days, so Mr. Bur- bank produced a tree that bears nuts when seven months to a year anda half old. The readers of this review, possessing desert properties not accessible to irrigation will be interested in state- 17 ments of an annual yield per acre of 20 tons of spineless cactus which can be utilized for cattle food. In tropical climates, where the land can be irrigated lightly once or twice, an annual yield of 150-180 tons per acre may be expected. As contrasted with 100 acres alfalfa under the best conditions, the yield of Burbank cactus under equally favorable conditions would be 30 to 40 times, we are told on pp. 390-391. And the best of it all, ac- cording to our author, is ‘‘that once established, the new cactus may remain for years uncultivated and undisturbed, constantly growing on and adding to its vast store.” To the flower lover, the account of Burbank’s work with pop- pies will surely be of absorbing interest. On page 79, a Burbank poppy is described with flowers, a dozen of which placed one upon another, would effectually conceal a man—seven of these magnificent blossoms placed end to end in a row are as high as a tall man. The volume is well and quite copiously illustrated and no one interested in flowers, fruits, and plant life in general can help being fascinated and very much impressed with this account of the wonders an untrained and comparatively uneducated man has produced in the plant world through using his intuition. ORLAND E. WHITE. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB OCTOBER 30, 1918 The meeting was held in the Morphological Laboratory of the - New York Botanical Garden, at 3:30 P.M. There were thirty persons present. Vice-president Barnhart occupied the chair. The minutes of October 8 were read and approved. The nomination and election of M. Nishimura, Columbia Uni- versity, N. Y. City, and Dr. Thos. Owen, Dept. Archives and History, Montgomery, Alabama, followed. A communication from Prof. J. E. Kirkwood relating to the publication of a paper as one of the Memoirs of the Club was read and referred to the Board of Editors for a report. The scientific program for this meeting consisted of an “ Ex- 18 hibition of a Collection of Flowering Plants and Mosses from North Star Bay’’ made by Dr. E. O. Hovey on the Macmillan Expedition. Dr. Hovey then gave an illustrated lecture on “ De- scription of the Habitats of the Plants Forming this Collection.” “The collection of plants made by Dr. Hovey at North Star Bay, 78 degrees 30 minutes N. latitude, was exhibited by Mrs. N.L. Britton. It included a few flowering plants, Arnica alpina, Casstope tetragona, Dryas integrifolia, Papaver radicatum, Ranun- culus nivalis and Saxifraga oppositifolia, as well as three dwarf willows, Salix herbacea, S. groenlandica, named by Dr. Rydberg, and a larger species of willow still undetermined. Of the flower- less plants, 25 are mosses, 8 are hepatics, five are lichens, and two are fungi, one a Mycosphaerella, parasitic on the leaves of one of the willows and the other a mould (Mucor sp. ?), which seems to be abundant at North Star Bay. The collections were studied by Dr. Evans, Dr. Andrews, Dr. Seaver, Miss Coker, Mr. Wil- liams and Mrs. Britton. After examining the specimens the Club adjourned to the lecture-room, where Dr. Hovey showed some beautiful views of North Star Bay and its flora, including some excellent photographs of birds and a few of the Esquimaux and their dogs.” Adjournment followed. B. O. DODGE, Secretary. NOVEMBER 12, 1918 The first meeting in the month was held at the American Museum of Natural History. There were twenty-one persons present. Prof. R. A. Harper.was elected chairman and called © the meeting to order at 8:26 P.M. The usual order of business was dispensed with. Dr. Geo. E. Nichols delivered the lecture of the evening, the subject being, ‘‘The Sphagnum Moss and its Use in Surgical ’ Dressings.’’ The speaker first described and illustrated several of the more common species of Sphagnum to be found in North America, calling attention to the differences in size, color and gen- eral habit existing between species. The marked variation in individuals of the same species was also noted as being due to 19 climatic or environmental influences. The morphological char- acters of the stems and leaves were described and the particular features by virtue of which the dried moss is able to absorb such large quantities of water were pointed out. It was shown that dried Sphagnum is capable of absorbing as much or more per dry weight as the ordinary absorbent cotton used in making dressings. The cells of the leaves are of two sorts. The smaller or nar- rower cells making a network, are green, while lying between the green cells we find much larger, empty cells whose walls are provided with large pores through which water may be absorbed from the outside. These cells are also characterized by thick- ened bands which serve to strengthen the system. Numerous specimens of Sphagnum were exhibited. The meth- ods by which the moss is harvested, dried, sorted and made into surgical dressings were described. A number of the various kinds of dressings made with Sphag- num or with cotton were shown. The lecture was illustrated with lantern slides. It has been published in part in the Journal of the New York Botanical Garden. Adjournment followed. B. O. DopGE, Secretary. NEWS ITEMS At the annual meeting of the Club held on January 14 the fol- lowing officers were elected: President, H. M. Richards; Vice Presidents, J. H. Barnhart and C. Stuart Gager; Secretary and Treasurer, B. O. Dodge; Editor, A. W. Evans; Associate Editors, Jean Broadhurst, J. Arthur Harris, M. A. Howe, M. Levine, G. E. Nichols, A. B. Stout, and Norman Taylor. Dr. M. A. Howe was elected as the delegate of the club to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences. Prefessors Edward W. Berry and J. T. Singewald, Jr., of the Johns Hopkins University are planning to leave in April for a six months trip of geological and paleontological exploration in the Andes. The region that they will cover extends from Peru to southern Chile. 20 Dr. E. W. Olive, of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, spent some time during the past summer assisting government and state agents in locating plant diseases and instructing farmers how to combat them. An account of his experiences in part of New York and Virginia was given ina public lecture at the New York Botanical Garden on October 26, and was accompanied by lantern slides illustrating some of the most important and recently intro- duced diseases. Among these were the nematode disease of wheat found in Virginia and the potato wart disease discovered in Pennsylvania. We learn from Science that Professor F. C. Newcombe of the University of Michigan “‘has been granted leave of absence for the second half year on the condition that he supply a substitute at his own cost.’’ Professor Newcombe has been at the Uni- versity since 1890. Dr. L. T. Knight has been appointed plant physiologist in the division of plant pathology at the Minnesota experiment station. Barrington Moore, formerly Associate Curator of Woods and Forestry at the American Museum of Natural History, and for sixteen months with the American Expeditionary Force in France, has received his discharge from military duty. Major Moore assisted Lt. Col. H. S. Graves, chief of the United States Forest Service, in organizing the forestsy troops which produced lumber for the A. E. F. Major Moore later had charge of all purchases of wood in France and other European countries for the Ameri- can Army. At the Baltimore meetings he was elected president of the Ecological Society of America. Dr. F. W. Pennell, of the New York Botanical Garden, is spending some time at the United States National Herbarium studying the collections made in South America by Dr. J. N. Rose. The conservatories of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, which, owing to shortage of coal and consequent crowding of the col- lections have been closed for over a year, have been reopened. The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of ToRREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The “New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates: 2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp Z0pp 25 copies $ .79 $1.14 $1.78 $2.32 $2.87 $3.28 50 copies 1.03 1.43 2.23 2.82 3.52 3.92 100 copies 1.45 2.03 2,70 3.50 4.23 4.55 200 copies 2.15 3.24 3.92 5.25 6.52 6.92 Covers: 25 for $1.00, additional covers 114 cents each. Plates for reprints, 50 cents each per 100. Committees for 1919, Finance Committee Program Committee R.A. HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, Pror. JEAN BROADHURST Miss C. C. HAYNES B. O. DopGE SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE Budget Committee F. J. SEAVER J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. Membership Committee R. A. HARPER J. K. SMALL, Chairman. N. L. Britton T. E. Hazen A. W. EVANS E. W. OLIVE M. A. Howe Local Flora Committee Hi. H. Rusgy ; N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee Phanerogams: Cryptogams: F.W. PENNELL, Chairman. E. P: BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON Mrs. L. M. KEELER N. L. BritTon T. E. HAzEN MICHAEL LEVINE C. C. Curtis M. A. Howe GEORGE T. HASTINGS K. K. MACKENzIE MICHAEL LEVINE PERCY WILSON NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuRRILL F. J. SEAVER Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora _ Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M. Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F. _ Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R: A. Harper ‘Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine’ _ Chytridiaceae, Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards ’ Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN _ A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 1870. Vol. 45 published in 1918, contained 519 pages of text and 15 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe, 18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are, agents for England. Of former volumes, only 24—45 can be supplied entire ; cer- tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire Stab of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets Vols. 24~27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars each ; Vols. 28-45 three dollars each. Shots copies (30 cents) will be furnished only heh not breaking complete volumes. | (2) MEMOIRS The Memorrs, established 1889, are published at irregu- lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No.1 of Vol. 16 has been’ issued. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing’ Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur- chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- — dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to — DR. BERNARD O. DODGE Columbia University New York City Vol. 19 February, I919 No. 2 TORREYA > A Monruiy Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News EDITED FOR SHE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 8Y NORMAN TAYLOR fOHN TORREY, 1796-1873. CONTENTS Botanical Study of Skunk Cabbage: KATHERINE As WILLIAMS..+- 0.) -sseceeers eevee ese at Some Remarks upon Limosella; F. W. PENNELL .-.-- 1.16 ceeneeey cece cene cree ct eee eee e ees 30 in tie: Wake of the Hnemy 15.5% Pe 4 hcoakh. 3 ses dasa tas Uadioens nose ps cabs vine oe Pade ee 32 Proceedings of the Club ....... WE TR GS CMR IAL Sanaa MAL RMSE, Pa EAR Aa eb Rae 33 TMM IM GOSIAR DICER Ci 5.5 ca.) Soont bate oleayaek eens cone he faaeed Mice veudgee SMe ae th wpSeh hen syrs 34 BWIA ECE TINGS vcs. 5s aap aes nchh “Soaliu gas Daceensse ped eure tepeccus cape wy Byte Del ORR S as 5 rae 36 PuBLISHED FOR THE CLUB At 41 NortH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. BY Tse New Era Printinc Company “Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., a8 second-class matter, THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1og19 President H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. Vice- Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY. BARNHART, A.M., M.D C. STUART GAGER, PH.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, PH.D. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, N. Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Edtiors JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D. J. A. HARRIS, Pu.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Px.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D. NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences M. A. HOWE, PH.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION SoOcIETY. OF AMERICA TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To — -subseribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to NORMAN TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. ¥ MAR ¢ 4 told TORKEY A Vol. 19 No. 2 February, IgIg A BOTANICAL STUDY OF SKUNK CABBAGE, SYMPLOCARPUS FOETIDUS By KATHERINE A. WILLIAMS The skunk cabbage is a plant of unusual interest and wide distribution, and although its general growth and morphology are pretty well understood, little has been done in an exact study of the plant. A recent study of its western congener, Lysichiton Kamtschatcensis, has emphasized the importance of a detailed investigation of the eastern swamp plant. This study was begun early in the spring of the present year (1918) witha view tomakiag known some of the features of the plant which have not been emphasized in previous descriptions of it. In the prosecution of this research, I have been assisted by the helpful suggestions of Prof. John W. Harshberger, under whose direction the work has been prosecuted throughout. PHYTOPHENOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION Phytophenology—The skunk cabbage is one of our earliest forest plants, for records show it blooming even in the late fall, or early winter. According to the records made by Dr. Marion Mackenzie and presented before the Botanical Society of Penn- sylvania, flowering specimens have been found as early as Novem- ber twenty-first. Also when the year is backward for any reason, the flowers have been even as late as March before opening. The average date of first blooming seems to be about the middle of January, as seen from the following table. This year the flowering was somewhat later than usual. (No. 1, Vol. 19 of TorREyA, comprising pp. I-20, was issued 21 February 1919] 2] LDR, NEW y SOTAN; GARD: bo i) Date of Opening of Year First Flower TSO OMe ae mere ne Sones ees eee March 8 TOOOR est 27: SE SO see Ces ee February 22 TOOT Wey este te ere ai cee te oe ear ee February 18 THOVO PD Ga oped gah a So cor Saye eee ee January 27 TO) GAs caine chces PRRs pata ccl eee Silos January 15 LOOM Sete ea eee Para ne Wares ehedn coo January 23 TO OS ee et eee te ee et January 18 LOO OMe a eee yore ore A cd January 5 MOOG eo aah a ear tee January 10 TOO Se eee ee eee os BiseInS January I TGYOC Soe S Sets orca eee ea November 21 (1908) TOUS es ee ee toy oaearst sk Heese sere March 9 Daily more and more flowers open until about the latter part of February and early March when they are at their height. Then the greatest numbers may be found open. Of course the date varies slightly owing to the general weather conditions. Distribution.—In general the plants are found in the eastern coastal states, although a closely allied species is found through- out the west and is there spoken of as the western skunk cabbage, or Lysichiton Kamtschatcensis. It is common around Vancouver. In general, though, Symplocarpus is distributed along our eastern states, ranging from Nova Scotia down to Virginia and is also reported by the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, as having been found in Amur and Japan. The following table gives in general its distribution. Number of Herbariums States Reporting (CHiTEGIIS Sos oo nee ee re Cocks, < ola cs 2 IMDS seca otk Ie Chae eee wee EREe Carte eater One ois So. Bio.s c 3 INJSG7 [Biya oh tae 2 5 Core Se Pea ere ete Hors boca Z 2 WSR 55 bit ain co On Aone oe ene eneeia croc cxdehebo ar I IMME REACTS S HICS 4 SES a eee ce nes aid 4) Glo ExS - 4 [pelsveete: IE Wael 5 Son ead eee Re ace beter cco © om pekoor 2 (CENTOS MONE 6 In FAO CERO ROIS a oe re © 4 ibys Wj Eyavel 045 Se sig Baas oe OED porto oud. ° 2 ID feXy Nord oe Aa eae eee PER aS ele S 3 inifesiie TGEESY: oo 0s St erect eee Pe eeemen ater chrcec co C5. 3 Pains wlvalaeseitt sect oh. clase os date SS ee 2 Districtiot Columbias.:..--....- Sgt a cautacie Sin ee I WistadbeiiGl say An Svs OU peo Gore Ree aC eeIEeITSaee Ter I WIGGIMIAS bist tie oo een clat eos hy - Bed ky Rh hoe I 23 Number of Herbariums States Reporting SROTIMOAREE Ome he cena ale is ig die ad ak ty Bike Reel Gul a I Lay rs! Lai, Ce SE Site RS SES ie nee or Renae I Rerelicttict naar Sa eon eee ears ea late eveiatatw ll} a wis eeRia’ © a%e I Ie RE ee Riot Re Nee ates Be coy date 2 RUST CUTS ATE hed Here tie cna sete i Days wo oe ior wna a one ea 2 PU ER OETISITES ig Mee OPES twin eS eee ews hoe pees Pite ¥ 3 Rtn erotae a, Mele ce tote orale cic ocx wets Boi etepeeieer I INTER A OCOLIACE Some retest een ere oe tines et eon ge area 2 ONE BEC. sclee ote Ae oe eka the Oy et alle einer se eee I PU ise bapa Ae see, See oak pea eden yo Me Cae, Sr Sa I | EOE a Regen Bee 2S y5 ie ci Pease he Puen MIR Ay ey I Symplocarpus, like some other members of the Arum family, grows best with a great deal of moisture. And it isin the swamps, marshes and bogs or stream beds, that these sturdy plants are usually found. GENERAL STUDY The skunk cabbage, or Symplocarpus foetidus, is really our earliest spring flower. Odor of Plant.—Knuth in his classification of flower odors describes it as nauseous and of mephitic, or viverrine, type. In another case, I found it described as an odor that combines the skunk, putrid meatand garlic. Still another writer describes it as being a combination of a mustard plaster and raw onions. To me the odor is not especially repulsive. It suggests that of fresh cabbage with a slight suggestion of mustard. To some, however, the smell is quite repulsive. The odor varies in intensity and quality quite widely. Those plants in which the stamens are ripe seem to have the stronger odor. This is probably due to the greater maturity of the plant at this stage of flowering and it has the added significance of attracting a greater number of insect visitors. Origin of name.—The origin of its common name is not diffi- cult to ascertain, for on crushing the plant immediately an odor arises something like that of the cabbage with yet a suggestion of the mephitic skunk. The generic name of the plant, Symplocarpus was given to it by Richard Anthony Salisbury, and is derived from two Greek 24 words ovurdoxy, Meaning connection and xapzés, fruit. This is quite appropriate, since the ovaries unite to form a compound fruit. Linnaeus gave us its specific name of foetidus. Many scientists use the term Spathyema, as given by Rafinesque. A point interesting in regard to its name is that the early Swedish settlers around Philadelphia called it bear-weed, because the bears relished the early green food and feasted on its leaves, which are quite large and conspicuous, like coarse cabbage leaves. Order and family.—We have heard so much about its disagree- able odor that we hardly realize that it belongs to the same family as our Calla lily, for it is a member of the family Araceae. Ac- cording to Gray, “they are plants with acrid or pungent juices, simple or compound often veiny leaves and flowers crowded on a spadix which is normally surrounded with a spathe.”’ Other closely allied plants, which we find around here, are the golden club, so common in Jersey ponds and the familiar jack-in-the- pulpit. Neither of these, however, possesses the pungent odor, but the Jack, or Indian turnip, is like Symplocarpus in that it has many crystals found in the root, which give it a biting clawing taste. EARLY GROWTH Flower, spathe—The first signs of the plant are the sessile hood-shaped spathes which come up though the ground early or late in the winter, even when the ground is hard with ice at a foot’s depth. The flowers are included in a thick leathery spathe. This in general is like a hood, or even shell- shaped. It is sessile and grows close to the ground. In most instances, it has the same general form, although there is a wide variation in contour, size and coloring. Some of these leaf-like spathes are deeply curved, others stand more erect. Some are found which are double. In this case there seems to be a spathe inside a spathe, the open part of the outer spathe coming against the rounded back of the inner spathe. Also in such cases the innermost spathe seems to have a longer, more leaf-like tip which projects backward and out beyond the outer spathe tip. One plant was found this spring (1918) at South Springfield, Pa., with four double spathes. b or The greatest variation is seen in the coloring. Usually this ranges froma deep purplish-red, almost black, to a pale yellowish green. Spathes may be found showing the different colors and a complete gradation shown from the light to the dark. The lighter spathes are rarely ever pure pale green, but more fre- quently are mottled with the deeper purple. In some instances the inner side of the spathe is deeper colored than the outer. The mottling is such that it closely resembles the flickering lights and shades often seen on the undergrowth, as the sun filters through the leaves of the trees overhead.’ This frequently makes it hard to find them on the forest floor. Reed suggests that this variation is due to age, the younger blooms being those lighter in color, while those which are darker are the older ones. This did not seem to hold true as regards the plants observed by me. Out of about fifty examined for this peculiarity, withering and decay was not limited to the dark ones alone, but was seen in spathes of all intermediate shades of coloring. Again it was suggested that the water content of the soil might lead to this variation. Some time spent on this study did not seem to prove this to hold true, as two spathes from the same plant, side by side, showed one a deep reddish purple and the other quite pale. VAs The flowers themselves are crowded together on a short stalk or spadix. They are really quite inconspicuous. It is the spathe that is the attractive portion, as far as coloring and conspicuous- ness are concerned. The flowers themselves are closely crowded on the spadix, so closely crowded that they hardly appear as individual flowers. Thestamensand pistil only are conspicuous. The flower cluster varies in size and in the number of flowers produced. Showing this variation we have the following table. Size relatively Size in inches No. of flowers SOMA heg eta: 5 ese cho alee see at 5/8” 38 Wein. Wie, aradacheiet ee 7(8” ae WATEC 2 lai ho dinc.e ost cyan ae 7/8” 69 WErV lab PCa ies). a.5 aceb ener 13/16” 61 The-flowers as shown by the figures are closely crowded together. In this case, the spadix of medium size had the greatest number of flowers. And the largest spadix had only 61 flowers. 26 It is due mostly to this crowding that the flowers have departed somewhat from the usual monocotyledonous habit of having three, or its multiple, in their floral parts. In general the flowers showed four perianth parts. These were almost cuboidal in shape, when pressed close together, and they overlapped each other, making a box-like arrangement. The four stamens have long flat, broad filaments and straw-colored anthers, which pro- trude beyond the perianth segments. The stamens are arranged opposite the perianth parts. The anthers are two-celled, opening lengthwise and are extrorse and rather free in their movement. The flowers are protandrous, the anthers developing earlier than the pistil. The pistil is unusual in its general structural form. The stigma is three-lobed, the style is cuboidal and the ovary is one-celled. : In a cluster of about 73, some flowers showed a few variations. These were either near the lip or the base where less crowded. It seemed an attempt to revert to the usual number of parts in the lilaceous monocotyledones. Four specimens were found having six stamens and six perianth parts. Another flower showed five stamens and five perianth parts. And still another specimen was found having four stamens, but with six perianth segments. The color of the flowers, according to one author, resembling decayed flesh, combined with the odor which is doubly suggestive, attract carrion-loving flies of the family Diptera, which are useful in the pollination of the closely crowded, otherwise inconspicuous blossoms. Insect visitors —From a recent article in American Forestry by R. W. Shufeldt, I find that a variety of bee introduced into this country from Europe is one of the earliest visitors, since they must have food early in the spring: The article further states that the honey bee, if able at all to enter, finds the exit too narrow and slippery and the bee perishes miserably. Another curious fact he has noted also is the frequent presence of spiders’ webs at the entrance to the spathes. This fact was also noted by me. It is a case where the flower odor attracts the flies, and they in turn are entangled in the spider’s web and so furnish food for the spider. bo ~] Shortly after pollination the spathe begins to decay and wither and the spadix to swell. It becomes soft and spongy and the individual fruits are covered with a papery skin-like sheath under which the seeds develop. These when mature are hard, round, dark brown and somewhat irregular in shape. In fact, they look a little like pebbles or stones. When fully ripe they break the sheath, fall to the ground and germinate the following spring, giving rise to new plants. A parent plant may be found having many seedlings coming up close around it. In germination a small pointed, closely coiled shoot first appears above the ground. This is carefully wrapped in the thin papery sheathing leaves. When about a week old this shoot is about an inch in length. A few slender fibrous roots, rather long and thin grow downward into the ground. As yet there are not many roots to nourish the plant; these few primary roots have thread-like secondary roots. By the second week, the seedling has grown much larger and the tip of the shoot has become freed from its papery sheath. This however grows along with the young plant. Also by this time a rootstock begins to develop. There are also many more roots, long, thin and tapering. At the third week, the shoot has broken through both sheathing leaves and is quite large.- At this time the seedling is about four inches tall. It has severed its connection with the remains of the seed by this time. From now on development consists of growing larger and larger rapidly. This plant how- ever does not bloom the first year. Nor am I able to tell by actual observation, since my study has covered only a period of five months, how many years elapse before the plant has grown old enough to produce its first inflorescence. Probably the flowers are produced the fourth year. That the plants develop more rapidly and better in warm, light places is seen by the table given by Dr. Mackenzie in her report before the Botanical Society in r911. Also in some speci- mens which I brought in from the wood, the uncurled spire of leaves, just barely sticking above the soil, soon came into full leafage, in the warmth of the greenhouse. The plants had been 28 set aside in a bucket of water, as of little further use. In less than a week after bringing them in about six leaves were fully uncurled and widely spread. The leafage of the plant is quite interesting. Soon ane the blossoms appear, a small whitish shoot is seen forcing its way above ground. On going one can see that it consists of two almost whitish sheathing leaves. These show the monocotyle- donous character in having parallel veining. Closely rolled inside of these are the true leaves. They form a light hard-coiled center. The tips, when they have broken through the enveloping sheath-like leaves, are frequently colored purplish like the spathe of the plant. Such coloring may show on the outside of the tip of the first and even the second leaves. These inner, or true, leaves seem to break away from the monocotyledonous and tend toward the netted veining of dicotyledonous plants. The first three leaves unfolding show a gradual transition toward. the netted veining of the later leaves. In all the cases the veining is palmately netted. Also in specimens planted under dry con- ditions, in a pot in a frame, and those under moist conditions, the plants grown under dry conditions tended to show the netted veining earlier than those of the moist environment. The leaves when fully developed are quite large, being some- times over a foot in length and at least eight or nine inches broad. They have an entire margin and are of a bright green color, rather shiny in appearance. They grow rankly in a rosette form, in the damp stream beds. Their great size makes them very con- spicuous. In a microscopical study the leaves show raked large air chambers and loosely packed cellular structures. Throughout the leaf are various rhaphides occurring in the large bundle masses. There. are also several other types of crystals, a few cuboidal in shape, and even some spherical in shape may be found scattered loosely here and there—sphaerocrystals. Juice—The juice of the skunk cabbage is very bitter and acrid. This when tasted in the fresh plant had a peculiar garlic- like taste and seemed biting. By biting I mean the prickly sensation very much like that experienced on eating the root of PLATE II 29 the jack-in-the-pulpit. When the plant was cooked, the water was the color of weak tea and the plant itself lost most of its flavor and the property which gave it the biting character. Roots.—The plant is a very difficult one to collect in its entirety, owing to its immense rootage. One must dig over a foot down into the soil before there is even the slightest sign of the roots giving way. There is a large central root-stock almost the size of a potato and from this great numbers of roots arise and grow downward for almost two feet in length. They are very long, rather straight and unbranched excepting for a few almost thread-like offshoots. | All the older roots are peculiar in having ring-like markings or wrinkles on them. These are especially seen near the upper or older end of the root. They are contractile roots and are peculiar to a few plants. Their general purpose is to pull the plant back into the ground as it grows up every year. By a process of contraction the roots wrinkle up and draw the plant down into the soil. The roots are permanently wrinkled after this con- traction. The root structure shows large loose cells and a single, radial central stele. The cells around the outer cortex, near the epi- dermis are particularly loose. This is due to the contraction of the epidermis. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA EXPLANATION OF PLATES Fig. 1. Outside of Spathe of Skunk Cabbage. Fig. 2. Double Spathe. : Fig. 3. Dissection of Spathe to show Spadix with Flowers. Spadix with extra long Peduncle. Fig. 4. Single Flower of Skunk Cabbage. Fig. 5. Flower with depression of two outer Perianth Segments. Fig. 6. Flower laid open showing four Stamens and Pistil. Fig. 7. Floral Diagram. Figs. 8,9, 10,14. Early Stages in the Germination of the Seeds of the Skunk Cabbage. Fig. 11. Closely rolled Leaves with Netted Veining. Fig. 12. One of the first and outermost Leaves with Parallel Veining. Fig. 13. A contractile Root. 30 SOME REMARKS UPON LIMOSELLA By FRANCIS W. PENNELL Professor Fernald’s interesting discussion of our eastern coastal species of Limosella reached me as I was on the point of taking up the same problem. I had suspected, and had tentatively so marked it in my notes, that our eastern species would prove distinct from L. tenuifolia Wolf of Europe, and should be called L. subulata Ives. That it was specifically distinct from the plant of the Rocky Mountains I was certain, having studied and made descriptions of both in their native environments. My notes, made from living plants and supplemented by herbarium study, show the following contrast between Limosella aquatica of the Central Rockies and nearby plains and L. subulata of the Atlantic seaboard: L. aquatica.—Corolla about 2 mm. wide; lobes somewhat spreading, acute or acutish, dull-white. Anthers about I mm. long, purplish. Capsules 2.5-3.2 mm. long, borne on spreading pedicels. Seeds .5 mm. long, dull amber-brown, about 6-7 ridged, relatively coarsely transverse-lined. Calyx-lobes uni- form. Leaves about 3 cm. long, consisting of a petiole and a more or less dilated lanceolate blade about I cm. long. Plant rosulate, 10-20 leaved, surrounded by numerous radiating few- jointed stolons. L. subulata.—Corolla about 3 mm. wide; lobes widely spread- ing, obtuse, white, tinged with lavender-blue. Anthers about 2 mm. long, dark purple-blue. Capsules 2—2.3 mm. long, borne on arcuately decurved pedicels. Seeds .6-.7 mm. long, bright amber-brown, about 8-9 ridged, more finely transverse-lined. Calyx-lobes upcurved, in fruit the tube tending to split on the anterior side. Leaves 1.5-2 cm. long, nearly filiform, terete, obtuse. Plant chain-like, consisting of plantlets borne on joints of extensively creeping filiform stolons, each plantlet usually 5-10 leaved. In agreement with Professor Fernald, I am unable to distin- guish the plant of the Rockies from that of Eurasia. The western plant sometimes has pinkish corollas, but, so far as I can 31 find, variability of color between white and pink is characteristic of the European plant,* rather than a normal ‘pink or flesh- ~ color.” This species, Limosella aquatica, appears to be the most, cosmopolitan member of the Scrophulariaceae, and its simple flower-structure and acaulescent habit mark it as primitive. It occurs to-day upon all the continents, and is even credited to New Zealand. Whether eventual knowledge will show that it has held conservatively true throughout its supposed range may be doubted, but certain it is that deviations are mostly slight and remote. However in widely scattered parts of the earth it has “thrown ofi’’ suggestively parallel species. Thus Limosella subulata may be closely duplicated in the Vancouver Island region, and in Argentina—but a priori assumption would be that these are not identical with it. My field-acquaintance with Limosella subulata has been con- fined to one colony, but that fortunately extensive, growing about the margins of Old Sams Pond, Point Pleasant, New Jersey. This is a small pond of fresh water lying in the lea of the coast sand-dunes. The Garden herbarium shows a consid- erable series of specimens from sandy margins of such fresh sand- dune ponds, ranging from here northeastward to Nantucket. These plants are partially, though inconstantly recognizable, from the species of muddy saline tidal habitats by their pedicels being more recurving, their capsules blacker; their sepals more * The following quotations, chosen from various countries, confirm this: Baxter, Brit. Phan. Bot. pl. 212, “‘ pale rose-colored or white,”’ illustrated as white; Sowerby, .Engl. Bot. 5: pl. 357, “‘whitish without, red on the inside,’ illustrated as pink; Reichenbach, Ic. Fl. Germ. 20: 54. pl. 1722, “‘corolla albida; maculae brunneae sub basi cujusvis laciniae corollae, suppositae intus saltem maculae citrinae,”’ illustrated as described; Coste, Fl. France 3: 27, ‘‘blanches ou rosees’’; Murino, FI. Galicia too. “blanca’’; Schinz & Keller, Fl. Schweiz 456. ‘‘weisse od. rotlichweisse’’; Parlatore, Fl. Ital. 6: 546, ‘‘bianchiccio.” 7 A letter from Mr. E. P. Bicknell, concerning Limosella on Nantucket, em- phasizes its occurrence about the sandy margins of ‘‘closed,’’ that ‘is completely land-locked ponds. Some of these are freshwater, but one is mentioned as probably at least partly brackish. He calls attention to the fact that in ponds which stretch some miles inland from the shore Limosella will occur only at the shoreward extremities. Specimens sent from the deeper water of certain ponds much exceed in length of leaves the dimensions of the key above, and in coarseness of growth are like the tide-water plant. The halophytism of Limosella subulata would make a valuable physiological study. 32 frequently obtuse, and the leaves more slender. If these modi- fications be wholly ecological, are they mainly a response to a sandy instead of mud substratum, or to the lack of salt, or in good part to freedom from periodic inundation? The range of Limosella subulata must be extended southward to Chesapeake Bay. G. H. Shull 306 is from the ‘northeast shore of Gunpowder River, one third mile northeast of its mouth,” Maryland, and certainly from between high and low tide. This collection and most of those from the tide-water of the Delaware River are of plants coarser, usually with longer and wider leaves, than the typical New England form. While the plant occurs on the Delaware between. Philadelphia and Trenton, as near Burlington, New Jersey, this is much above the usual limit of salt water. As a general statement, we may say that Limosella subulata is primarily a plant of brackish soil, but that it is fully able to meet a dilute or even quite non-saline environment. New YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN IN THE WAKE OF THE ENEMY! This dirge for the orchards of France may be familiar to many of our readers, but losses described by the letter immediately following the verse, are just as indefensible. Can there still be found in this country people who, in spite of acts like these, cherish pre-war delusion about the “‘ The Kindly German?’’—Ep. THE TREES OF FRANCE. Hush, little leaves, your springtime dance, Sigh for the murdered trees of France. Friends were they of the peasant folk, Friends whom the birds and kine bespoke. Spoil are they of destroying lust, ‘Not of the battle stroke and thrust. They are a garden still: to see, They are the world’s Gethsemane. Hush, little leaves, your springtime dance, Sigh for the murdered trees of France. —McLandburgh Wilson. 33 (The following extract from a letter of M. Jules Cardot, the noted French bryologist of Charleville, France, was recently transmitted to me through M. Thériot, of Havre. I am sure that friends of M. Cardot will be glad to learn tidings of him. —E. B. Chamberlain.) “Depuis notre arrivée ici, je vis des jours qui compterons, certes, parmi les plus pénibles de ma vie, et si nous n’avions pas la victoire, qui nous console de tout, je me demande si je n’aurais pas été tenté d’en finir avec l’existance. Vous ne pouvez vous imaginer le spectacle que présente notre pauvre maison, l’état de saleté repoussante et de dévastation dans lequel elle se trouve. Partout des meubles brisés, les portraits de famille lacérés, des livres en lambeaux épars de la cave au grenier, les armoires, les secrétaires fracturés, quoique tous les clefs étaient sur les portes; tous les beaux meubles anciens disparus et remplacés par d’autres meubles qui ne nous appartiennent pas. Les livres qui n’ont pas été dechirés formaient dans le grenier une indescriptible salade; on se demande comment on peut arriver 4 mélanger ainsi une bibliothéque; ce doit étre un travail trés fatigant! A cété de cela des choses déconcertantes. Mes collections qui on avait dites évacuées sont la, en partie du moins. Je les a’ retrouvées, entassées dans le fond du grenier et recouvertes par ma bibliothéque scientifique, qu’on a jetée péle-méle par dessus. Malheureusement mes pauvres collections sont loin d’étre au complet. Il manque, outre tous les matériaux non étudiés, une énorme collection du Japon, de plus de 5,000 N°, contenant des centaines d’espéces nouvelles, une collection de Juan Fernandez, une autre des iles Sandevich et une autre encore de Saghaline, tout cela probablement détruit et perdu sans retour.’” PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB NOVEMBER 27, 1918 The meeting was held in the Morphological Laboratory of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M., with Vice-President - Barnhart in the chair. There were twelve persons present. b4 The minutes of October 30 and November 12 were read and approved. The nomination and election of Bro. M. Victorin, Longueiul College, Quebec, Canada, followed. The announced scientific program was then in order. Dr. P. A. Rydberg read a paper on ‘‘The Distribution of the Montane Plants of the Rocky Mountains.’ This paper will be published in the Bulletin of the Club. Meeting adjourned. B. O. DoDGE, Secretary DECEMBER 10, 1918 The meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural History at 8:15 P.M. President Richards occupied the chair. There were twenty eight persons present. The minutes of November 27 were read and approved. The nomination and election of Dr. George E. Nichols, Yale University, and President R. B. von Kleinsmid, University of Arizona, Tucson, followed. No other business was transacted. The announced scientific program consisted of an illustrated lecture on ‘‘The Botanical Gardens at Buitenzorg, Java,” by Dr. H. A. Gleason. Adjournment followed. B. O. DopGE, Secretary THE PLANTING OF TREES AS WAR MEMORIALS* At the annual meeting of the Managers of the New York Botanical Garden on January 13, 1919, the following suggestions by Mr. Edward D. Adams were approved and ordered printed: At this time, when permanent memorials to the defenders of our flag by land and sea are being considered throughout our land, and projects for community: monuments of various designs are planned, we venture the suggestion that individual, as well as associated, action can effectively and economically be taken in * Reprinted from the JouRNAL OF THE NEW YoRK BOTANICAL GARDEN, 20: I-2, Jan., 1919. 35 honor of all who have served or of those who have made the supreme sacrifice, by planting memorial trees. Such trees may properly be planted in the front yard, on the street, at the home entrance, in a park, as the decoration of an avenue, in single specimens or in groups of different species for artistic effects of form and color. As representing sentiments to be long cherished, such me- morials would be tenderly cultivated and protected. Their shade and fruit would yield comfort and satisfaction. Their growth would add value to the home and become an asset that succeeding generations would inherit. . Naturally, only those trees should be selected for memorials to family, school, church, and municipal honor, that will grow best in each locality and of those species that will be appreciated for their beauty, grandeur, long life, and utility. The number of kinds of -trees suitable for memorial planting is large. The widely different climates of different parts of the United States require the selection of such kinds as will grow vigorously, and the character of the soil should also be taken into consideration; such information to those not versed in tree planting can usually be had from the nearest nurseryman or from officials of the Agricultural Experiment Station. Those who live in homes without available grounds for plant- ing, might contribute to the cost of a tree for its planting as part of a memorial grove in a park or garden. The selection of the tree, the preparation of the location, and the design of the label or honor roll, may be considered and car- ried out in family conferences and with the participation of each member. These preparations should be made as our men return, so that the signing of the treaty of peace may be celebrated over the nation wide by the simultaneous planting of the honor tree of each family and community that has cherished a service flag in the period of our war. At the New York Botanical Garden, a war memorial planta- tion of Douglas Spruce, a characteristic American evergreen tree, will be established this spring; about one hundred trees 36 five feet high having been secured for this purpose. For those who do not have land available and who would like to have a memorial tree planted, the offer is made to designate one of these spruces as desired on receipt of ten dollars, which will cover cost of tree, of planting, and of its care, which will be the same as that of other trees in the Garden. NEWS ITEMS Professor Henry Allan Gleason, of the University of Michigan, recently spent two months in the study of North American Iron- weeds, the genus Veronia and near allies at the New York Botanical Garden. Professor Gleason published some years ago a preliminary revision of Vernonia and he is now preparing the manuscript of the tribe Vernonieae for the North American Flora. Dr. Gleason spent a day at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, where he revised the collection of Vernonia in the herbarium of that institution. Mr. Charles Piper Smith, who has published several papers on Lupinus in the Bulletin, spent ten days recently in studying these plants at the herbarium of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, and at the Gray Herbarium, Cambridge. We learn from the Michigan Agricultural College Record of the death on December 6 of Miss Rose M. Taylor, instructor in botany at the College. We learn from the Evening Sun that because of the similarity of climate and soil conditions of Texas and the land upon which the Jewish ‘‘ Republic of Judea ”’ will be built, the Zionist Society has retained Dr. J. J. Taubenhaus, plant pathologist of the Texas agricultural experiment station, for a high agricultural post in the new nation. Much of the data compiled during his service here will be available for use in Palestine, Dr. Taubenhaus says. The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of TorREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. . The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates: 2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp 25 copies $ .79 $1.14 $1.78 $2.32 $2.87 $3.28 50 copies 1.03 1.43 2.23 2.82 3.52 3.92 100 copies 1.45 2.03 2.73 3.50 4.23 4.55 200 copies 2.15 3.24 3.92 525 6.52 6.92 Covers: 25 for $1.00, additional covers 114 cents each. Plates for reprints, 50 cents each per 100. Committees for 1919. Finance Committee Program Committee R. A. HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, Pror, JEAN BROADHURST Miss C. C. HAYNES B. O. DODGE SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE Budget Committee F,. J. SEAVER J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. Membership Committee R. A. HARPER J. K. SMALL, Chairman. N. L. BRITTON T. E, Hazen A. W: Evans E. W. OLIVE M. A. Howe Local Flora Committee H. H. RussBy N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee _ Phanerogams: Cryptogams: F. W. PENNELL, Chairman. E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON “Mrs. L. M. KEELER N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAzEN MICHAEL LEVINE C.-C, Curtis M. A. Howe GEORGE T. HASTINGS K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LE VINE PrERcy WILSON NORMAN TAYLOR W. A: MuRRILL F, J. SEAVER Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton AS Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae; M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, - F. Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook ; Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes:'A. F. Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae, Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galis: Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BOLLETIN | _ A-monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 1870. Vol. 45 published in 1918, contained 519 pages of text and 15 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe,. 18 shillings. Dulau & Co.,. 47 Soho Square, London, are, ~agents for England. Of former volumes, only 24-45 can be supplied entire ; cer- tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars each ; Vols. 28-45 three dollars each. : Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. RL (2) MEMOIRS The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu-— lar intervals. Volumes’ 1-15-are now completed; No. 1 of Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur- chased singly. A list of titles of the individual ae and of prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- | dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to DR. BERNARD O. DODGE Columbia University New York City Vol. 19 March, IgIg No. 3 PTORREYA ~ A Monruiy Journar or BoranicaLt Notes anp News EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY NORMAN TAYLOR “JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873. CONTENTS The Japanese Honeysuckle in the Eastern United States: E. F. ANDREWS..........- 37 Variations in the flowers of Erythronium Propullans Gray: C. O. ROSENDAHL..... 43 New names for species of Phanerogams: J. C. ARTHUR. .:1.0c00c060 cesssetsseseeenveeeees 48 Per VOlOvical NOtES: A. LEROY ANDREWS ..5 /c-die sie 90h vdovuysoncsurdenenhiadn cadven Secale op¥cbe 49 DAGtES- ANG NEWS. silos ce scs shove subepenegtem isvaderdves SUR TR UTE yak Saeki NOR (oi Gr papa aera 51 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB At 41 NortH Queen Street, LANcAsTER, Pa. BY THe New Era Printinc Company "Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter. THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS, FOR 1919 President H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. Vice- Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD. O. DODGE, PH.D. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, N. Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D. J. A. HARRIS, Pu.D. ‘G. E. NICHOLS, PH.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. . ARLOW B. STOUT, Px.D: NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate to the Council of the New. York Academy of Sciences M. A. HOW®, PH.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION SOCIETY OF AMERICA. Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof.’ Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only » for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to NORMAN TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, Nv ¥ IJids werwe ae TORREYA Vol. Ig No. 3 March, IgIg THE JAPANESE HONEYSUCKLE IN THE EASTERN UNITED STATES. By E. F. ANDREWS The rapidity with which introduced weeds can multiply and take possession of new territory has been repeatedly demon- strated by such examples as the Russian thistle (Salsola pestifer), bitterweed (Heleniwm tenutfolium) and the Sida (S. Spinosa and S. rhombifolia)—plants which have become such common pests in certain parts of our country. As a general thing these un- welcome intruders belong to the class of herbaceous annuals and biennials, whose frequent succession of new generations, with the opportunities for seed production and distribution which this affords, makes them much more efficient travelers than the slower-growing woody shrubs and vines. A notable exception to this rule, however, is furnished by the Japan honeysuckle (Lonicera japonica), an exotic from Asia, which I remember to have known in my youth only as a care- fully cultivated and highly prized ornamental plant, twining about the piazzas of the old plantation mansions and covering the “‘summer houses’’—pergolas, they would be called now—in old-fashioned southern gardens. The flowers are very fragrant and showy, and it was a profuse bloomer under cultivation, but since it has run wild and taken on the weedy habit, it has to a large extent given up flowering, and propagates chiefly by vege- tative means. Wherever a shoot touches the ground it strikes root and then sends forth a numerous progeny of young shoots to repeat the process. The prostrate stems and those in con- tact with the soil, even on high banks and ledges, where there [No. 2, Vol. 19 of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 21-36, was issued 19 March, 1919.] 37 38 is plenty of light, never, or very rarely produce flowers, but ex- pend their surplus energy in adding to the network of tangled cords that covers the ground wherever this ruthless invader gets a foot hold. It will climb as high as heaven if it can find any- thing to lean on, converting the wooded areas in the moist river bottoms into an impenetrable jungle with its tangled cords of interlacing vines; or if forced to accept an humbler position, crawling with equal facility over the gullied slopes of arid hill- Fic. 1.—Japanese honeysuckle covering the side of a railroad cut near Rome, Ga. The white patches in the foreground are not snow, but naked portions of the very sterile yellow clay soil. sides or along the borders of dusty roads. This faculty might be turned to good account in stopping washes and covering un- sightly clay banks, though its utility for such purposes seems never to have been tested. But while accommodating itself readily to almost any conditions, it shows a marked preference for moist woodlands and the borders of streams, and as its presence in such places does not interfere with the crops, or threaten any direct pecuniary loss, it has not attracted the attention of either the economist or the agriculturist. 39 But to the botanist engaged in any kind of field work this for- eign immigrant is a most undesirable accession to our plant pop- ulation. It infests his favorite hunting grounds and besets his steps with a tanglefoot of snares even more exasperating than the barbed wire fences, sometimes forcing him—and more espe- cially hery—to cut short such explorations. But the chief indict- ment against it is the ruthlessness with which it is overrunning and destroying our native plants wherever it comes in competi- tion with them; and it is no uncommon thing to see acres upon acres of brushwood and haw thickets, sometimes including trees of considerable size, buried under the rank growth of this ag- gressive invader. As it has no way of climbing except by coiling around a support, which is a rather tedious process in the case of large stems; it can reach the crown of high-branching trees only by climbing upon the under brush of shrubs and young shoots until it comes in contact with some overhanging bough— and then it has a free right-of-way. It also utilizes the stems and branches of other climbers that have already made good their ascent—trumpet vine, catbriars, grape, Virginia creeper, and the like, not excepting those of its own kind. As the stems of both the twiner and its support grow larger, the tension often becomes so great that the coils are tightened like a noose, and become so deeply imbedded in the supporting stem as to give it the appear- ance of a huge corkscrew, and unless themselves broken or loos- ened by the strain, may cause the death of the parts above. More frequently however, it kills by smothering its victims under a dense network of interlacing cords, commonly from 3 to 6 mm. thick, loosely twisted together. I have counted as many as 27 strands of all sizes, from I to 10 mm. thick, twined into one of these living ropes. A single stem is rarely more than 1 or 2 cm. (about 34 of an inch) thick, though in one instance I have seen a single honeysuckle vine 18 cm. (7 in.) in girth, smothering a wild plum tree (P. nigra) 1.5 dm. (6 in.) in diameter. It began by gripping a shoot from the base of the plum, in a spiral of 4 rings which have been drawn so tight by the continued growth of both stems that the honeysuckle, the more elastic of the two, has been flattened out like a piece of tape. As for the plum 40 shoot, it is now dead, and from the end of the stub the climber has reached out to the main stem and spread over the crown a net- work of luxuriant branches under which the tree is being slowly smothered to death. This sort of piracy is no uncommon thing in the vegetable world, any more than in our own, but what surprised me in this case was the unusual size of the climbing stem. I took it fora grape vine at first, as the bark is fibrous like that of the grape, and it was not until I had plucked off leafy twigs actually grow- ing out of it that I could feel sure they really belonged there and were not merely ‘“‘hangers-on”’ of a hanger on. The bark’ is of a lighter color and softer texture than that of the grape, and also more easily detached. On this lusty vine only one fowenne& sprig, with but two ber- ries, wasfound. This was on November 7, 1917, and is the second specimen of fruit recorded in my notes for that year, though others may have been observed without being mentioned, and others still may have escaped notice on account of the difficulty of distinguishing them among the dark, evergreen foliage. But while all this may be so, I have kept up such a constant lookout for the fruiting sprays, and their scarcity is the subject of such frequent comment in my notes that although their presence may sometimes be overlooked, this is not a satisfactory explanation, and the fact remains that the production of fruit (and conse- quently of seed) is much less than would be expected of so pro- lific a stock. But while the flowers appear to be highly special- ized for insect pollination, they seem, in the wild state, to have no set time for blooming. Even in spring it is unusual to see a honeysuckle vine loaded with flowers like the jessamines and clematis, but it continues to blossom sporadically throughout the greater part of the year (in this latitude, from April to De- cember) producing a few sprays here and there—hardly more in May than in October. In this way, many of the late bloomers may ‘‘waste their sweetness on the desert air” so far as pollin- ation and the perfecting of fruit is concerned. But the most puzzling thing about this successful invader is how it has managed, with such imperfect provision for transpor- 41 tation over long distances, to spread over so vast a territory ~ within the memory of persons still living. No mention is made of it in either ‘‘Chapman’s Flora of the Southern States”’ (1884) or in the VIth edition of Gray's Manual (1889), and it was not until about this period that my own attention was aroused by the discovery that it was beginning to run wild in low, damp places around Macon, Ga. Since then it has spread over prac- tically the whole of the Eastern States, from the Gulf of Mexico to the estuary of the Hudson, making itself equally at home in the low hammocks of the Coastal Plain, on the old red hills of the Piedmont region, on the stony ramparts of the Lookout Plateau, and onward for a thousand miles up the great Appa- lachian Valley. A writer from Texas in the American Botanist (Vol. 24, p. 5) mentions it as having “established itself in the brush around dwellings’’ in some parts of that State, and Dr. R. M. Harper also writes me that he has seen it growing along roadsides in Hingham, Mass. The ease with which it propagates by runners will account for the rapid dispersal of the species locally, but for those distant migrations by which it has spread from Texas to New England and from the mountains to the sea, some more expeditious means of transportation is needed. The dissemination of seed through the agency of birds is the most natural means that suggests it- self, and is probably the one employed, though the adaptation for this purpose is not very apparent. The berries, in addition to their infrequency, are “‘conspicuously’’ inconspicuous, being small, black, and sessile, or nearly so, in the axils of the dark green leaves, where it is difficult to see how they could attract atten- ”’ The small nutlets are embedded in a mucilaginous pulp like that of the mistletoe, but of a dark greenish color and an insipid, bittersweet taste, that would not seem likely to tempt a fastidious palate. It is not unlikely, however, that this pulp may play an important part in the distribution of seed, by sticking to the feet of birds and insects, and being carried about from place to place like the mistletoe. The plant is spread to some extent, even locally, by seed, and I have occasionally found a new colony forming in tion even in a real “‘bird’s-eye view. 42 places 200 meters (about 620 ft.) or more, from any others of the species which could have given rise to it. The seedling starts by sending out a number of prostrate branches which creep along on the ground sending out runners of their own in every direc- tion until they find something to climb on, and in an incredibly short time will overrun everything that stands in their way. Fic. 2—A honeysuckle jungle on the borders of a small stream in Wilkes County, Ga. But after all has been said, the paucity of fruit in a plant so widely distributed has always been a puzzle to me, and as the flowers are dependent upon insect fertilization, I have some- times wondered whether this might not be a case like that of the Smyrna figs, in which a particular insect partner was needed to insure pollination. The most reasonable explanation, however, seems to be that wherever the honeysuckle can propagate itself vegetatively, it employs that method in preference to wasting its energies in the more exhausting and expensive process of seed 43 production. In other words, nature, here, is economizing effort and following the line of least resistance. This accords with the fact that prostrate and low climbing branches do not bloom and that fruit and flowers are found only in positions where the op- portunity for vegetative multiplication is restricted or wanting. In fact, the most remarkable crop of both fruit and flowers that I remember ever to have seen, was on a vine climbing over a wire fence between a cotton field and a potato patch, where the farmers were giving it such a hard fight that it had no chance to spread over the ground and was obliged to find some other outlet for its vital energy. ROME, GEORGIA VARIATIONS IN THE FLOWERS OF ERYTHRONIUM PROPULLANS GRAY By C. O. ROSENDAHL Several species of the genus Erythronium are characterized by certain structural peculiarities of the flowers chief of which is the marked heteromorphism of the stamens. This has been dem- onstrated in two of our common eastern species, E. albidum and E. americanum by Meads* and Grafff and in a number of west- ern and mid-western species by Pickett.f Among those studied by Pickett is E. propullans, a somewhat peculiar species which, so far as definitely known, is limited in its distribution to a small geographical area of southeastern Minnesota. In this restricted area it has been found only in a few places in the valleys of the Cannon and the Zumbro rivers, where it grows on wooded, allu- vial bottomlands. Asa result of the very limited distribution of the species there are comparatively few specimens of E. propullans in the herbaria of the country and Pickett states that his observations on it were * Meads, M.E. The Range of Variation in Species of Erythronium. Botanical Gazette 18: 134-138. 1893. + Graff, Paul W. The Stamens in Erythronium Americanum. Torreya 16: 180-182. I9106. i Pickett, F. L. The length of Erythronium Stamens. Torreya 17: 58-60. TOU: 44 confined to only a few plants. He makes the suggestion that it would be desirable to examine more extensive collections to see if stamen dimorphism is characteristic of the species and accord- ingly the writer made it a point to look over the specimens of it in the herbarium of the University of Minnesota to see if ad- ditional proof could be obtained. The observations on the herbarium material were supplemented by a study of numerous specimens in the field in May, 1918. These observations show beyond any doubt that the stamens of Erythronium propullans, like those of several other species of the genus, are characteristically heteromorphic. In fact there is perhaps an even greater proportional difference in the lengths of the two sets of stamens than is found in the other species, for in E. propullans the outer whorl of stamens reaches scarcely above the base of the anthers of the inner set. The accompanying stereoscopic photographs, which were made with a Zeiss stereo- scopic camera with regular binocular objectives and with the flowers. immersed in water, show this fact clearly. (The value of the figures is enhanced by examining them through an ordinary stereoscope.) In the field material the average length of the outer stamens is 6.32 mm. while that of the inner is 7.99 mm., a difference of 1.67 mm. There is considerable variation in the size of the anthers ranging from I.9 mm. to 3.5 mm. in length. The aver- age length is about 2.46 mm. In some flowers the anthers of the outer stamens are regularly about .5 mm. shorter than those of the inner but this is not generally the rule and many cases were noted in which the anthers of the inner stamens were smaller in size than the outer. For the most part the anthers of one whorl of stamens differ as much from one another in size as they differ from those of the alternating whorl. This marked ten- dency to variation in the length of the anthers does not seem to affect the filaments for in all flowers examined the outer filaments were found to be constantly and uniformly shorter than the inner ones. While examining the flowers for stamen heteromorphism an- other feature was brought to light which apparently has hitherto Fic. 1.—A flower of Erythronium propullans with four perianth segments and four stamens, showing the pronounced difference in the lengths of the two sets of stamens. Fig. 2. A flower with five perianth segments and five stamens, two of which are long and-three short. Fig. 3. Three plants of E. propullans showing flowers with four, five and six perianth segments. On two of the plants the young offshoot can be distinctly seen. 46 been overlooked in E. propullans, namely a remarkable varia- bility with regard to the number of the perianth segments, © stamens and carpels. Of a total number of 51 flowers examined in detail only six had six complete or normal perianth segments and only three of these had the full complement of stamens. Three flowers had five normal perianth segments and one of reduced size. There were eleven flowers with five perianth segments and twelve with five stamens. By far the largest number of flowers, namely thirty-one, had four perianth segments and there was a total of thirty-four which had only four stamens. One flower had three stamens and another one had only two. The following tabu- lation shows the variations in a more graphic way: No. of perianth seg- 2 | INCHES HAs tae < ox = 6 | 5 -+ I ab- normal 5 4} No. of stamens. 6 5 | 4Szeuae No. of flowers...... 6 3 TET || Bi 2) 121/370 erase It is thus obvious that only about I2 per cent. of the flowers possess the full number of perianth parts and only about 6 per cent. the full number of stamens. On the other hand about 61 per cent. of the flowers have only four perianth segments and fully 67 per cent. have only four stamens. About 21 per cent. of the flowers have five perianth parts and 23 per cent. have five stamens. Where there are only four perianth segments and four stamens each series is arranged in two alternating whorls of two each, the two shorter stamens occupying the outer whorl. In most cases where five perianth segments and five stamens are present the suppression has occurred in the inner whorl of the two respective series, thus leaving three short stamens and two long (Fig. 2). In at least one case the reverse condition with re- gard to the stamens was observed. In the typically trimerous flowers the ovary is 3-celled but in the flowers having only four perianth parts and four stamens the pistil is reduced to two carpels and the ovary is 2-celled. In the flowers with five perianth parts and generally five stamens the pistil is usually made up of three carpels with three cells in the 47 ovary but sometimes one of the carpels is only partially devel- oped, resulting in a somewhat irregular stigma and only two complete cells. In one case a flower with two separate pistils was observed. The pistil, however, shows the least variation in size of all the organs of the flower of E. propullans, the style being uniformly 5 mm. in length and the ovary about 3 mm. when the flowers are in anthesis. So far as the writer is aware the flowers of E. propullans are considerably smaller than in any other species of the genus. They vary in length from 9 to 13 millimeters but the majority are a little over 10 mm. long. Attempts to ascribe to other factors than heredity the difference in the size of flowers of var- ious related species of a genus are mostly futile, yet the hypothe- sis put forth by Blodgett* in explanation of the reduction in the size of the flowers of E. propullans seems to the present writer at least very plausible. As is well known the offshoot in E. propullans pushes out from the stem near the middle (Fig. 3), its bud originating “‘at the base of the peduncle in the axil of one of the leaves.’’ Thus the “‘vascular system of the peduncle supplies, through branches, the necessary strands for the offshoot.’”’ This side-tracking of a considerable amount of the food supply going up the peduncle may have had, in the opinion of Blodgett, ‘‘considerable influ- ence in the reduction in size noticeable in the flowers of this form in contrast to the rest of the genus.” It seems very probable that the prevalent reduction in the number of the floral organs is due to the same cause and we have, at least in this species, a very simple physiological explanation for the fluctuations in the floral structures. In conclusion it is worth noting that the genus Erythronium belongs to a subfamily of the Liliaceae in which the trimerous plan of the flower is quite consistently adhered to. The char- acteristic variations in the number of the perianth segments, stamens, and carpels and especially the preponderance of dimer- ous flowers in E. propullans are therefore very striking. * Blodgett, F. H.. The Stem Offshoot in Erythronium propullans Gray. Johns Hopkins University Circular, 3-5. June, 1909. 48 NEW NAMES FOR SPECIES OF PHANEROGAMS By J. C. ARTHUR While studying the Uredinales and listing their hosts for pre- sentation in the North American Flora a number of phanero- gamic species have been encountered, which have not been trans- ferred, so far as the writer can ascertain, to the genera under which related species are being listed. As it is desirable to have these transfers made for the sake of uniformity, and as no one else seems desirous of making them at this time, they are here recorded. The advice of Mrs. Agnes Chase, Mr. Percy Wilson and Dr. F. W. Pennell has been followed, although the writer is to be held responsible for any errors that may occur. Senites Hartwegi (Fourn.) nom. nov. (Zeugites Hartwegi Fourn. Mex. Pl. 121. 1886). A grass of Central America, and known from Mexico by the type specimen only, Hartweg 569. It bears Uredo Zeugitis Arth. & Holw. from San Rafael, Guatemala, 7000 feet alt. (Am. Jour. Bot. 5: 538. 1918). Sanguinale pruriens (Trin.) nom. nov. (Panicum pruriens Trin. Gram. Pan. 77. 1826). A grass of Hawaii, that has been re- ferred to Panicum sanguinale. Professor A. S. Hitchcock holds it to be clearly distinct. He observed in the field that the racemes are erect, not spreading as in P. sanguinale, and Mrs. Chase has found that the first glume is wanting and the second very minute. It bears Puccinia oahuensis Ellis & Ev., which was only known from the type collection. obtained on the slopes of Makiki, Is- land of Oahu, by A. A. Heller, in 1895, until it was detected by Mrs. Chase on two collections of the grass made near Honolulu by Prof. Hitchcock, one along a ditch, June 16, 1916, no. 73735, and the other as a weed in shady places, Halfway House, Mt. Tautalus, June 24, 1916, no. 13862. Puccinia oahuensis is scarcely distinguishable morphologically from P. substriata Ellis & Barth. Nymphoides Grayanam (Griseb.) nom. nov. (Limnanthemum Grayanum Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 181. 1866). A West Indian aquatic plant in*the family Menyanthaceae, on which aecia of Puccinia Scirpi DC. were found in Cuba by Charles Wright in 49 1858. It still remains the only rust collection on this genus of hosts known for America. y Aureolaria virginica (L.) nom. nov. (Rhinanthus virginicus L. Sp. Plant. 603. 1753; Dasystoma virginica Britton, Mem. Torrey Club 5: 295. 1894). A common Scrophulariaceous plant of the northeastern United States, which bears aecia of Puccinia An- dropogonis Schw. Dasystephana spathacea (H.B.K.) nom. nov. (Gentiana spath- acea H.B.K. Nov. Gen. Sp. Plant. 3: 173. 1818). A Mexican species, which bears the widely distributed rust Puccinia Gen- tianae Link. Dasystephana Menzesii (Griseb.) nom. nov. (Gentiana Men- zestt Griseb. Gen. Sp. Gent. 292. 1839). A Californian species, which bears the rust Puccinia Gentianae Link. PURDUE UNIVERSITY, LAFAYETTE, IND. v BRYOLOGICAL NOTES V. Scapania nimbosa FROM NORWAY By A. LERoy ANDREWS Of the remarkable “Atlantic species’? of the northwestern European coasts washed by the Gulf Stream, obviously relicts of an older flora, two Scapanias stand out sharply from their con- geners. The one of wider distribution, commonly known as Scapania planifolia (Hook.) Dum., should according to Pearson bear the earlier specific name S. ornithopodioides (Dill.) Pears. It is known from various stations on the west coasts of the Brit- ish Islands, from the Faroes and a few localities on the west coast of Norway. According to Miiller* it is certainly identical with species known from isolated stations in Hawaii and the Himalayan region of India.— S. nimbosa Tayl. was hitherto known only from relatively few places on the western coasts of the British Islands. * Rabenhorst, Kryptogamenflora, VI, 521. 1915. The author’s earlier (1905) monograph of Scapania is not at present accessible to me. + This conclusion is also accepted by Stephani, Spceies Hepaticarum, IV, 136f. 1910. 50 In the summer of 1907 the Norwegian bryologist, Herr B. Kaalaas, kindly permitted me to accompany him on a collecting trip on the western Norwegian coast in Romsdals Amt. His main purpose was to establish more definitely the northern limit of the Norwegian range of the ‘‘Atlantic species,” many of which he had himself been the first to find in that country. While I was with him we found one new station for S. plantfolia, by the lake Gusdalsvand in Vanelven, a point which we reached from temporary headquarters at Aaeim. Our most northerly oper- ations, and the last before I was obliged to leave, began with a trip by water from Molde to the small fishing village on the low cape Bud. From there we walked to the little settlement of Farstad, as I remember, where we succeeded in finding quarters. It was Herr Kaalaas’ idea to investigate from here particularly the high promontory of Stemshesten. We learned, however, of an area of limestone to the southward in the Tverfjeldene* and decided to divide our forces for the one day we had available, Herr Kaalaas investigating Stemshesten, while I tried to reach the marble of the Tverfjeldene. With the time consumed in going and coming, together with a certain amount of climbing, I was not able to make a thorough survey of the place, but did find a number of interesting bryophytes. Among them was a Scapania which I took from its general appearance to be S. planifolia, and it was so recorded by Kaalaas as the most north- erly station for this species.t Miillert also records this as the northern limit of the species. On more careful examination my specimen proves, however, to be S. nimbosa. The descriptions of Macvicar§ with figures show two quite distinct species, and I have also been able to compare authentic material of both dis- tributed by the English hepaticologist, W. H. Pearson, so that there is no question as to the identity of the plant. The record * The gneiss of western Norway is varied by occasional outcrops of limestone (marble), which are in some cases large enough to support a distinctive calcicolous flora. We had previously driven from Molde to such a locality north of there con- taining a cave (Troldkirken), from which the Tverfjeldene are not far distant. + Lat. 62° 56’ N. Untersuchungen iiber die Bryophyten in Romsdals Amt, 26- IQII. t Loe. cit. § Handbook of British Hepatics, 368f. 1912. 51 represents a considerable extension of the limited range of S. nimbosa, which had been known only from the British Islands, and at the same time adds one to the list of ‘Atlantic species” known from Norway. ITHacA, N. Y. NOTES AND NEWS Dr. W. A. Cannon, of the staff of the Department of Botanical Research of the Carnegie Institution, reached San Francisco in the last week of April after an extended trip to Australia for the prosecution of his work on the root systems of desert plants. A specimen of Panicum urvilleanum Kunth in the National Herbarium collected by W. L. Jepson (no. 6049) near Edom in the Colorado Desert, southern California, shows several spike- lets bearing two sterile florets below the well-developed fertile floret. The florets resemble each other as to pubescence. The upper of the two is slightly longer and less pointed than the lower and has a well-developed palea. In the lower no palea has been observed, the lemma only being present. Sixteen other speci- mens from North and South America in the National Herbarium have been examined but in all the spikelets appear to be normal. So far as known this is the only species of Panicum showing a departure from the single sterile (or staminate) floret, character- istic of the tribe Paniceae. In Lasiacis anomala of the same tribe recently described* the spikelets normally bear two sterile florets, this being the first case known of the presence of a second sterile floret in any member of the Paniceae. In Panicum amalurum Hitche. & Chase and in species of Ichnanthus the glumes are sometimes multiplied but in these there is no fertile floret, a terminal staminate floret only being present——KATHARINE D. KIMBALL, Bureau of Plant Industry, U.S. Dept. Agric. The New York Botanical Garden is at present engaged in the preparation of a descriptive guide to the collections in the eco- nomic museum. In the course of its preparation, we have found so many omissions of common and important articles that we are * See Hitchcock, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 9:35. 1919. 52 making a special effort to complete the list before printing the Guide. It would be a great favor if readers of TORREYA would either collect for us such of our desiderata as may occur in their respective localities or notify us where they can be obtained. The following are desired for preservation in the fresh state in a mixture of one part of formalin to sixteen of water. They may either be placed in the solution at once, in ordinary fruit jars with the tops securely screwed down, and suitably labeled with name, locality, date and name of collector, or they may be sent to us wrapped in paraffin paper, provided they can arrive in a fresh condition. Wild leek (Allium tricoccum) plants bearing their bulbs. All wild gooseberries. Wild red currant. The sand blackberry. Vanilla grass (Savastana odorata). Sorghum cane, sugar and molasses. All huckleberries and blue berries of the south and south- eastern states. Mitchella repens in fruit. Chiogenes in fruit. Wild cranberry in fruit. Batodendron arboreum in fruit. Ripe olives on the branch. Yucca baccata fruit. Chinquapin twigs with ripe burs. Wintergreen berries on the stem. Orontium aquaticum, fruiting tops. The following may be sent in in the natural condition as col- lected: Rhizome of Dryopteris marginalis. Roots of Asclepias tuberosa. Roots of the wild chicory plant. Cultivated plants of the large horse sorrel (Rumewx acetosa). Bulbs of Calochortus, any species. Yucca baccata roots. Eurotia lanata, dried and bundled. 53 Atriplex patula, dried and bundled. Tubers of Psoralea esculenta on the plant. Tubers of Solanum Fendleri on the plant. Tubers of Solanum Jamesii on the plant. Tubers of Hoffmanseggia on the plant. Grain of wild rice in the hull. The same, cleaned. Chufas, about two pounds. Each specimen will be placed in the cases prominently labeled with the name of the donor and the same acknowledgment will be made in the printed Guide Book.—H. H. Russy, Hon. Curator Dr. Henry Allen Gleason has been appointed the First Assist- ant of the Director of the New York Botanical Garden, succeed- ing Dr. W. A. Murrill, who has been transferred to the new pos- ition of Supervisor of Public Instruction. Camillo Schneider, whose botanical explorations in China were cut short by the war, and who has been studying Salix at the Arnold Arboretum, recently visited the Field Museum at Chicago, the New York Botanical Garden, the Brooklyn Botanic Garden and other institutions. Mr. Schneider has been working on the native American willows, of which he reports the number of probable wild hybrids to be very great. The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of TorREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates: Zpp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp 25 copies $ .79 $1.14 $1.78 $2.32 $2.87 $3.28 50 copies 1.03 1.43 2.23 2.82 3.52 3.92 100 copies 1.45 2.03 2.73 3.50 4.23 4.55 200 copies 2.15 3.24 3,92 525 6.52 6.92 Covers: 25 for $1.00, additional covers 114 cents each. Plates for reprints, 50 cents each per 100. Committees for 1919. Finance Committee Program Committee R. A. Harper, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, Pror. JEAN BROADHURST Miss C. C. HAYNES B. O. DoDGE SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE Budget Committee F, J. SEAVER J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. Membership Committee R.A. HARPER J. K. SMALL, Chairman. N. L. Britton T. E. Hazen A. W. EVANS E. W. OLIVE M. A. Howe Local Flora Committee H. H. Ruspy N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee Phanerogams: Cryptogams: F. W. PENNELL, Chairman. E. P, BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. Britton Mrs. L. M. KEELER N. L. Britton T. E. Hazen MICHAEL LEVINE C. C. CurtTIS M. A. Howe GEORGE T. HASTINGS K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE Percy WILSON NORMAN TAYLOR W.A. MuRRILL F. J. SEAVER Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. -Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M. _ Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver : Gasteromycetes: G.C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A, B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: _H. M. Richards, F. Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F, Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae, Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H, M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 1870. Vol. 45 published in 1918, contained 519 pages of text ~ and 15 full-page plates. - Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe, 18 shillings. -Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are, agents for England. ; Of former volumes, only 24-45 can be supplied entire ; cer- tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets — Vols. 24—27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars each; Vols. 28-45 three dollars each. Single’ copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. (2) MEMOIRS The Menorrs, established 1889, are published at irregu- lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No. 1 of. Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price’ $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur- chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- dophyta reported as growing within one hundred’ miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to DR. BERNARD O. DODGE Columbia University New York City -TORREYA. A Monruty Journat or BoranicaLt Notes anp News EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY NORMAN TAYLOR JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873. CONTENTS Botany in the City High Schools: F..T. HUGHES ...,..sccecseeserceeeeeeseueeeseereuereneces 57 Changes in Teaching Biology in Our High Schools: Cyrus A, KING ooeetesseceesesaes 65 The Relation of First Year Botany to Advanced Work: Pau B. MANN........--.-++ 72 Reviews: Trelease’s Plant Materials and Winter Botany: A. GUNDERSEN..-..+s+e-.05 «+4 78 Proceedings of) the Clubyis.. o: ox... cn cstnngustadodesvosonesivapebeqeeiecangecpecdersvane sande nowe 79 VA RSOPLE CEG Go AEA A Clog sue, fewsta cba euraua. bp ikccbe's Ky Bae iene ueen dS tn calmnet en spts bap tee 83 TOC WE TING re oy ven en tube ica, \ Sack as season d aus otetisoser seize rans Ae Al ie dewtie ds vccdeavansodesy yey 83 ‘PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB At 41 NortH Queen Street, LANcaAsTer, Pa. BY THe New Era Printinc Company “Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter. _ THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1019 President. - H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. Vice- Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D : C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, PH.D. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, N. Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Pu.D. Associate Editors — : JEAN BROADHURST, Px.D. M. LEVINE, Px.D. J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Px.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D. NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences M. A. HOWE, Px.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WiLD FLOWER: PRESERVATION SociETY OF AMERICA TorreEyYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and \~ Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to : NORMAN TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. Y wVN OU Ig TORREYA Vol. Ig No. 4 April, IgIg BOLANY UN.) FEE CLDY HIGH. SCHOOLS* By Francis T. HuGHES Just at present high school biology in general and high school botany in particular are in a very critical position. The cause I believe is both external and internal, but largely external. Pre- judice, the child of ignorance, jealousy, and even patriotism, strange as it may seem, are among the forces that are working against us from the outside. While from the inside our failure to recognize the changed conditions existing in our high schools, due to a certain complacency and false sense of security in the standing and permanency of our subject, has left us in a pre- carious situation. To be more specific: I shall try briefly to outline what I consider the external situation and the internal conditions that I have just enumerated, and to point out, if I may, a few remedies that may relieve the situation and bring botany back into its own in the New York City high schools. First as to prejudice and ignorance, which are practically the same thing. I heard an eminent physician say the other evening that the layman’s knowledge of medicine was always one genera- tion behind that of the specialists. And so in high school botany we are accused by people who really ought to know better, of teaching a kind of botany that was in vogue twenty years ago, and which we never think of teaching now. Their idea of botany is what they themselves studied years ago. It consisted of memorizing long scientific names, learning endless, minute classifications, and incidentally plucking a few flowers. * This and the next two papers were delivered at a meeting of the Club on March 11 devoted to a conference on Botanical Education in the Secondary Schools.—ED. [No. 3, Vol. 19 of TorREYA, comprising pp. 37-55, was issued 14 May, 1919.] 57 HA, 58 Next as to jealousy, or rather let me call it competition among the various high school subjects for a permanent place in the curriculum. In the New York City high schools we have had until recently three sciences in our course of study—biology in the first year, chemistry or physics in the second and physics or chemistry in the third, with sometimes an elective in the fourth year. Suddenly, however, from out of the west came a gay young Lochinvar, known as general science and then things began to happen. I shall not attempt to enter into a detailed discussion of general science here this evening. That is a topic calling for a special meeting by itself. Suffice it to say that our friends the physicists and chemists, especially the physicists, at once seized upon it as the solution of many of their problems, and in their magnanimous and altruistic spirit worked for its introduction into first-year high school in place of biology. For years the physics and chemistry people have been worried over the immaturity of their pupils and the time it took them to learn elementary physical and chemical principles. They could do none of their cherished advanced work and they certainly were in a quandary. Therefore, when general science appeared over the horizon they seized upon it with avidity as a preparation and a preliminary subject for theirown courses. Here, said they, is just the thing to give the first-year pupil the proper apper- ceptive mass of physical facts and principles upon which we can later construct our real physics and chemistry. Here is our looked-for opportunity. Did they ever consider what this would do to biology? I don’t believe they ever deemed it worth thinking about. What I have just said about general science and the physical science folk may seem a trifle exaggerated. If, however, you wish to substantiate it, just look over the general science text-books that are being published and see the relative amount of space devoted to physics, chemistry and biology, or examine the topics taken up in the high schools where general science is now being taught. In’one high school in Brooklyn first-year general science is actually being taught by physics and chemistry teachers. That, I think, should show which way the wind is blowing. 59 Finally, in what way does patriotism affect us? As you all know there has been more or less Bolshevism in the schools, espe- cially in the high schools. The authorities have been at their wits ends to stamp it out and they are going to try the following remedy: They are going to try to conquer Bolshevism by teach- ing concrete practical American patriotism. They are going to try to show our high school pupils that their political and eco- nomic salvation lies in upholding the principles upon which this government is founded. To this no patriotic American would think of objecting or even disagreeing. But what is the specific program to be followed? In the first place economics is to be put into the last year of high school and no student may graduate without passing it. An excellent and patriotic idea, we all agree. Secondly community civics is to be taught in either the first or second year of high school with a minimum requirement of two periods per week for a year, and this is where we are directly affected. Several high schools are giving all of the community civics for four or five periods per week in the first term or first year, and biology is being forced out to make room for it. Now what we biologists contend is, that while community civics should be taught to our pupils, the place for it is in the elemen- tary or junior high schools and not in the regular high schools. I am saying this not simply because I am a biologist, but because I firmly believe that no other subject in the curriculum has those qualities which adapt it so peculiarly to first year high school students as does elementary biology. I seem to be digressing somewhat from my topic, but I feel that the situation is serious enough to warrant it; and unless we are prepared to meet it, and, meet it right now it will not be at all necessary to consider the kind of botany that is best for our city high schools. But to get back to my subject. What kind of botany should we teach in New York City high schools? In the first place we should begin with the pupil’s environment, the environment of his home, if possible, or the environment of his school or of the neighborhood of his home or school. This, it seems to me, is a fundamental principle, a sort of pedagogical commonplace, but 60 some teachers seem to consider it practically impossible. In its place they try to construct a course or series of topics which, though vital and necessary in the eyes of the teacher, either have to be forced upon their pupils or given to them camouflaged with all sorts of more or less interesting appendages. And what is the result? The pupils dislike it; they get very little good from the work; the subject becomes unpopular, and finally it has to fight for its very existence. And the whole trouble has been started by its friends. In most of our high schools where a regular course in botany is given, we find the following methods in vogue: Some try to follow the order of nature. They start with seeds and seedlings and working their way through roots, stems, leaves, flowers, fruit, wind up with a little on forestry. In other schools the start is with made soil composition and chemistry. In others the parts of the plant receive only enough attention to furnish the structural basis for teaching the vital processes. In other schools little or no time is spent upon botany as such; but most of it is occupied with foods and nutrition, bacteria, sanitation and kindred subjects. In contrast with the above my idea would be to include most of the foregoing topics, but to utilize them by linking them up with the most accessible and obvious botanical object the pupils meet with in their daily lives. Let that object be a tree or shrub or even a potted plant in the class room; but by all means let it be some tangible concrete object, some plant whole, something that they can see, something that they can examine and some- thing that they can watch grow. Let them give it a name, its correct botanical name. There is nothing like a name to give a thing individuality. Let them consider it a member of a class, —a non-resident member if need be—but a member just the same. If the pupils are fortunate enough to be raising a war garden, then let that be the center or nucleus upon which their botanical work is based. Children of the first-year high school age are very practical and matter-of-fact in many ways, and while it is sometimes a hard job to get them interested in plants in general, 61 it is the easiest thing in the world to get them interested in some one particular plant. It is like their instinct for keeping pets. — The average boy is not so much interested in dogs in general,— in the way a grown-up lover of animals is apt to be. What he cares particularly about is his dog Jack and in his mind all the other dogs in the neighborhood are just plain dogs. If the object selected for study be some particular tree or shrub, the next thing to do would be to get a picture of it and hang it up in the classroom. If one of my pupils had a camera I would have him take a photograph of it, or in lieu of that I would have one of the pupils make a large drawing of it. At any rate if I could not get the plant into the classroom, I would have its picture there. Some may raise the objection: What concrete botanical object can be found in the environment of a lower East Side high school boy? What trees, for example? Let us see. A great many of such boys go to either DeWitt Clinton or Commerce or Stuy- vesant. None of them have trees or shrubs about their homes and so far as I can recall there are none either near or on their school grounds? But do you realize that DeWitt Clinton, situ- ated as it is in one of the most congested and botanically unde- sirable sections of the city, is only two blocks from Central Park and many of the boys pass the park on their way home. Com- merce also is but a short distance from the park. Every other high school that I can think of either has trees around it or has one or more small parks in its neighborhood. If the high school is in the suburbs or outskirts I would select a tree or shrub from in front of a pupil’s home. , But why begin with a tree? For one reason because it is large. There is something about size or bigness that seems to appeal to the average high school pupil. It is his idea of greatness or value. Did you ever notice the smile or look of contempt that comes over a boy’s face the first time you hand him a bean to examine? To him a bean is something to eat or to play with, but not to study. It may be all right for elementary school pupils to raise seeds in a cigar box, but not for him. Another reason for selecting the tree is that it is likewise the 62 botanical object most familiar to the pupil’s parents and there- fore the most likely to maintain their respect. On the other hand a seed suggests the farm and the average city parent, thinks, if he thinks about it at all, that farm topics do not belong in a city high school. I may seem to be emphasizing too much the parent’s opinion of things, but the strongest ally of any subject is the sympathy and coéperation of the parents. JI am not saying this in a spirit of opportunism. But if we believe our subject is worth while and good for the pupils we should do everything possible to disarm criticism from the home and by a judicious amount of tact and resourcefulness lead both parents and school officials around to our way of thinking. There is an old saying and a true one: ‘‘You cannot catch flies with vinegar.” So do not begin your subject with an altogether strange or uninter- esting topic. In connection with this let me repeat a story I heard a short time ago about a parent’s objection to botany. This parent had a daughter studying botany in one of our suburban high schools. One day he asked her the name of the tree in front of his house. The zirl did not happen to know the name and the father began to wonder what kind of botany his daughter was studying. Thereupon he called upon his daughter’s teacher and politely told him that botany should be thrown out of the schools and something more useful put in its place, since his daughter could not tell one tree from another. In answer to this complaint the teacher said: ‘‘My dear Sir, naming and identifying trees is but a small and insignificant part of botany. What we teach is the more fundamental life processes; then later on if we have the time we take up classification.’’ Was that teacher right? Substantially and in the matter of content, yes. But in the manner of approaching his subject or parent as the case may be, . I think that he was wrong. The parent’s criticism may have been captious and insincere, but he had some grounds for it just the same. Now as to the way in which we should go about the detailed treatment of the tree or shrub. If I began with the fall term I would start with the leaves and their structure. After that I 63 would take up respiration, transpiration, photosynthesis, etc. But how would I get enough leaves from a city tree to supply all of my classes, especially when there is a park ordinance against picking leaves? I would not try to get them from the city tree. I would get them in the country during vacation time or on Saturday or Sunday. That, I do not think, is too much to do for one’s subject. How are we to teach the vital processes? Are we to rig up a set of apparatus on one of the park trees for the wonder and admiration of the passing throng? Not at all. I would demon- strate the different functions in the classroom with the same materials and apparatus that I always use, but I would refer everything to our chief object of study and constantly remind the class that they were observing not only what trees in general are doing, but also what one tree in particular was doing in order to keep itself alive. What about the flowers and fruit of a city tree? That seems an almost unsurmountable obstacle but it is not. Its very difficulty gives zest to its solution. If the average city person knew that oaks and elms had flowers and fruit he would pay little attention to it. But the element of surprise that strikes him upon first being made aware of the fact first excites curiosity, then arouses interest and finally holds his attention. It is not the entirely new that arrests our attention, nor the completely familiar; it is rather the one in connection with the other. It is the old in the midst of the new, as when a traveler hears his own language in a foreign country—or the novel in the midst of the customary—as when we hear a strange tongue that attracts attention. But to get back to the flowers: I would not attempt to teach them at all directly. I would have a chart or drawing of the flowers of that particular tree or shrub. But I would give a complete set of lessons on the most available flower, I could get at that time of the year, but as with the leaves I would constantly refer them to our main object, the tree. spoken in our own country The fruit I would treat in the same way, using the tree’s own fruit if available; if not, then some common fruit in its stead. 64 The next topic is the stem. To teach this we should have cross and longitudinal sections of the same kind of wood. Branches of almost any kind can be secured from the Park Department; their wagons will deliver them to the schools and the boys will be only too glad to saw them up into sections and even varnish them for you. This I have had done several times. All that it requires is a letter to the Park Superintendent. As for the other parts of the tree I would not spend much time on them, but I would put most of the emphasis on the leaves, flowers and fruit; and would treat the rest only enough (in a general city course) to show their functions and their relations to the food making and reproductive organs. Having thus taken some common shrub or tree as our type form and taught the structure, functions and adaptations of the principal parts, I would then take up any other botanical topic best adapted to the needs and environment of my pupils. With one set of pupils I should emphasize the economic importance of plant products and by-products as food; with another group, especially where there was a manual training department I would spend much time on woods, their kinds, uses, etc.; and so on selecting my topics according to the needs of the various classes. My idea in advocating the study of some one particular plant as outlined above is this: Heretofore we have been studying seeds with the bean and corn as types, roots with the carrot and parsnip as types, and stems with the oak sections and horse- chestnut twigs, but somehow or other the pupils never linked them together. To them the bean did one thing, the carrot another, the horsechestnut twig a third and so on. They did not connect them all with the plant as a whole. On the other hand I think, that if we take one complete object, treat it as a whole and in detail, we will secure greater concentration and develop more fully the fundamental mental processes of analysis and synthesis. We can show the relation of the whole to its parts and the parts to the whole. Paralleling all of this work and in close connection with it, as one of its most valuable features, I would use to the very fullest 65 extent possible our botanic gardens and museums. I would not look upon them as a mere adjunct to our work or as factors in a method of teaching, but I would connect them as an integral part of the subject and-in one sense the most important part. If the training and botanical knowledge that we give to our pupils is going to amount to anything it must not stop at the end of the first year course in elementary botany. How then are we going to continue it, especially with those pupils who cannot go to college? The answer is, teach them how to use the gardens and the parks. Teach them so that in later years and even during the rest of their high school course, they may find in them a place for recreation and a source of inspiration, a means of avocation, and in some cases, let us hope, a field for serious study. What the public libraries are to the English and history departments, the gardens, parks and museums should be to the biology department. In conclusion let me say that though the present outlook is ’ none too bright, and we may have to fight for the very existence of our subject, the future is not hopeless. If we believe in our subject let us vitalize it. Let it meet the needs, solve the prob- lems and arouse the interests of our pupils. If we do this, if we vitalize it properly, botany will compel its own recognition. Boys HIGH SCHOOL, BROOKLYN, N. Y. CHANGES IN “DEACHING “BIOLOGY “IN; OUR Hie SCHOOLS By Cyrus A. KING To graduate from a city high school, a pupil is required to pass and receive credit for 17 units of work. Of these units, eight are required of all pupils. Three are in English, three in history and civics and two are given for work in drawing and physical training. The other nine units are selected from the following groups: Three from a foreign language group, two from another language group, two from the mathematics or science group, and the remaining two from any group. 66 This seems an admirable arrangement, and at first glance, one might think it offered a wide range of selection to suit the indi- vidual wishes of different students. However, when we con- sider the traditions of the high schools, and the still more rigid traditions of our eastern colleges, we find that the sciences are practically cut off from our best class of pupils, the ones who intend to go to our higher institutions, and who, in consequence, are ultimately to be our most influential citizens. I propose to illustrate this by selecting three typical examples. Let us suppose that a boy wishes to prepare for an engineering school. In addition to his eight credits, which are required, he selects a language and carries it three years; this leaves s7x units. Our best engineering schools require four years of preparatory work in mathematics; this leaves two units. These are usually taken in physics and chemistry because they are often required. This boy has no chance to select the biological sciences, unless he takes them as extra subjects. Let us now take the case of a girl who wishes to enter one of the better girls’ colleges, for example, Mt. Holyoke, Smith, Vassar or Wellesley. In addition to the eight required units, she must have four units in Latin, at least fwo in a second lan- guage, and two and a half in mathematics. This leaves one half point for science work. For the third illustration, we will select a pupil who does not intend to go to college. The traditions of most of the academic schools will cause him to elect a modern language, which he will carry for three years; he will also take at least two years of mathe- matics; this leaves four units to be selected from a second lan- guage, from courses in stenography and typewriting, and from the different sciences. Let us suppose that he selects two sciences the question 1s shall one of them be a general course or a course 1n biology. The biology courses that are now offered in our city high schools are, relatively speaking, new. They have no inheritance and no traditions. Unlike Greek, Latin and mathematics, they have not occupied for centuries an important place in our educational institutions. They are so new that we have scarcely 67 had time to stabilize them. However, there has never been such an age as the present. Days count almost as years of certain earlier periods. Under such conditions, a modern subject is rapidly adapted to our educational needs. Furthermore, biology certainly has the merit of having had no opportunity to become fossilized. Our elementary course in biology was born about 1900, was revised thoroughly in 1905, again in 1910, and a new revision has just come from the press. The advanced course in biology was approved three or four years ago. It is now undergoing a revision. During this interval of twenty years, the aims of the course have broadened and the work became more definite. And now at the end of this time, when we have the best courses that we have ever had, when we have a corps of highly trained efficient teachers, and know that ours is one of the most valuable subjects in the whole curiculum, it is actually being forced out of the schools for a conglomeration of every thing in kingdom come which for lack of a better name is called general science. The New York City schools are now teaching general science without a syllabus and without specially trained teachers. I have looked over about a dozen text-books in general science, some good, some fair, and some poor, and have the honest con- viction that the subject, at the present time, is not well organized. True to their name, our biology courses center about life and living things. Their aim 1s to teach the fundamental principles of life and it is impossible to develop these principles in the limited time given to the subject in a general science course. To accomplish this it is necessary to study a number of forms that are widely different. This is why we have put into our courses a consider- able amount of plant study, a somewhat less amount of animal study, and, finally, a study of man with an application of these principles to him. We believe that a pupil who has proved that respiration takes place in germinating seeds, that it takes place in higher plants, that it is necessary in the life of the para- mecium, who understands how the insects, the fish and the frog are adapted for breathing, and who knows something of the organs 68 of respiration in man and their adaptations, sees a deeper meaning in respiration as a vital process. The same thing applies to the great facts of sex reproduction, inheritance, and eugenics. Our course requires that we work with living things that throw light on the fundamental problems of life. At the risk of being called old fashioned, I do not hesitate to say that the foregoing kind of work is the most important that can be offered in any course in biology. And what are the reasons for not having such a course in every high school? What kind of an education is it that fails to recognize the value of the study of man as a living organism. Mentally and physically, he is the center of all education and he is unified with and bound to these lower organisms by the laws of life. Furthermore, if an addi- tional argument were needed, we know that the study of plants and animals trains him in observation, develops his judgment, give him the method to reason logically, and finally furnishes him with important information about himself. It also opens up a new living world that he will appreciate all his life. Recently a father, who by the way is a strong advocate of general science, said to me: “Your biology work is not making good.” I asked him why he thought so and he said that his daughter had taken the course for a year and did not know the names of the trees on the block where they live. This, in his opinion was a serious criticism. My answer to this is that our course requires that we place the emphasis chiefly on important biological problems and that this leaves little time for such superficial work as learning names, even though this is desirable. However, before passing in the course, that daughter had to know the general structure of a root, the way it gets water from the soil, and she had seen this illustrated in the laboratory. She had to know the course of the water through the root, stem, and leaves; and she had seen experimental proof of this. She learned by experiment how plants give off water and something of how food is manufactured. She knew, too, that this tree took in and gave off certain gases and the reason for this exchange. This incident illustrates the type of criticism that we are re- ceiving. In the main, it comes from persons who have no con- 69 ception of the value of our work, who are more or less antago- nistic to it, or who have their ears on the ground listening for something new. A second aim of the course, is to emphasize the relation of biology to human welfare. This brings out the commercial importance of plants and animals and our dependence upon them; especially upon plants. It is a revelation to our city boys and girls to find that the aunual value of our corn crop is greater than any liberty loan except the fourth, and to learn that our wheat and oats crop in 1917 were about two billion dollars each. Only after they realize the tremendous importance of our crops, do they appreciate the damage done by plant diseases and insect pests. One writer, for example, estimates that the hessian fly and the wheat rust each destroy one tenth of the crop. While this may be an exaggeration, it nevertheless suggests the im- portance of biology to our daily life. It is an introduction to the study of agriculture in its various phases, to pharmacy, to dentistry, and to medicine, and it also interests them in the laws of inheritance and in plant and animal breeding. The study of bacteria gives a second important relation to human welfare. The names and structure of bacteria are of little importance to our pupils. But it is important that they know the conditions under which bacteria thrive well and the conditions that cause their death. Pupils should know how abundant they are, and the common ways of distributing them. These lessons are necessary to emphasize the third point in my paper and that is that our biology courses are an excellent train- ing for citizenship. Twelve years ago, when the American association met here in New York, one of the foremost biologists in this city read a paper in which he emphasized the importance of biology in the develop- ment of citizenship. While I will confess to you that I had not, up to that time, thought of our courses as especially valuable in this respect, I have never since lost sight of its possibilities. Heretofore, I have been quite willing to let the philosophers and the theorists discuss the subject matter best adapted for the development of citizenship. The subject belongs largely in the 70 field of the general and the abstract where the philosopher revels. It is my opinion that the biological sciences can supply excellent material for the development of citizenship and I propose to offer some definite suggestions that show what we can contribute to this work. A citizen is a person who is born in the United States or who has been naturalized here, who owes allegiance to his country, his state, and his city, and who is entitled to their protection. The opposite to a citizen is an alien. Our war has emphasized the importance of eliminating the aliens and edu- cating the citizens. Mention has been made that we teach the importance of bacteria in relation to human welfare. Our pupils know the danger of infection from milk, why unsanitary stables are a menace and why the men working in the stables should not come from homes where there are communicable diseases. They know that milk should be subjected to a low temperature at once, why it should be Pasteurized, and the care it should have while on the way to the city. This is equally true of meats and vege- tables. Our pupils know the danger from inattention to the water supply. They appreciate the importance of clean streets. Their knowledge of epidemic diseases will cause them to favor and insist upon an efficient board of health. They have sane reasons for supporting regulations relating to quarantine vacci- nation and disinfection. They have a more intelligent interest in the care of our parks and the trees of the city. Such educa- tional institutions as the botanical gardens and the American museums will get their hearty support for they appreciate what these institutions stand for. They have a more intelligent interest in, and a greater loyalty for their city. They are better equipped to assume the duties of citizenship. It is possible that the advocates of general science, who by the way, are chiefly teachers of physics and chemistry, will tell you that their course does all thisand’a great deal more. My answer is that it would be better to have two years to do the work out- lined in biology. When they give the biology work a minor place in a year’s course, they simply mutilate it. Pupils grasp 71 the great questions of life only after having studied them in a reasonably wide range of individuals. In comparing the value of the two courses, do not lose sight of the fact that our work is a matter of record and we are perfectly willing to be fairly judged by what we have done and are doing. Theirs is all theory and argument. I have never heard a general science advocate give a concise, constructive argument for its substitution for biology. They will tell you that it has made good in the West, and that it is spreading everywhere. There are several reasons why I am not much impressed with that argument. First, the West is a long way off and it is not possible to get definite facts as to how successful their work is. Second, the universities of the Middle West are less exacting in their conditions for admission. This leaves plenty of time for three or four years in science courses. Such conditions will offset the handicap of one inferior course. In the third place, I have personally admitted to our courses pupils who have been trained in general science in schools at Minneapolis, Chicago, Washington, D. C., Massachusetts, Connecticut, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. This list includes one pupil who was taught by the author of one of the well-known books in general science. In every instance, I examined the laboratory note book, in case the pupil made one, and the results make me more emphatic in saying that general science, as taught at the present time, is not well organized. And now, in conclusion, to revert to the title of my paper, the changes that I would suggest are not so much the content of the course as the question of emphasis. I would urge, first, more time on the fundamental processes of living things. This is the most important part of the work and unless we get our pupils to understand them, by teaching them over and over again, we will lower our course until ‘t is on a level with general science. Second, wherever possible, I would teach these principles by means of forms that have an important relation to human welfare. Third, I would emphasize facts in our course that train for citizenship. Erasmus Hatt HIGH SCHOOL, BROOKLYN, N. Y. 72 tHe RELATION OF Piksi), YEARY BORANY SOR ae VANCED) WORK. WIDTH REPERENCES) iO} Clik DAUNPAP EEG MONS AND) BYEPRODUGHS By Pau. B. Mann The present fluid and even kaleidoscopic status of elementary biology in New York City high schools, reminds me forcibly of a bit of doggerel which appeared years ago in Harper’s Magazine. A colored man had been exercising his mule in the plantation garden, but an altercation arose between them, resulting in the sudden juxtaposition of Rastus’ head with the distal extremity of one of the mule’s hind legs. Rastus went to sleep. Later | consciousness began to dawn and he sat up and soliloquized in a mournful way, beginning: “Ts dis yuh me, or not me, Or hab de Debil got me?” We will all grant that the world needs men and women of scientific imagination and better viewpoints. ‘Where there is no vision, the people perish.’’ The march of progress can be checked by observing the scrap heaps along its highway. But one might well be perplexed when one finds any inconoclastic authority throwing bodily to the discard-pile, a vehicle which is having one of the most conspicuous careers in advancing human achievement and aspiration. I have not only hope, I have faith that even arbitrary action can not finally overthrow biology nor displace it permanently from its position as a science of fundamental values for adoles- cents, as well as adults. The most discouraging phase of the present situation in the New York City high schools, it seems to me, is the possibility of a hasty, unpedagogical ipse dixit, unsupported by judicial and scientific investigations. Dr. Josephine Baker, in a recent lecture, spoke of the tre- mendous need of conserving the Belgian children now, from rickets and tuberculosis, if Belgium is to be! We know, but sometimes forget, how truly the structure of the nation of to- morrow is being builded today. But how can the nation have well rounded and stalwart thinkers in its tomorrow if the edu- cators are given the children (the raw material), and then imme- diately handicapped not only as to tools but as to methods of development? The men and women who were pupils in such a system, will some day declare the bitterness of such injustice. Of the many contributions which elementary botany and biology make for advanced courses in the school and for later life, I wish to refer briefly to five. In the first place, the subject of human reproduction is intimately associated with the highest hopes of humanity, and yet is connected with some of the most sordid problems of the race. The very insistence of the sex problem compels a genuine answer from the schools. That answer must be sound, thorough and immediate. Let me quote a line from a letter just received froma Y. M.C. A. workerin France. ‘‘It is our former American interpretation of those two terms [morale and morality} that disturbs me in trying to consider what America will feel toward and do for her men who are soon to return to her. Is she going to continue to say that there is no sex problem in life, or is she going to face it squarely and try to solve it?”’ Those who have studied the problem of. presenting sex matters to children and have taught biology, know that to avoid the pitfalls there must be a natural. and unforced approach. There is absolutely no substitute for the normal, logical procedure of our elementary biology courses, dealing first with fertilization in the flowering plants, then in a typical animal like the fish or the frog. Neither of these topics when presented is tied up with sex-hygiene, there is no self-consciousness, and there is built up a natural foundation for all later applications, whether of sex-hygiene of one sort or another, or the justifiable expectations of the instructor in advanced botany or zodlogy. In the second place, the stress given to hygiene, now con- tinued throughout the entire high school course, might lead some to a presumption that elementary biology could fairly be dis- pensed with, in view of the probable(?) duplication of subject matter and treatment. However, the situation is far from being 74 so palpable. There need be little duplication. In addition, since the hygiene is largely deductive, it presupposes thorough grounding in biologic principles and bases. Military autocracy can be exemplified by the lines “Theirs not to reason why,”’ but the full codperation of the average hygiene student, and indeed every adult as well, in health endeavors as in other lines of action, is gained not only by knowing that “‘there’s a reason,” but knowing what that reason is. First year biology supplies abundant reasons. There is neither time, with only one hygiene period a week, at the most, nor is there continuity enough possible, to teach the content of a full year of biology by means of such a hygiene subterfuge. Daily contact with the experi- mental evidence of the laboratory is requisite for mental digestion and assimilation of principles, and to develop the scientific view- point. Last term, for instance, one of my hygiene classes had to be excused from one week’s recitation on account of a holiday, and the next week did not recite for another reason. That meant that they went three weeks without a single recitation! Nor is there much encouragement for the man who feels on the other hand that general science presents enough biology to be a worthy substitute. I shall not enter into the relative merits of these two subjects. Each hasits place. However, the amount of biology presented in a year of general science is too frequently insignificant. In the third place, have we any moral right to deprive students of the cultural values which are unquestioned by- products of elementary biology? Whatever philosophy of life each student comes eventually to formulate, early or later, will hinge on living things and their relation to metaphysical ques- tions. The drama of life is unbalanced and ill-proportioned if viewed through anthropocentric lenses. Literature is full of references to nature. Shall we send our pupils out into the world, into nature itself, refusing them the key to the inter- pretations of biologic phenomena? For each student, is due at least the opportunity of an esthetic appreciation of the wonder of life and of the utility and beauty of its types, whether diatom or humming bird, scaled mosaic from a butterfly’s wing or the 75 perfect spiral of the chambered nautilus. In this connection, Professor Curtis writes as follows:* ‘‘The writer remembers how’ when a student he was taken by the ‘ Mosquito-Malaria Theory,’ as it was then called; and at a later date the esthetic appreciation with which he contemplated the apparent explanation of Men- delian segregation and of the determination of sex in terms of the behavior of chromosomes. In spite of uncertainties and the need for further investigation, one felt himself gazing at a picture near enough completion to show what it might become —a sequence so wonderfully ordered as to call forth an esthetic fervor.”’ Then again, how without studying elementary botany, can we count on an intelligent citizenry, a citizenry personally interested in forest conservation, individual, municipal, national and inter-national nutrition, including problems of soil fertility, crop production, plant diseases and insect pests, improved methods of transportation and preservation of foods, selection and utilization of proper woods, and a host of related problems, such as the substitution of kelp as a potash source, the ascer- taining of new plants yielding rubber, etc., not to speak of applied bacteriology and commercial products. The balance of the year of biology includes the bases for the conservation of fishes, birds and other wild life and the economic relations of hundreds of animal types, from parasites to makers of silk, producers of fur, buttons, oil and so forth, together with an intelligent appre- ciation of rational living for humans, themselves. The significance of botanical training has been lately tested in a large way. We know how thousands of boys and girls sprang with avidity to the gardens and farms of the nation, during the past two years, and applied there the laboratory methods of their botany and biology courses. Furthermore, they were trained and ready to interpret the dietetic problems for the rest of the family and thus they kept up the family morale by doing their full share in emphasizing all phases of Hooverizing. Then there are legislative opportunities. For instance, to refer to only one example among many, last year we needed * Science, June 14, 1918. 76 intelligent legislators, with biological training to pass the Week’s Bill, prohibiting the uninspected importation of nursery stock into the United States, and thereby preventing the introduction of plant diseases and obnoxious insects. New bills of biological import will continue to be introduced at Washington and in the state legislatures and there will be even more call for their in- telligent consideration. Shall we turn back the hands of the clock and parallel the situation in Pennsylvania in 1885, when an unbiologic legislature spent in hawk bounties, directly and indirectly, nearly $4,000,000 to save a paltry $1,875 worth of poultry? Finally every one recognizes the growing emphasis that the latest decade has given scientific achievement and progress. This appreciation has been reflected in many ways. From a botanical standpoint alone, professional activities have had to grow by leaps and bounds, in order to keep pace with the demands of the hour. Forestry has expanded into a ranking science, the Bureau of Plant Industry has had to continuously increase its staff, plant pathologists are called upon daily to save thousands of dollars’ worth of plants by prophylaxis or treatment, phar- maceutical stations have been inaugurated, new plants are being originated by scientific breeding, the Office of Foreign Seed and Plant Introduction have brought to us valuable exotics and have also raised the bars of quarantine against ‘“‘undesirable”’ foreign? plants, physiological chemists and bio-chemists are everywhere at work on problems of soil fertility, fabric utiliza- tion, by-products of plant origin, and the like. Yet I have merely suggested some of the types of botanical activity, without reference to even a complete resumé. | Some of us may not realize the extent to which the national government and the states have fostered the development of the agencies calculated to answer the agricultural demands of this country. In one of the weekly news letters of last summer, Secretary Houston, of the Department of Agriculture, pointed out that there are 67 agricultural land grant colleges and experiment stations in the United States, with an equipment of $195,000,000, 77 a teaching staff of 5,900 and a resident student body of over 75,000. On May 15, 1862, Abraham Lincoln signed the act, creating the great Department of Agriculture. In the 57 years inter- vening, there has never been a time when the country at large has been so appreciative, as at present, of the value of this department, nor so cheerfully contemplates the expenditure of approximately $65,000,000 for its supporting annual budget, to maintain its staff of more than 20,000 people. Furthermore, on May 8, 1919, there was enacted the Ex- tension Act, which provides that all extension and demonstration work shall be codrdinated and carried on coédperatively by the state colleges of agriculture and the Federal Department of Agriculture. After 1922, there will be available approximately $8,700,000 for a the support of this Act. The field work in each state is supervised by a director of extension and is done by (1) men county agents, (2) women county agents, (3) boys’ and girls’ clubs, (4) corps of specialists.* If, as Professor Amesj and many others contend, the war was really won by science, either pure or applied, then there is an everlasting debt which humanity owes to the men of science: the physicians, engineers, sanitarians, meteorologists, geologists, botanists, zodlogists, physicists and chemists. Their service sustained the world at the time of its greatest need. What I want to emphasize is that the careers of these men and women were made possible to them and to the country by their courses in the high school pertod of their education, when they were self-discovered and when they unquestionably got the trend for their particular vocation. Shall we not continue to need trained botanists, not to speak of other biologists? Let us keep wide open the door marked “Biologic Science” and let all the students of our high schools have an unobstructed view of whatever perspectives and vistas they can see. This then is what I have attempted to present: * Weekly News Letter of Department of Agriculture. T Science, Oct. 25, 1918. 78 First, the imperative need of a natural biologic approach for the presentation of rational sex hygiene. Second, the weakness of the attempt to teach hygiene without previous biology foundation, also the impossibility of successfully substituting either hygiene or general science for biology. Third, the moral demand upon us to supply through biology courses, the working material for individual culture and philos- ophy. Fourth, the necessity of popular biologic education to insure worthy legislation. Fifth, the loss to the country and to the individual concerned, of not discovering those whose talents and genius lie in the line of biologic heritage. EVANDER CHILDS HIGH SCHOOL, NEw YorK CIty. REVIEWS Trelease’s Plant Materials and Winter Botany* These two valuable pocket volumes contain a great amount of clear and condensed information about trees and shrubs. The former takes up 247 genera, 782 species, 1,150 forms. It is intended to enable any careful observer to learn the generic and usually the specific name of any tree, shrub or woody climber, likely to be found in cultivation in the eastern United States, except the extreme south. The concise key to genera, separate for trees, shrubs, undershrubs and woody climbers, emphasizes vegetative characters. In the main part of the work the genera are more fully described and keys lead to the species and forms. In a few genera such as Crataegus, Cotoneaster, Philadelphus and Rosa, only the most easily recognized species have been admitted. Trees and shrubs of the orchard are traced to their species. The larger ‘‘ Winter Botany”’ much surpasses any existing work as a practical means of identifying cultivated trees and shrubs in * Trelease, William. Plant Materials for Decorative Gardening. The Woody Plants. Pp. 204. i917. Price, $1.00. Winter Botany. A companion volume to the above. Pp. xi +394. Illus- trated. 1918. Price, $2.50. Both published by the author, Urbana, IIl. 79 winter. The introductory key to genera by winter characters covering thirty pages is very interesting, the first division being according to whorled, opposite or alternate arrangement of leaves. The genera and species are then taken up with. It contains numerous excellent line drawings especially of leaf-scars and buds. There are many references to other works. The nomen- clature follows Bailey’s Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture, synonyms being given where manuals differ. The implied future publication of a similar work for herbaceous plants will be awaited with interest. A. GUNDERSEN. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB JANUARY 14, I919 The annual meeting was held in the lecture room of the De- partment of Botany at Columbia University. President Rich- ards called the meeting to order at 8:15 P.M. There were 20 persons present. The minutes of Dec. Io, 1918, were read and approved. The nomination of Dr. George E. Osterhout, Windsor, Col., Mr. S. A. Lurvey, South West Harbor, Me., and Miss Anna G, Runge, 577 Ninth Av., Astoria, N. Y., followed. Mr. Percy Wilson read the report of the Field Committee which was accepted. The report of the Program Committee, Mrs. E. G. Britton, chairman, was read by Dr. Seaver. A sug- gestion that in the future some of the Tuesday meetings should be held at Columbia University was discussed by Prof. Harper, Prof. Hazen, Dr. Barnhart and Mr. Taylor. Dr. M. A. Howe reported briefly for the Committee on the Fiftieth Anniversary Celebration. A statement of the receipts and expenditures, as follows, was read: SEMI-CENTENNIAL FUND Receipts angie reece vediatl. BOUT + che Coe ee Ba eee Ae Le ee $1,580.50 PANTONE ECELV EC All: EO}LO crate cle aie ae een inne ere giover ha rtis eae Siehale we als 548.00 $2,128.50 80 Disbursements Paid the New Era Co. Printing Memoir, Etc................ $1,373-67 FETS AN ATT ORI te cok eae aly fel Seculscun tea rece cue sie BMA Bt o-oo ae Deer oto hai cls 153.87 (CATA ECSous [ay Sia INST OP ONE) cca ORR E Ouch aes eee old) Geehche io oneL Binet encia.o 2.00 EV TAVIELO PES ee ere icHees case ales eile eS Ie eee EI Se nee ears ene epee 3.60 Editorial Expense BAAN C ES, ccc test te ea) ok Leek yay SBOE ase ea am Pelt ee REST Meet nee) Tae a sh et 501.51 The treasurer reported on the estimated cost of reprinting Vol. 15, No. 9, of the Bulletin. It was voted to have this number reprinted at a cost not to exceed $40 for 100 copies. The secre- tary was directed to call the editor’s attention to the announce- ment on the cover of the Bulletin, relating to holding the Tuesday evening meetings of the Club at the American Museum or Colum- bia University. The resignations of Miss Henrietta Lisk, Dr. L. O. Kunkel and Mr. James G. Scott were read and accepted. Miss Runge, Mr. Lurvey and Dr. Osterhout were then elected. Reports of officers. The secretary read a report which was accepted. The treasurer’s report was read and referred to an Auditing Committee consisting of Mr. Norman Taylor and Dr. Francis Pennell. A statement of the receipts and expenditures of the Club follows: RECEIPTS Balances Conmub xchange Bank sjamilanys 7s) LOUGre acaricides ener ienenene $1,735.27 IMGemalorenS” GINES> 5d ooo ade Roce ee eOAs Bonen EDS Pacers BA! 8 $ 970.00 Segzunovbaver sonveronloveyasy” CESS ologaccauoceonopden000dan G0 cdOd000 90.00 BULLE Girne peers ene ee eta i alles de be ois, heal se) ayeceye hea Preteen nectar oniet's 1,043.22 ROR RE MAMET AER CRIT eo Leica Ge Hit at Beith a pee 183.98 ARORRE VA OIt pure asic te retel he ro sicaits raueeceek sgsiceisiee) A New Rictcia from .Peru: ALEXANDER “‘W. EVANS. 2.05) ciecd levnscane csp 20s uetponsserarss 85 Whats: Ecology: Hi. AY GLEASON 4s bec) op pan teale ce da deet-ogtebs gehen ae dete dageyg oer E wae ds 89 AwNvewCalifornia-Cypressi; bL. Rs ABRAMS (3-5: (25). cage. Fates be Nee Eats vemos ate Fea eee g2 \ Reviews: : Macfarlane’s Causes and Course of Organic Evolution: C. Stuart GAGER....-: 93 The Swiss League for the Protection of Nature: E. G. BRITTON.....-..-.....2+. 101 Proceedings of the Club ....... Se RR ee ark Depaed er AEA Neos aoe Ube pp ch» Lip aeae E Sign Seabees 102 sg 18 BC 7 TA 8 a ee NE Pen SE? | ee? Se ated Ws Rea SUG ee, UR oats aoe ka hee 105 ‘ PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUE } AT 41 NortTH Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa sy THe New ERA Printinc ComPrany “Entered ar the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB | OFFICERS FOR 10919 President H. M- RICHARDS, Sc.D: Vice- Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M. D €. STUART GAGER, PH.D. Secretary and Treasurer : BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D. CoLuMBIA ‘UNIVERSITY, N. Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, PH.D. M. LEVINE, Px.D. J. A. HARRIS, Pu.D. G.E, NICHOLS, Pu-D. ee AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu. D. NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate to the wee of the New York Academy of Sciences . A. HOWE, PH.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION Society oF AMERICA ToRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and _ Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To- subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. ‘Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLupB, 44 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to NORMAN TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. Y TORREYA Vol. I9 No. 5 } May, I9I9 A NEW RICCIA FROM PERU* By ALEXANDER W. EVANS Through the kindness of Mr. W. R. Maxon, of the United States National Museum, the writer has received for study an interesting collection of Peruvian Hepaticae, made by Messrs. O. F. Cook and G. B. Gilbert in 1915. One of the most re- markable of the species represented is the Riccia noted below, which seems to be undescribed. The remaining species are not yet wholly determined, so that a complete account of the col- lection can not be published at the present time. Riccia bistriata sp. nov. Plants growing in irregular patches: thallus simple or once or twice dichotomous, strap-shaped to obovate, mostly 0.5- 1.5 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, and 9.5-0.6 mm. thick in the median portion, distinctly areolate and dull green above, a marginal band becoming bleached with age, more or less pigmented with purple below, especially toward the margin, median sulcus in the apical region only, I-1.5 mm. long, the older portions of the thallus plane or nearly so above and convex below, gradually thinning toward the margin, where the two surfaces meet at an acute angle; ventral scales inconspicuous, hyaline, scarcely pro- jecting beyond the margin; cells of the primary dorsal epidermis subhemispherical, the upper part soon collapsing and disappear- ing, leaving the basal portion in the form of a thickened shallow cup; green tissue of the usual Riccia type, consisting of upright rows of cells separated by narrow (usually) four-sided canals not constricted at the dorsal surface of the thallus, each row of cells usually connected longitudinally with four other rows and composed of five or six cells, the longitudinal walls common to two rows being marked by two colorless bands, of thickening * Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory. (No. 4, Vol. 19 of ToRREYA, comprising, pp. 57-84, was issued 25 June, 1919] 85 86 extending from the compact ventral tissue to above the middle of the uppermost green cells, united at their upper ends and some- times at various points along their length; compact ventral tissue mostly eight to ten cells thick, composed of uniform paren- chyma without oil-bodies: inflorescence (so far as known) dioicous, the antheridia not seen: spores dark brown to almost black, becoming very opaque with age, more or less angular, 110-130 pw in diameter, with a narrow, irregular and often in- terrupted wing-margin, 4 uw or less in width, spherical face covered over with a fairly regular reticulum formed by low ridges 3 u or less in height, the meshes mostly 10-15 pw in diameter, plane faces with lower ridges, usually irregular but sometimes forming a more or less distinct reticulum. [Fic. 1.] On soil, Santa Ana, 900 m. alt., June 25, 1915, Cook & Gilbert I48T. The peculiar bands of thickening which are found in the walls of the green cells represent a feature which has not before been noted in the Marchantiales. In a section cut parallel with the surface of the thallus (Fic. 1, D) these bands are especially con- spicuous. They appear in the form of minute circular structures situated in the walls common to two cells and projecting into the cavities, this appearance being due to the fact that the thicken- ings deposited by one cell correspond with those deposited by its neighbors. In most cases each cell is octagonal in section and is bounded by four other cells alternating with four air-canals. At its periphery it shows normally eight thickenings, two for each bounding cell. The thickenings are usually distinct and definitely two in number, but they sometimes have vague out- lines and may be increased to three. In a section cut at right angles to the surface of the thallus (Fic. 1, E) the true form of the thickenings becomes evident. They now appear as parallel bands, running longitudinally with respect to the rows of green cells. Each pair of bands begins at or near the lower end of a row and extends upward to the cells just beneath the epidermis. A short distance above the middle of these cells the two bands coalesce and form a narrow arch. During their course they sometimes unite here and there but are usually quite free from each other. Although thickened walls have not before been observed in the 87 green tissue of the Marchantiales, thick-walled cells of various types have repeatedly been noted in other parts of the thallus, - especially in the more complex genera of the Marchantiaceae. Fic. 1. RICCIA BISTRIATA Evans. A. Cross section of thallus in apical region, XK 22. B. Cross section of same thallus near basal end of median sulcus, XK 22. C. Cross section of same thallus in older part, X 22. D. Section of green tissue parallel with surface of thallus, X 300. E. Section of green tissue perpendicular to surface of thallus, showing bands of thickening in section and surface view, X 300. F. Spore, X 400. The figures were all drawn from the type specimen. In addition to the tuberculate rhizoids which are of almost uni- versal occurrence, the epidermis in many cases is distinguished by a definite cuticle and conspicuous trigones, while the cells 88 surrounding the pores sometimes show thickened radial walls. In the compact ventral tissue, moreover, thick-walled cells with elongated pits are not uncommon, and a number of species are known in which pointed sclerotic cells with pigmented walls can be demonstrated. Of course none of these cells bear much resemblance to the green cells of the Riccia. Perhaps the latter are more directly comparable with the parenchymatous cells found in the costa of Pellia epiphylla (L.) Corda and P. Neesiana (Gottsche) Limpr. Here, as in all the Jungermanniales, the gametotype is destitute of air-spaces, but the interior cells of the thallus show distinct vertical bands of thickening in their longitudinal walls. The bands, which are narrow and often pigmented, undoubtedly serve in a mechanical capacity, and the same thing is probably true of the much longer bands of Riccia bistriata. According to Stephani* twenty-three South American species of Riccia were known in 1898, thirteen belonging to Riccia proper and ten to Ricciella. Not one of these species is accredited to Peru. In 1911 Weberbauert was able to report two species from the vicinity of Mollendo, listing them under manuscript names of Stephani. Since these species have not been adequately published, so far as the writer knows, they need not be further considered. Among the species described by Stephani, R. Weinionis Steph., collected by Weinio at Rio de Janeiro, is perhaps the most closely related to R. bistriata. In the Brazilian species, however, the spores are smaller, measuring 102 u in diameter, the inflorescence is described as monoicous, and the dorsal sulcus is not restricted to the apical region. It is unfor- tunate that Stephani makes no allusion to the anatomical features of his species, nothing being said about the epidermis, the green cells, or the compact ventral tissue. SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, YALE UNIVERSITY * Bull. Herb. Boissier 6: 310-343, 361-378. 1808. 7 Engler & Drude, Vegetat. der Erde 12: 145. Io91I. 89 WHAT IS ECOLOGY? By H. A. GLEASON At a recent meeting of a well-known botanical society it was suggested somewhat jocularly that the field of plant ecology is not well defined, and that the speaker would welcome a further definition of the phases of plant life that are covered by it. Now the botanist who made this remark certainly does know what ecology is. So do also the various botanists who have made and are still making similar public statements on the same subject and to the same effect. They know from actual experience with the subject itself and with the men who work init. The difficulty is that ecology is so different from the more familiar divisions of botanical science, morphology, physiology, and the like, that some of them fail to classify the subject properly in their own minds. In order to present the matter, let us attempt a definition of botany, to be used as a point of departure in formulating later a definition of ecology.* Botany is the accumulation and or- ganization of knowledge of plants. This definition holds for the student who learns from the printed page or the observer who takes his knowledge directly from the plant; for the beginner acquiring the most elementary rudiments of the science or the investigator extending the limits of knowledge. Botany does not properly refer to the plant itself, although it is sometimes used in that sense. A speaker may refer to the interesting botany of Mexico when he really means the interesting flora. Morphology, as one branch of botany, may be defined by the addition of one limiting phrase to the definition of botany: it is the accumulation and organization of knowledge concerning the form and structure of plants. Strictly speaking, the term does not refer to the plant itself, yet in common usage it has frequently been applied in that way. For example, a teacher may ask of a student ‘‘Describe the morphology of the corn-kernel,’’ when he really expects a description of its structure. Or he writes an article on the morphology of the vascular bundle of corn, and the title is accepted without criticism as referring to the structure * In this connection see TORREYA for May, 1912.—ED. 90 of the bundle and not to our knowledge of its structure. This sounds like mere quibbling over the meaning of words: so it is introduced to show that a word originally applied to a division of knowledge is now applied to certain features of a plant. The same thing is true of physiology, of pathology, of various other -ologies, not merely in the general field of botany but in other sciences as well. To revert to the original subject, plant ecology may be defined as the accumulation and organization of knowledge concerning the correlation between the plant and its normal environment. It now becomes difficult to divert the word from the meaning given here into a concrete application as has been done so suc- cessfully with morphology and physiology, because the subject is based not on the plant alone, but on the plant and its environ- ment together. Nevertheless, the attempt is frequently made. A botanist announces that he is studying the ecology of Smith’s Bog. Narrowed down to an exact statement by careful question- ing, he admits that Smith’s Bog has no ecology, that he is really interested in the environmental relations of the plants there, and that he discovers these relations, at least in part, by observa- tions on their form and behavior. Undoubtedly the original statement has brevity and is clear in its meaning, but it is im- possible to include consistently any measurable or visible process or structure in a plant exclusively under the. term ecology. Two common expressions of this correlation between plant and environment are found, as just stated, in the structure and behavior of the plant. They must be studied by the methods of morphology and physiology, they must be described in the same terms used in morphology and physiology, yet the result of the study is neither: they deal with the structure and behavior of the plant, the result deals with the correlation between its structure and behavior and the environment. The elongation of the dandelion scape is a study in physiology, the structure and development of the pappus a study in morphology, the dissemi- nation of the dandelion a study in ecology. But since the ob- servable effect of the interrelation of plant and environment is frequently termed the morphology or physiology of the plant, 91 there is a not unnatural tendency on the part of morphologists and physiologists to consider ecology, or at least this part of it, as equivalent to or included in their own subjects. Since these subjects have accepted names, they ask ‘‘ What is ecology?” Another expression of the interrelation between plant and environment is seen in the restriction of a species to a particular type of environment, that is, to a particular habitat. This phenomenon can not be observed on a single individual, which is of course restricted to a single station, but must be studied from many individuals of one race. In this case the visible result is apart from either morphology or physiology, and to some botan- ists this alone is ecology, just as the behavior of a plant is physi- ology. But after all, the habitat-relation of a species is only one type of behavior, dependent upon the physiological functions of the single individual, but measured and tested by the behavior of many individuals or of the race. It is hardly necessary to say that tangible or visible phenomena are frequently noticed before the underlying processes or correla- tions are discovered. Starch was known before photosynthesis; growth of trees before cambium. The morphological effect of ecological relations, such as alpine dwarfing, was known before the causes, which are even yet not fully understood. Plant associations were described long before their fundamental nature Was appreciated. In conclusion, let it be repeated that ecology is a division of knowledge, to be studied only through perceptible phenomena, which are frequently structural or functional in nature and there- fore subjects for morphology and physiology also, but that the questions which ecology seeks to answer, the knowledge which it aims to supply, deal not with structure and function alone but with the correlation between the plant as a whole and the environment in which it grows. NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN : 92 A NEW CALIFORNIA CYPRESS Cupressus nevadensis sp. nov. By L. R. ABRAMS Small tree attaining a maximum height of 20-25 m. and a diameter of 6-8 dm., with spreading branches forming a broadly conical crown. Bark fibrous, longitudinally fissured, 15-25 cm. thick, reddish brown within, weathering light gray-brown on the exposed surface. Leaves light green and somewhat glaucous, closely imbricated on the slender distinctly 4-angled branchlets, 1.5 mm. broad, sharply acute and keeled, with a conspicuous active dorsal resin duct. Cones solitary or clustered, broadly oblong to subglobose, 20-25 mm. long about 20 mm. broad, light gray with a brown undertone; scales 6-8, rugosely roughened with the wrinkles converging at the umbo, the upper lateral longer than broad and acute at the upper angle; umbose on the lateral scales near the apex, scarcely pointed, those of the upper pair elevated and pointed; seeds numerous, 4-5 mm. long, light brown tinged with purple and somewhat glaucous, rugosely wrinkled and sparsely papillate; hilum oblong-oval. In its resinous character it suggests Cupressus Macnabiana Murr., but the larger cones and glaucous seeds show a closer relationship to Cupressus Sargenti Jepson of the California Coast Ranges. This species, the first to be reported in the main Sierra Nevada, was first discovered by Mrs. Leo Polkinghorn in 1907, who for- warded specimens to the late Professor W. R. Dudley. In 1915, recognizing the peculiarities of these specimens, the writer visited the grove for further material and notes on the living trees. It grows on Red Hill, Piute Mountains, near Bodfish, Kern County, at an elevation of 5,000 to 6,000 feet. Associated with the California juniper, blue Oak, digger pine, and such desert plants as Pinus monophylla and Ephedra viridis. Type: Abrams 5308, July 29, 1915. STANFORD UNIVERSITY 93 REVIEWS Macfarlane’s the Causes and Course of:Organic' Evolution * This is an unusual book in several particulars, and notably in its wide scope, covering nearly the entire field of evolution on the earth, from “Ether and Energy in the evolution of matter”’ (Chapter I) to such topics as ‘Morals as a factor in organic evolution and their biological origin’? (Chapter XXIII), ‘‘Re- ligion as a factor in human evolution”’ (Chapters XXIV-—X XVI), “Human organization in relation to environment” (Chapter XXIX), and “Probable future advances in human evolution”’ (Chapter XXX). Chapters I to VIII deal with the evolution of energy and of matter, inorganic and organic; Chapter IX with the idea and term (first elaborated and used by this author) of “Proenvironment’’; Chapters XI—XIII with ‘‘The evolution of plants’; Chapters XIV-XVIII with “The evolution of animals’’; and Chapters XIX—XXX with the evolution of man and questions closely connected therewith in the realms, not only of the physical, but of the intellectual, moral, religious, and social. It is unusual to find a recent book dealing with the evolution of plant and animal forms, and having only 28 illustrations; and equally unusual to find a book of such pretensions as this one disregarding, or considering only briefly or incidentally, some of the working hypotheses that loom largest in contemporary research and in recent scientific periodicals and other publi- cations—such hypotheses as, for example, the mutation theory and Mendelism, and the recent work in genetics, and eugenics. This is in harmony, however, with what appears to be the author’s attitude toward some of this later work. For example, noting that Mendel and ‘‘nearly all of his followers have treated of naked eye appearances”’ to the neglect of cytological details, and referring to his own well known study of “‘unisexual and bisexual heredity’’ (1883), where ‘‘there is no dominance or recessiveness shown,” he ‘‘considers that most of the cases of * Macfarlane, John Muirhead. The causes and course of organic evolution. A study in bioenergetics. New York, The Macmillan Co., 1918. Pp. i-ix + 875. 28 figs., three colored plates, and one uncolored. $4.00. 94 ‘Mendelian inheritance’ in plants and animals will probably be found to conform to such conditions, where they have been studied microscopically.’”’ This not only implies that dominance and recessiveness are the essence of Mendelism, as conceived by present day geneticists, but is also contrary to certain published results of Mendelian studies. It must be kept in mind that macroscopic characters (e. g., color and coloration) are often mass effects of histological detail. In fact, the author states definitely his opinion “‘that most of the discussion on the possible acquisi- tion of new characters, on the hereditary transmission of such, on dormant (sic) and recessive factors, have mainly been of value in stimulating research” (p. 150), and he considers that “varietal, specific, generic, and wider characters resolve themselves into the waxing or waning of definite substances, according as en- vironal stimuli act on certain constituents of the cells.” The keynote of the volume, as stated in the preface, is that “energy, continuity, evolution may be said to constitute the triune basis of existence’’; and, further on (pp. 170-171), that “Rela- tive distribution and relative condensation of energy .. . are the important factors at the foundation of all organic as of all inorganic changes.’’ In fact, the viewpoint throughout, as the subtitle would lead one to expect, is that of energy, rather than form, and the elaboration of this conception involves the use of an unfamiliar nomenclature, originating with the author, and running throughout the book. Thus, “in passing from the inorganic crystalloids and colloids to those composing organic bodies, the fundamental need of the case was the evolution and increasing activity of an energy that would as far excel electricity in its perfect quality as does the latter excel chemical affinity, and it again heat” (p. 77). Heat, light, chemical affinity and electricity, as phases of energy, have been unequal to the task of energizing ‘‘the inert ether particles that form the centers of the atomic and molecular structures”’ (p. 81) and the author formulates it as a working hypothesis, ‘‘that the transition from the inorganic colloid to the organic colloid body was gradually accompanied by the evolution of a new and more condensed (Dp. 33):, Janome ’ phase or modification of energy, the ‘bzotic 95 energy is ‘‘the basic energizer of organisms,’’and its “forerunner and anticipator’’ was ‘‘a redistribution of electric energy,” ‘ which ‘‘distinguished chemists’’ consider ‘‘can be traced round each molecule”’ (p. 81). Biotic energy is ‘‘a more condensed, perfect, and powerful type of the all-pervading energy than even electric’’ (p. 26). The reviewer does not quite understand how ae one kind of energy can be more ‘“‘perfect’”’ than another. This adjective is frequently used throughout the book in comparing various kinds of energy (pp. 800-805). What is a “perfect” form of energy? How any of the lower forms of energy are con- verted into biotic energy is not known (p. 102). Eight different kinds of energy are enumerated, viz., thermic, lumic, chemic, and electric, acting in non-living bodies; and biotic, cognitic, cogitic, and spiritic, acting only in living bodies. Biotic energy energizes protoplasm (7. e., cytoplasm); cognitic energy energizes chromatin, it underlies the phenomena of ir- ritability, awareness, response, and _ sense-perception. Cell division is ‘‘due to steady discharges . . . from the center of the nucleus or the nucleolus of cognitic energy,’ and conjugation “seems to be due to the establishment of unlike or differently charged amounts of cognitic energy,” etc. In fertilization the “mutual’’ attraction of sperm and egg is not due to their mole- cules ‘‘as physical entities,’’ but to definite discharges of chemic, electric, biotic, or other energies that transverse the particles,” etc. Cogitic energy energizes the substance of the nerve ganglia (Nissl substance, neuratin). It is a ‘‘more perfect” (p. 801) form of energy than cognitic, and enables ‘“‘organisms to form more complex and interlocked impressions of a mental kind”’ (p. 801). ‘‘There evidently exists a more complex form of energy than the biotic, cognitic, or even cogitic, and which we have termed the spiritic’’ (p. 801); and there is probably a speci- ally complex substance in “the gray frontal matter of the brain, and which hypothetically we may call spiritin”’ (p. 804). We have given considerable space to this unique conception and terminology because it is the unifying thought running throughout the book, and indicates the angle from which the entire question of evolution is conceived and discussed by the 96 author. Without implying any real analogy, one cannot help but recall here Harvey’s statement in his epoch-making book, ‘““The motion of the heart and blood in animals,” viz: ‘“Fer- nelius, and many others, suppose that there are aerial spirits and invisible substances . . . but Medical Schools admit three kinds of spirits: the natural spirits flowing through the veins, the vital spirits through the arteries, and the animal spirits through the nerves; . . . but we have found none of all these spirits by dissection, neither in the veins, nerves, arteries nor other parts of living animals.’ One is also reminded here of the primordial units of “mind-stuff,”’ in which Clifford believed, though on evidence (so James tells us) that seemed quite worthless to Bain. It seems to the reviewer as though the author were reviving for the microcosm a conception analagous to that formerly held of the macrocosm, but long since abandoned in the light of the scientific investigation and interpretation of nature. The ancient polytheism, for example, postulated a spirit presiding over every natural process, and over every act of daily life—a god of the east wind, and of the west wind, of the sea and of the depths of the earth; a god of going out, and a god of returning home, a god of planting, and a god of harvest. So the book under review postulates a special kind of energy for the various kinds of functions, and each kind differs from all the other kinds in its “‘perfectness.”’ A botanical reviewer may prudently re- frain from a critical discussion of the purely physical question of kinds and qualities of energies, but it would be interesting and no doubt profitable, to hear what comments a physicist would make. An acceptance of the author’s theory would demand a considerable readjustment of the mode of thought of contempor- ary experimental physiologists. Another idea to which the author assigns much prominence and for which he coins a new term (as noted above), is “‘proen- vironment’? (Chapter IX, and passim). “This is defined (p. 242) as ‘that great and ever-expanding law of organic life, by which varied environal stimuli are linked into a summated and uni- fied response, that brings each organism into satisfied relation to the environment;” or again (p. 629), “the capacity of an or- 97 ganism for perceiving and then positively growing or moving toward an environment that is the most satisfying for it.” The’ various tropisms, and the response of Mimosa leaves to shock are acts of proenvironment. ‘In all moral acts, as in simpler and more primitive actions and reactions amongst plants and ani- mals, the fundamental outcome of moral response is a satis- fied state’ (p. 664). ‘‘Moral attitudes all represent proen- vironal efforts by individuals” (p. 656). ‘Enterprise is varied and vigorous proenvironal planning that is being put into prac- tice’ (p. 641). ‘“‘Sex fusion is a proenvironal act”’ (p. 789). “So the building of nests above ground, the excavation of nests below the surface, or the hollowing of trees into nests by ants and other insects; the gradual elaboration of complex log houses and dams by beavers; the planning and erection of a lake dwelling by medieval man are all proenvironal acts,” etc. (p. 790). ‘‘Man- kind has proenvironed the law, “‘Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself’”’ (p. 791). The idea of proenvironment, or something closely akin to it, was proposed by Cockayne and Foweraker in their paper on ‘“‘The principal plant associations in the immediate vicinity of Canterbury College Mountain Biological Station”’ (Trans. New Zealand Inst. 48: 166. 1916). The term there proposed was Epharmonic variation, which was defined as ‘a change in its form of physiological behavior beneficial to an organism, evoked by the operation of some environmental stimulus.’’ For the intellectual realm the idea is also stated by James in ‘‘The Will to Believe,’’ where he says (p. 76): “. .. of two conceptions equally fit to satisfy the logical demand, that one which awakens the active impulses, or satisfies other aesthe- tic demands better than the other, will be accounted the more rational conception, and will deservedly prevail.’’ The con- ception, however, appears to have been nowhere so thoroughly elaborated as by the author under review. In Chapter VIII the author postulates the law of ‘‘Pen- tamorphogeny,”’ that is, that there are five factors or cooperative agents in organic evolution, namely, heredity, environment, proenvironment, selection, and .reproduction (p. 204). This is somewhat in contrast to Osborn’s law of ‘‘Tetraplasy,”’ the 98 “four inseparable factors of evolution” (heredity, ontogeny, environment, and selection). Macfarlane rejects ontogeny as a cause or factor in evolution. In accepting the hypothesis “‘that living and non-living bodies are alike irritable’ (p. 44), no reference is made to Bose’s full development of that idea in his Response in the Living and Non- living, and other writings. On page 81 “inert ether particles” are referred to as forming “the centers of the atomic and molecular structures.” No reference is here made to the electron theory of atomic structure, which regards the atom as, in figurative sense, a miniature ‘‘solar system,’ with negative electrons moving in orbits around a nucleus of positive and negative electrons—chiefly positive. This hypothesis, based upon studies in radioactivity and related in- vestigations, has been the one in most general favor with physi- cists for a decade orso. Attention may also be called here to a present tendency of some physicists to question the older con- ception of a universal elastic ether, in light of the theory of relativity, which originated in the famous experimentum crucis of Michelson and Morley (1887) to obtain evidence of an ether drift.” In fact, a physicist friend has assured the reviewer that ”) the expression ‘“‘inert ether particles’? does not convey any meaning to a physicist. Adhering to the energy point of view, and the point of view of a granular or atomic ether, protoplasm is defined (p. 86) as “a definitely correlated rotatory motion of variously energized (or linked) and highly complex groups of ether particles of col- loid nature, in which the specific rates of motion between the This would seem to define protoplasm as a mode of motion rather than as a substance. In harmony with this conception, life is defined (p. 97), as “Relatively similar complexity and synchronism of motion of b] groups are an expression of biotic energy.’ quinary, hexary, and heptary compounds, that represent similar complex definiteness of structure and similar lines of flow of biotic energy.” The different tropisms shown by living organisms depend each upon a special class or kind of plastids or energids which ‘‘show a 99 special sensitivity and polarity to environal stimuli (p. 121); these plastids evolved in the probable order of leucoplastids” (chemoenergids), helioplasts (chromoplasts and _ chloroplasts) or photoenergids, geoplasts (geoenergids), thigmoplasts (me- chano-energids), and parohelioplasts, which their energizing results, not as yet as definite structures. Thus ‘ ‘are only known in for every class of physiological function there is postulated by the author, not only a particular kind of energy, but also a particular structure. Some of these structures are known only by inference from a given function. This granular philos- ophy is extended to include the notion that there is ‘‘a large series of bodies common to all plants . . . which can at any time be gradually reproduced by the joint action on, and re- action of protoplasm and its related ferments under the more fundamental action of appropriate environmental stimuli.”’ These bodies may at times be reduced to ultra-microscopic bodies (p.150). This conception would appear to be a form of, or analogous to, pangenesis. Its acceptance, according to the author, leads logically to a rejection of the concept of ‘‘acquired ’ and therefore the troublesome problem of the inheritance (or otherwise) of acquired characters vanishes. In the discussion of heredity, on pages 175-179, no reference is made to much modern work—Spencer’s definition, for example, being quoted, but no reference made to Johannsen’s fruitful definition and studies. Johannsen’s definition, ‘the appear- ance, in successive generations, of the same genotypical con- stitution of the protoplasm,” is suggested by the author’s definition: ‘‘the like continuity of molecular structure in relation to like outgoing and incoming currents of energy, so long as a body is exposed to the same environment, or to an environment that, within definite limits, fails to alter its average constitu- tion” (p. 179). This definition involves the conception that variation, or disturbance of heredity (p. 178) is ‘‘due to changed environal condition,’ which is the prevailing conception of geneticists as to the cause of variation. On page 187 both heredity and variation are defined in terms of energy. The theory is maintained (p. 301, and elsewhere) that “‘the characters,’ 100 simpler animals evolved as offshoots from colorless bacterial lines of plant organization. A review of the chapters on animal evolution is not here attempted. The statement that, when spores mature, ‘they throw off and break down so much chromatin material” (p. 335), is apt to mislead, if indeed it is not incorrect as referring to the reduction division resulting in the haploid number of chromosomes. The phenomenon of alternation of generations is erroneously limited to ‘‘classes of plants higher than the algae” (p. 336), Hoyt’s work with Dictyota, Harper’s with Ascomycetes, and Blackman’s with rusts, for example, being overlooked. In the genealogical tree (facing page 356) the now generally recognized group, Cycadofilices, does not appear to be mentioned. The hypothesis that monocotyledons and dicotyledons “all sprang from the great Cordaital stock” (p. 367) is at variance with a mass of evidence and opinion to the effect that the Cordaitales are not in the ancestral line of the angiosperms at all, but only’ of the gymnosperms. Pages 598 to 850 of the book are devoted to psychological, archaeological, anthropological, religious, and sociological ques- tions of which only brief mention can be made in a botanical magazine. It is interesting to note that the author postulates morality for the lower animals (p. 660). ‘‘Why,” he asks, “‘should the maternal care of the bird . . . be denied the praise of being moral?”” That morals ‘do not originate with man . is clearly shown by the many moral acts of bees, beavers, crows, ants, and apes.” In Chapter XXVII on ‘“‘The competitive system amongst the lower animals and with man,’’ the social sym- pathies of the author seem to be indicated by the dark picture which he draws in the following quotation (p. 764): ‘The papers, the press, the universities and the churches are nearly all com- fortably subsidized in diverse and skillful ways, im order that they may support ‘the system.’” (The italics are the reviewer's.) This is not the place to discuss such statements, nor perhaps even to refer to them, except that they tend to inspire confi- dence, or otherwise (according to the reader’s own convictions), in the author’s judicial attitude of mind, and the logicalness of 101 his conclusions with reference to purely botanical or zoological questions. P The book is a very thoughtful, sincere, and scholarly treat- ment of the entire range of evolutionary thought. C. STUART GAGER The Swiss League for the Protection of Nature * A delightful book has been published in England and translated into French, giving descriptions and illustrations of the Alpine Flora of Switzerland. The pictures include snowy peaks and evergreen slopes and are in the daintiest pastel colors, tinged with the blues and purples of the distant views, and in the foreground beautiful with charming groups of alpine flowers, filling the slopes and meadows, clinging in crevices of steep cliffs and rocks and filling the spaces among the stones of the dangerous moun- tain trails. Here will be found in April, the hepatica and the crocus, or the primroses with the Matterhorn in the distance and the gentians at the foot of the glaciers; in June the anemones and spikes of purple orchids, wild geraniums and globe flowers; the edelweiss and Alpine rose with marguerites, hawkweed, and rampion filling the alpine meadows in July; lovely ravines, fringed with evergreens, with a gorgeous carpet of rainbow colors in the foreground melting off into the pale blues and snowy peaks of the dim distance. One of the chapters is devoted to the work which has been accomplished in the last twenty years by the Swiss League for the Protection of Nature, of which M. Henry Correvon is the president. The League has been instrumental in setting aside sev- eral alpine gardens as sanctuaries for animals and plants and a most interesting account may be found of its experiences with the tourists on whose favor and numbers the prosperity of Switzer- land so much depends. Instructions are given to the guides to prevent depredations, but sometimes even they have to look the other way and ignore the peccadilloes of rapacious tourists (‘‘touris- * Sur L’Alpe Fleurie, Promenades Poetiques et Philosophiques dans les Alpes par G. Flemwell, adapté de L’anglais par L. Marret et L. Capitaine, Avec 63 illustrations dont. 20 planches hors texte en couleurs. Soc. D’Edition des Sci- ences Naturelles. L. Marret et Cie, Paris. May, 1914. 102 tes-arracheur’’). By dint of ‘“‘sweet persuasiveness and moral arguments”’ they have arrived at a happy solution and are plac- ing signs in all hotels and pensions, exhorting them to spare the fauna and flora. ‘‘If some people consider this an attack on their ‘liberty’ they are giving a false interpretation to this word; for the society attacks neither a sane joy nor the elements of true liberty; it attacks only license. It fights for law and order; without them there is no true liberty. Without the ‘League for the Protection of Nature’ the edelweiss would have disappeared from around Zermatt as the chamois has from around Chamonix. Here is the lesson of history, history that repeats itself, whether in the jungles of Asia or the forests of Africa; and which has neces- sitated the creation of preserves for the fauna and flora, similar to the ‘national parks’ of America; the history which has led to the closed season in the shooting of birds and game and necessitated the creation of ‘gardens of refuge’ for the alpine flora of Switzer- lenders E. G. BRITTON. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB FEBRUARY II, I9I19 The first meeting in February was held at the American Museum of Natural History. President Richards called the meeting to order at 8:15 P.M. There were 28 persons present. No business was transacted. Dr. E. W. Olive gave an illustrated lecture on “‘Some. Plant disease survey work in New York, Virginia and Pennsylvania.” The following abstract was prepared by the speaker: The speaker spent the summer of 1918 in plant disease survey work, codperating with the offices of the Plant Disease Survey and Cereal Disease Investigations, of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, and with the state departments of plant pathology of various experiment stations. The special lines of investigation taken up in New York in- cluded studies on the prevalence of fruit diseases, of oat and barley smuts, of onion smut and other truck crop diseases in 103 the Hudson River Valley. In Virginia, the special problem was the determination of the extent of prevalence of a newly dis- covered serious disease affecting wheat, causing galls of the” wheat grains. In Pennsylvania, the work was on another recently discovered and very serious disease,’ the wart-disease of the potato. Al- though these two diseases seem to be fairly well established in restricted localities, vigorous measures for control and eradica- tion, including strict quarantine against the shipment of these crops outside of the area in which they now prevail, have been instituted by both federal and state agricultural authorities. Adjournment followed. B. O. DonceE, Secretary FEBRUARY 26, I9I9 The meeting was held in the Morphological Laboratory of the New York Botanical Garden. Dr. Barnhart called the meeting to order at 3:30 P.M. There were 18 persons present. Mr. R. W. Woodward, 22 College St., New Haven, Conn., was nominated for membership by Prof. Evans. The treasurer reported upon the probable cost of insuring the stock of the Club’s publications. Prof. Harper called the attention of the club to a set of botani- cal notes taken by Prof. Newberry while attending the university at Paris a number of years ago. These notes were presented by Prof. Kemp through Prof. Harper to Dr. Britton. Dr. Britton responded briefly in accepting these valuable notes and promised te report upon them further at a later date. The resignations of Dr. A. H. Chivers and Mrs. W. E. Damon were read and accepted. Mr. Woodward was then elected to membership. The scientific program was then in order. Dr. J. K. Small and Dr. N. L. Britton presented a joint paper on ‘‘The Prickly Pears of the southeastern United States.’’ This paper was illus- trated with photographs and living plants. After adjournment, Dr. Britton led a party through the gardens, inspecting the Japanese witch-hazels which are in bloom. Meeting adjourned at 4:45 P.M. B. O. DonGeE, Secretary. 104 MARCH II, 1919 The meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural History. President Richards called the meeting to order at 8:15 P.M. There were 57 persons present. The Club voted to authorize the program committee to call the second meeting of the Club in March on Tuesday evening, March 25, instead of Wednesday. No other business was transacted. The program for the evening consisted of a ‘Symposium and Conference on Botanical Education in the Secondary Schools.” The following is a list of the speakers with the title of the paper read by each: Dr. Otis W. Caldwell, Lincoln High School, Teachers College. “Present Tendencies in High School Botany.” Dr. Francis I. Hughes, Boys’ High School, Brooklyn, N. Y. “Botany in City High Schools.” Dr. Cyrus A. King, Erasmus Hall High School, Brooklyn. “Changes in the Teaching of Botany and Biology in the High School.”’ Dr. Paul B. Mann, The Evander Childs High School. ‘“‘The Relation of First Year High School Botany to Advanced Work with Reference to Certain Applications and By-products.”’ Dr. C. Stuart Gager, Director of the Brooklyn Botanic oe lead the discussion. Prof. R. A. Harper, Dr. Caldwell and others also took part in the discussion which followed. Prof. Harper introduced the following resolution which was adopted: Resolved, that the best interests of biology and of secondary education in New York City would be served by a conference on biology in New York a schools, to be held at the earliest possible date. The papers read will be elite cat in full in TORREYA. Meeting adjourned. B. O. DoncGE, Secretary 105 NEWS ITEMS The Board of Governors of Harvard University have appointed Mr. E. H. Wilson as assistant director of the Arnold Arboretum. Mr. Wilson returned recently from an extended exploring trip in the Far East. My mycological friends have heard much of the fungi that have appeared from time to time on my lawn during the past ten years or more. Now it is Selaginella apus that takes first place, having occupied during recent years an area of over 500 square yards, forming a soft, delicate, green carpet beneath the grass. It began to spread from the shaded side of the lawn, but did not stop spreading when it reached the sunny open spaces. By the middle of June, the large spore-cases are quite evident under a hand lens at the base of the short, crowded spikes. —W. A. MurRRILL. A testimonial dinner to Dr. N. L. Britton, director of the New York Botanical Garden, given by the managers at the Metro- politan Club on the evening of May 7, was attended by men of science from all parts of the country. Dr. D. T. MacDougal, director of the Desert Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington acted as toastmaster, and speeches reviewing the history of the organization of the garden by Dr. Britton twenty- three years ago, and of his widely inclusive and important re- searches were made by Dr. W. Gilman Thompson, president of the board; Professor R. A. Harper, chairman of the scientific directors; Professor H. F. Osborn, president of the American Museum of Natural History; Provost William H. Carpenter, of Columbia University; Dr. Arthur Hollick, director of the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences, and Professor Geo. T. Moore, director of the Missouri Botanical Garden, at St. Louis. At the conclusion of the ceremonies Mr. Robert DeForest pre- sented Dr. Britton with a loving cup appropriately inscribed on behalf of the board of managers. Congratulatory letters and telegrams from distinguished scientific men were read. The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and’reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of TorreYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The ' New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates: 2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp 25 copies $ .79 $1.14 $1.78 $2.32 $2.87 $3.28 50 copies 1.03 1.43 2.23 2.82 3.52 3.92 100 copies 1.45 2.03 2.73 3.50 4.23 4.55 200 copies 2.15 3.24 3.92 5 25 6.52 6.92 Covers: 25 for $1.00, additional covers 114 cents each. Plates for reprints, 50 cents each per 100. Committees for 1919. Finance Committee Program Committee R. A. HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, PROF. JEAN BROADHURST Miss.C. C. HAYNES B. O. DopGE SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE Budget Committee F. J. SEAVER J. H. Barnuart, Chairman. Membership Committee R. A. HARPER ays K. SMALL, Chairman. N_ L. BritTon T. E. HAZEN A. W. Evans E. W. OLIVE M. A. HowE Local Flora Committee H. H. Russy N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee Phanerogams: Cryptogams: F. W: PENNELL, Chairman. E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. Brittc x Mrs. L. M:. KEELER N. L. BRITTON T. B. Hazen MIcHAEL LEVINE C.,C. CurTIs M. A. Howe GEORGE T. HASTINGS K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE Percy WILSON NORMAN TAYLOR. W. A. MuRRILL F. J. SEAVER Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M. Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F, J. Seaver Gasteromycetes: G.C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M:. Richards, F. Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae, Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst , Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB — £ tr) BULLETIN A monthly ona devoted to general botany, Re 1870. Vol. 45 published in 1918, contained 519 pages of text) and 15 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe, 18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho poate omen Are. agents for England, Of former volumes, only 24—45 can be supplied entire; cer- tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stool 5f some numbers has’ been reserved for the completion of sets Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars _ each; Vols. 28-45 three dollars each.. As! Giamte copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not breaking compere volumes. | 2) MEMOIRS The Memoirs, established 18809, are, published, at irregu- — lar intervals. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No, 1) of Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings — of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price. $5.00. Certain numbers can also be. pur- chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers ang of prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- fophyta reported as growing within one hanged miles of New York, 1888. | Price} $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to | DR. BERNARD O. DODGE Columbia University New York City’ Vol. 19 June, Ig9I9 No. 6 CRI YA A Monruty Journar or BoranicaL Notes anp News EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB ‘ BY NORMAN TAYLOR JOHN. TORREY, 1796-1873. CONTENTS Scrophulariaceae of the local Floral: FRANCIS W. PENNELL...+--.ese0e ceeeeeee cece es 107 Tumion taxifolium in Georgia: ROLAND M. HARPER «..0s-tecceeseceeceseenenetenstt seers 11g Proceedings of the Club.......:. AN Li ee Natl BARE BS ee Re oc ee NIE 2 122 News Items. ........... .... agi Sonat Joctoes cebls Ras Toews od ie Magia 2 ete tase a dbeaysteta scab sahe ded oaatecs 124 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB At 41 NortH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. BY Tue New Era Printinc Comrany “Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter. THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. OFFICERS FOR 1019 President H. M. RICHARDS, Se.D. Vice- Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D C. STUART GAGER, PH.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, PH.D. CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY, N. Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Px.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M.LEVINE, Pu.D. J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pu.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D. NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences M. A. HOWE, Px.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION SociETY or AMERICA TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to NORMAN: TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. Y Vr oe! TORREYA Vol. Ig No. 6 June, IgIg SCROPHULARIACEAE OF THE LOCAL FLORA. I By Francis W. PENNELL In commencing the systematic study of a family of plants for North America there is logic in studying first those species which occur in the eastern seaboard of the United States. These were the plants first known in detail, if not necessarily those earliest discovered, on this continent. From Massachusetts to Carolina we are on classic ground, and here the plant-life has been worked over so many times, and each species so often collected, that we may now speak with certainty of nearly all specific identities. The present study is concerned with but a portion of this territory, the counties included within the local flora range, of the Torrey Botanical Club and of the Philadelphia Botanical Club. These combined include all of Connecticut; New York southeast of Columbia, Greene and Delaware counties inclusive; all of New Jersey; Pennsylvania southeast of Pike, Wayne, Lacka- wanna, Luzerne, Schuylkill, Lebanon, Dauphin and Lancaster counties inclusive; Newcastle county, Delaware; and Cecil county, Maryland. This area is in main part represented in the Torrey Club collection at the New York Botanical Garden, and the portion within approximately fifty miles of Philadelphia in the remarkably full and valuable collection of the Philadelphia Club at the Academy of Natural Sciences in that city. To both collections I have had free access, and the records below include data from these, the herbaria of Columbia University, the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, the University of Pennsylvania and several other institutions. To the curators of all I am appre- ciative. Nearly all the species native or naturalized within the area [No. 5, Vol. 19 of TORREYA, comprising pp. 85-105 was issued 9 July 1919.] 107 108 of this study I have myself collected and of each made descrip- tions of fresh corollas, and noted other features to be gained only in the field. The importance of such work in taxonomic study needs emphasis. In the present revision keys are given to the genera and species. These are detailed for points of definite contrast. These keys apply only to the species of our flora, and the warning must be made that the generic and tribal contrasts may be of little or no assistance beyond this territory. But just such keys as these are of most value to the local worker, and moreover it is by combining such analyses from various regions that we may hope ultimately to build more thorough family keys. An inductive process! © For each genus the type-species is stated. For each native species information of its type is stated, quoted from the original describer. This includes the statement of the particular speci- men from which the first description was made and of the place of its collection. The later history of each name is traced. Extra-limital synonyms, even if the names have been current here, are not included except by brief mention. But all names ever proposed based upon plants occurring native in this area are supposed to be included. With respect to distribution I should like to undertake a study for which the data at hand in our herbaria is not yet sufficient. Moreover my own observations have not as yet been sufficiently prolonged over this area. The counties best represented in herbaria are those of Connecticut; New York, from the High- lands southeastward, including all Long Island; New Jersey, with considerable gaps to the northwest; Pennsylvania south- east of the Blue Ridge; and northern Delaware. Northwest of the Highlands and of the Blue Ridge botanical collections have been few and scattered, the regions best known being the Pocono Plateau of Pennsylvania, and sections of Ulster, Greene and Delaware counties, New York. Dr. Witmer Stone, in his Plants of southern New Jersey, has traced with a master-hand the distribution of vegetation for the Coastal Plain portion of that state. That regions of as sharp 109 delimitation occur northward and westward, through the land of hills, of parallel mountain-areas with intervening trough-like valleys, of red soil derived from Triassic rock or of black soil from Ordovician limestone, of various soils derived from the ridges of shale, gneiss and sandstone, appears self-evident. In the northern portion of our territory glaciers, building lake and gravel habitats, have left us a new series of environmental con- ditions. Mr. Taylor’s suggestive Flora does not attempt the detailed analysis of distribution which is demanded. I believe that the careful working-out of the ranges of the species of a few well-selected families of plants will give the knowledge we need for the dividing into phytogeographic areas of this varied inland—knowledge which will be nearly as definite as if multi- plied by such a wealth of data as is presented by Dr. Stone. The problem is fascinating and it is with reluctance that I realize that the Scrophulariaceae have not yet been observed over a sufficient area or with sufficient thoroughness to warrant basing upon this study any contribution toward such a survey. Our present study then attempts but these three goals: to present keys contrasting the genera and species of Scrophulari- aceae in our flora, to make certain the nomenclature, and to give preliminary observations of distribution. A. Corolla with the posterior Jobes external in the bud. (Antirrhinoideae.) B. Filaments five. Stigma capitate. Capsule septi- cidal. Sepals five, distinct. C. Corolla rotate, slightly zygomorphic, its lobes much longer than the tube. Filaments all with fertile anthers. Leaves alternate. I. VERBASCEAE. 1. Verbascum. CC. Corolla tubular-campanulate, zygomorphic, its lobes shorter than the tube. Posterior fila- ment without anther, the others didynamous. Leaves opposite. II. CHELONEAE. Corolla white, lavender or pink, pubescent or puberulent within, its anterior lobes pro- jecting. Sterile filament slender, filiform, white. Corolla membranous, white or lavender, puberulent or somewhat pubescent within over base of anterior lobes. Sterile fila- 110 ment as long as the others, pubescent on its posterior face. Anther-sacs distinct, glabrous or barbate with short hairs. Sepals lanceolate to ovate, acute to acumi- nate. Seedswingless. Inflorescence com- pound, a raceme of cymosely branching lax flower-clusters. Stem-leaves clasping. 2. Penstemon. Corolla semi-fleshy, white or rose, densely pubescent within over base of anterior lobes. Sterile filament much shorter than others, glabrous. Anther-sacs becoming confluent, densely lanose. Sepals ovate- orbicular, rounded. Seeds winged. In- florescence simple, a spike-like raceme of single flowers on short - several-bracted pedicels. Stem-leaves narrowed at base, short-petioled. 3. Chelone. Corolla red-brown, glabrous within, its antero- lateral lobes vertically projecting, the anterior lobe deflexed. Sterile filament shorter than wide, two-lobed, yellow or red-brown. In- florescence compound. - 4. Scrophularia. BB. Filaments four or two, the posterior one being lost. C. Acaulescent. Corolla rotate, slightly zygo- morphic, white or lavender-tinged. Capsule two- celled at base, septicidal. Stigmacapitate. Small herb, spreading by stolons. III. LIMOSELLEAE. 5. Limosella. CC. Caulescent, with leaves mainly cauline. Corolla zygomorphic, the lobes shorter than the tube. Capsule two-celled throughout. Inflorescence simpiy racemose. D. Leaves opposite. Corolla without a spur. Stigma of two usually plate-like lobes. Capsule septicidal, or somewhat loculicidal by a simple split down median line of carpel. IV. GRATIOLEAE. Corolla yellow or white, with throat four- angled, its orifice open; pubescent within at base of posterior lobes. Postero-lateral stamens perfect, antero-lateral reduced to sterile filaments or wanting. Several bractlets at base of the five distinct sepals. Capsule septicidal, or tardily slightly loculicidal. 6. Gratiola. Corolla yellow or lavender-blue, with throat somewhat flattened into a horizontal plane, channeled beneath and arched Eh posteriorly; pubescent within at base of anterior lobes. No bractlets below calyx. Perfect stamens four, with slender straight filaments. Corolla 15-30 mm. long, its orifice nearly closed by the raised anterior lip; the posterior lobes round- ed and nearly equaling anterior. Style without tubercle-like base. Capsule loculicidal, tardily somewhat septicidal. Sepals united over one-half length. Perfect stamens two; the antero-lateral filaments fused with corolla ridges, from near apex of which abruptly upcurving. Corolla lavender, 2-10 mm. long, its orifice open; the pos- terior lobes acute and shorter than the anterior, or else wanting. Style with white persistent tubercle-like base. Capsule septicidal, the thin plate-like septum persisting. Corolla 6—10 mm. long, with two pos- terior lobes developed. Postero- lateral stamens perfect, antero- lateral filaments without anthers. Sepals five, united at base. Plants erect or ascending, with leaves I-3 cm. long. Corolla 2 mm. long, with two posterior lobes lost. Postero-lateral stamens lost, antero-lateral filaments with anthers. Sepals four (the posterior lost), united nearly four fifths their length. Plant repent, with leaves .3--5 cm. long. DD. Leaves alternate. Corolla with a spur at the base of the anterior petal. Stigma capi- tate. Capsule loculicidal, the septum with adjacent capsule-wall persisting, the remaining wall splitting irregularly. AA. Corolla with the anterior lobes external in the bud. (Rhinanthoideae.) B. Stamens two, the postero-laterals present, the antero-laterals completely lost. Antero-lateral lobes of corolla external in bud. Not parasitic. Sepals four, the posterior lost. Posterior lobes of corolla completely fused. 7 Io. Wile Mimulus- . Ilysanthes- Hemianthus. ANTIRRHINEAE- Linaria. DIGITALEAE. 12 Leaves whorled. Corolla white, its lobes shorter than thetube. Capsule acute, longer than broad, not flattened. Plant 10-20 dm. tall. It. Veronicastrum. Leaves opposite oralternate. Corolla blue, its lobes longer than the tube. Capsule acute to deeply notched, broader than long, flattened. Plants lower. 12. Veronica. BB. Stamens four, didynamous, the antero-laterals usually slightly the longer. Parasitic on roots of other plants. C. Sepals five, alike, more or less united. Corolla- lobes all somewhat distinct, the posterior spreading or broadly arched; anterior lobe external inbud. Stigmaelongated. Capsule loculicidal, splitting through septum. VII. BUCHNEREAE. Corolla yellow or pink, campanulate, with in- flated throat and open orifice. Stamens all perfect, the anthers two-celled, lanose. Two stigmatic lines down each side of style-apex. Filaments and style nearly as long as the tube of the corolla. Capsule exserted from the calyx-tube. Corolla yellow. Capsule acute to acumi- nate. Leaves lanceolate to ovate, entire to bipinnatifid, petioled. Stem stout, over 4 dm. tall. Perennials or annuals. 13. Aureolaria. Corolla pink, with red spots within on an- terior side. Capsule rounded, with a mucro. Leaves filiform to lanceolate, entire or auriculate-lobed at base, sessile. Stem slender, usually lower. Annuals. Stem ascending-scabrellous to’ glabrous. Leaves linear to filiform, entire. Pedi- cels over I mm. long. +Calyx-lobes linear to subulate, slightly longer to usually much shorter than the tube. Corolla with two yellow lines within throat anteriorly. Anther-sacs of both pairs of stamens uniform. Capsule globose to globose-ovoid, 3—7 mm. long. Seeds closely reticulate. 14. Agalinis. Stem retrorse-hispid. Leaves lanceolate, usually auriculate-lobed at base. Pedi- cels less than 1 mm. long. Calyx- lobes ovate, longer than the tube. Corolla without yellow lines within throat anteriorly. Anther-sacs of pos- 113 terior pair of stamens shorter. Cap- sule broadly ovate, 10-13 mm. long. Seeds reticulate with raised ridges. 15. Olophylla. ~-" Corolla purple-blue, salverform, the tube very narrow and densely pilose, the lobes widely spreading. Postero-lateral stamens becom- ing rudimentary, the antero-laterals with but one anther-sac. Stigmatic area over entire surface of style apex. Filaments and style less than one half length of corolla-tube. Capsule equaled by and enclosed within calyx- tube. 16. Buchnera, CC. Posterior sepal shorter or wanting. Corolla decidedly two-lipped, the posterior lobes united and arched nearly to apex, the anterior lobes usually shorter; anterior or one antero-lateral lobes external in bud. Stigma short, capi- tate. VIII. RHINANTHEAE, Posterior sepal shorter than others. Capsule turgid, septicidal, only tardily slightly loculi- cidal. Seeds linear, flat, 2 mm. long. 17. Schwalbea. Posterior sepal wanting. Capsule flattened, loculicidal, splitting through septum. Corolla with posterior lobes projecting, not hooded at apex, the anterior lobes very short, thickened, deep-green. Seeds many, reticulate. Bracts foliaceous, distally scarlet. 18. Castilleja. Corolla with posterior lobes arched, hooded at apex, the anterior lobes membranous, flat, colored. Seeds few, not reticulate. Bracts not colored. Corolla yellow or pink throughout, the anterior lip not raised into a palate. Seeds more than two. Sepals of each side united nearly or quite to apex. Leaves crenate-serrate to bipinnatifid-lobed. Corolla1z2mm.long. Anthers lanose. Capsule circular, equally two- celled, splitting on both posterior and anterior sides. Seeds 5 mm. long, circular, flat, broadly winged. Sepals as long as the capsule, on each side united nearly to apex. Leaves crenate-serrate. Annual. 19. Rhinanthus. Corolla 15-20 mm. long. Anthers giabrous. Capsule ensiform, un- s 114 equally two-celled, splitting only on posterior side. Seeds r mm. long, oblong, cylindric, not winged. Sep- als less than one half length of capsule, on each side united to apex. Leaves bipinnatifid-lobed. Perennials. 20. Pedicularis. Corolla white, the anterior lip raised into a yellow densely pubescent palate. Seeds maturing two to a capsule. Sepals united at base only, the two postero-laterals longer. Leaves lance- olate, entire or setaceous-toothed near base. 21. Melampyrum. TeVERBASCUM Li: Spy Pla77. bss Type species, V. Thapsus L. of Europe. - Leaves glabrous. Stem above and calyx with simple glandular hairs. Corolla yellow or white. Filaments all densely lanose with knobbed purple hairs. Pedicels 10-15 mm.long. Cap- sule subglobose, glandular-puberulent. Seeds .8—.9 mm. long, dark-gray. Leaves, stem and calyx more or less pubescent with stellately- branched non-glandular hairs. Corollas always yellow. Filaments: three posterior lanose, two anterior sparingly lanose to glabrous, with filiiorm yellow hairs. Pedicels less than 10 mm.long. Capsules ovoid or oblong, stellate- pubescent. Seeds .4—.7 mm. long, brownish-gray. Leaves dark and becoming glabrate above, whitened be- neath, sessile or the lower petiolate, not decurrent. Pedi- ‘cels reaching 10 mm. long, clustered three to twelve in an axil. Sepals linear, 2-2.5 mm. long, much shorter than the mature capsule. Corolla 18 mm. wide. Capsule 4 mm. long. Seeds 6-7 mm. long. Leaves dull- or yellowish-green and permanently pubescent above, scarcely paler beneath, sessile, more or less decurrent. Pedicels reaching 5 mm. long, one to five inanaxil. Sepals ovate, 6-8 mm. long, slightly shorter than to equaling the mature capsule. Corolla 20-35 mm. wide. Capsule 6-8 mm. long. Seeds .4—.5 mm. long. Stem-leaves broadly ovate, strongly crenate, dull-green, moderately pubescent. Pedicels reaching 5 mm. long, three to five to an axil. Inflorescence interrupted. Corolla 30-35 mm. wide. HH . V. Blattaria. 2. V. Lychnitis. 3- V. phlomoides. 115 Stem-leaves lanceolate, finely crenate, yellowish-green, very densely pubescent. Inflorescence crowded. 7 Pedicels very short to none, one to an axil. Corolla 20-22 mm. wide. 4. V. Thapsus. I. VERBASCUM BLATTARIA L., Flowering from mid-June to mid-August, fruiting from early July on. Loam soil, cultivated fields, common throughout the area above the Fall-line, rarely recorded from the Coastal Plain. Naturalized from Eurasia. 2. VERBASCUM LYCHNITIS L. Flowering from late June to August, fruiting from August on. Loam soil, roadsides, local in the area above the Fall-line, especially near the cities. Naturalized from Eurasia. 3. VERBASCUM PHLOMOIDES L. Collected in flower in July and August. Probably sandy soil, cultivated fields; rare. Garden City, L. I.; Lindenwold, N. J. Adventitive from Eurasia. 4. VERBASCUM THAPSUS L. Flowering from mid-July to late oar fruiting in August and September. Mainly in loam soil, fields and roadsides; common throughout, mainly above the Fall-line. Naturalized from Eurasia. 2. PENSTEMON [Mitchell Schmidel, Icones Plantarum 2. 1762 Type species, Chelone Penstemon L., ‘‘ Habitat in Virginia.”’ Corolla funnelform; throat tubular; lobes widely spreading; puberulent within. Leaves entire or the upper slightly serrulate, glabrous, under a lens evidently puncticulate. Seeds strongly ridge-angled. 1. P. tubiflorus. Corolla with throat tubular near base, then abruptly inflated; pubescent within at base of anterior lobes. Leaves more or less denticulate, not evidently puncticulate under a lens. Seeds not strongly ridge-angled. Corolla with throat inflated, its mouth open, not closed by the anterior lip. Sterile filament slightly to moder- ately densely bearded. Calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate. Plants taller, glabrous to puberulent. 116 Corolla white, rather strongly inflated. Anther-sacs usually barbate. Stem glabrous or nearly so. 2. P. Digitalis. Corolla light violet-purple, moderately inflated. Anther- sacs glabrous. Stem puberulent. 3. P. Pentstemon. Corolla with throat scarcely inflated, its mouth closed by the anterior lip, which closes as a convex arc. Sterile fila- ment very densely bearded. Calyx-lobes ovate. Plants lower, the stem pubescent or hirsute. Corolla 15-20 mm. long, white with violet lines. Anther- sacs oval. Calyx-lobes obtuse to short-acuminate. Stem and leaves soft-canescent. Leaves lanceolate. 4. P. pallidus. Corolla 23-28 mm. long, lavender-purple, unlined. An- ther-sacs triangular-orbicular. Calyx-lobes acumi- nate to caudate. Stem and frequently midrib of leaves beneath more or less lanose-hirsute. Leaves lanceolate-attenuate. 5. P. hirsutus. I. PENSTEMON TUBIFLORUS Nutt. Flowering in June. Fields, seen only from Spring Valley, Rockland Co., N. Y. Introduced from the southwestern Mississippi Valley. 2. PENSTEMON DIGITALIS Nutt. Flowering from mid-June to early July, fruiting in late August and September. Fields and meadows, frequent above Fall-line. Introduced from the southwestern Mississippi Valley. 3. PENSTEMON PENTSTEMON (L.) MacMiuillan. Flowering in June and July. Fields and meadows, seen only from- Rockland Co., New York and Bergen and Gloucester counties, New Jersey. Introduced from the South Atlantic states. 4. PENSTEMON PALLIDUS Small, Fl. S. E. Un. St. 1060, 1337. 1903. “Type, Bedford, N. Y., Britton, June, 1900, in Herb. N. Y. B. G.”’ Type seen; also the plant re-collected and studied at the type-station. Flowering from mid-May to late June. Sandy or barren soil, occasional, mostly above the Fall-Line. Certainly introduced from the central Mississippi Valley. 5. PENSTEMON HIRSUTUS (L.) Willd. Chelone hirsuta 1., Sp. Pl. 611. 1753.. Habitat ivi t17 ginia.”” Based upon Clayton n. 39 in the Gronovian Herbarium. The Linnean characterization certainly de- notes the plant here considered. Penstemon hirsutus (L.) Willd., Sp. Pl. 3: 227. 1800. Flowering from late May to early July, fruiting from July on. Dry fields, usually sandy, in potassic soil, occasional or local through the area above the Fall-line. Ranges from southern Vermont and southern Ontario to upland Virginia, Kentucky and southern Michigan.* 3. CHELONE L., Sp. PI. 611. 1753 Type species, C. glabra L. tI. CHELONE GLABRA L., Sp. Pl. 611. 1753. “Habitat in Vir- ginia, Canada.’’ Based upon a plant grown in the Clif- ford garden in Holland. Chlonanthes tomentosa Raf., New Fl. Am. 2:20. 1837. “In the mts. of Virginia.” Leaves tomentose or pubescent beneath; a condition of more frequent occurrence south- ward, specimens noted from Monmouth, Burlington and Camden counties, New Jersey, and frequently through southeastern Pennsylvania. Here treated as a form, tomentosa (Raf.) Pennell, forma nova. Flowering from early August to early October, fruiting from mid-September on. Moist loam to sandy woodland, in potassic soil, frequent to common throughout above the Fall-line; frequent or occasional through the Coastal Plain, outside of the Pine Barrens. The leaves tend to be narrower in the Coastal Plain. Ranges from Newfoundland to Manitoba, northern Florida and Kansas. 4. SCROPHULARIA L., Sp. Pl. 619. 1753: Type species, S. nodosa L., “‘ Habitat in Europae succulentes.”’ Petioles stouter, evidently wing-margined. Leaves cuneate to truncate at base, coarsely serrate to dentate. Inflores- cence narrowly elongate, 4-8 cm. wide, its branches rela- * PAULOWNIA TOMENTOSA (Thunb.) Baill. A tree with lavender flowers, is an occasional escape from cultivation to road- sides, railroad-banks and thickets. Adventive from eastern Asia. 118 tively stout. Calyx-lobes triangular-obtuse. Corolla 8-12 mm. long. Fertile filaments more evidently pulverulent. Sterile filament 1.8 mm. wide, yellow. Capsule pyramidal- acuminate, 5-10 mm. long. Seeds .8—-1 mm. long, reticu- late with transverse areas. Flowering in early summer. 1. S. leporella. Petioles slender, scarcely margined. Leaves narrowed to cord- ate at base, more finely crenate-serrate. Inflorescence pyra- midal, 5-18 cm. wide, its branches slender. Calyx-lobes more broadly rounded. Corolla 6-8 mm. long. Fertile filaments very finely pulverulent. Sterile filament 1 mm. wide, purple-brown. Capsule ovoid, acute, 4-7 mm. long. Seeds .5-.8 mm. long, plump, reticulate with more nearly hexagonal areas. Flowering in late summer. 2. S. marilandica. SCROPHULARIA LEPORELLA Bickn. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 23: 317. 1896. ‘‘Common near New York City. . . . I have met with it within eight miles of the Connecticut line and in the Pocono region of eastern Pennsylvania.” Specimen from Bronxville, Westchester Co., New York, collected by E. P. Bicknell June 15, 1895, seen in herbarium Colum- bia University at The New York Botanical Garden. Only inconstantly to be distinguished from S. occidentalis (Rydb.) Bicknell of the Rocky Mountain and High Plains states by its leaves being less coarsely and more evenly serrate (in occidentalis frequently coarsely toothed at base), and the branches of the inflorescence being usually less stowit and less densely glandular. Probably better considered as a geographic variety. Flowering from mid-May to mid-July, fruiting from late June to late August. Meadows and thickets, loam, in potassic soil, frequent through- out above the Fall-line; less frequent or occasional on Long Island, and in the Middle and Cape May district of New Jersey. Ranges from Quebec to Connecticut and Virginia, westward to North Dakota and Nebraska where it appears to pass into S. occidentalis. 2. SCROPHULARIA MARILANDICA L., Sp. Pl. 619. 1753. ‘‘Habi- tat in Virginia.’ Linné had no specimen in his her- barium in 1753, but his description is copied from Hortus Upsalensis 177. 1748. From the diagnosis there given, especially the mention of leaves cordate serrate, and of 119 petiole but very slightly decurrent, the plant of the Upsala Garden would appear to have been the species now considered. Scrophularia lanceolata Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 419. 1814. “In wet meadows and woods: Pennsylvania.’’ Descrip- tion apparently of this. The type of this should be veri- fied, but the description of the petioles as not ciliate, and the lateness of the time of flowering would indicate that Pursh described as new the original marilandica. Scrophularia nodosa marilandica (L.) A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am, 2.1: 258. 1878. Scrophularia nodosa lanceolata (Pursh) M. E. Jones, Contrib. West. Bot. 12:67. 1908. Flowering from late July to late September, fruiting from early August into October. Open woodland, loam, in potassic soil, frequent or northward rare through the area above the Fall-line; occasional in western Long Island, and near the Delaware River in the Middle District of New Jersey. Ranges from Massachusetts and southern On- tario to Georgia, Arkansas and Nebraska. (To be continued.) TUMION TAXIFOLIUM IN GEORGIA By RoOLanp M. HARPER The Florida “savin” or “stinking cedar,” Tumion taxifolium (Arn.) Greene (Torreya taxifolia Arn.) an evergreen tree closely related to the yews, ever since its discovery by H. B. Croom near Aspalaga in western Middle Florida about 85 years ago, has been celebrated in botanical circles on account of its very restricted distribution and its belonging to a genus which was widespread in pre-historic times but is now practically confined to Florida, California, China and Japan.* * Existing knowledge about this tree is pretty well summed up in the following works: Asa Gray, Am. Agriculturist 34: 266-267. 1875 (reprinted with some alterations in ‘‘Scientific Papers of Asa Gray,” 1: 188-196. 1889); A. H. Curtiss, Tenth Census U. S, 9: 521. 1884; A. W. Chapman, Bot. Gaz. 10: 251-254. 1885; G. V. Nash, Bull. Torrey Club 23: 96. 1896; H. C. Cowles, Rep. 8th 120 For many years previous to the time herein noted it was known only on the east side of the Apalachicola River in Gadsden and Liberty Counties, Florida, from Chattahoochee to Alum Bluff, a distance of about twenty miles. (There have been unverified rumors of its occurrence away from the river in Jackson and Wakulla Counties.) Its usual habitat is shaded bluffs and ravines, in the neighborhood of outcrops of the Chattahoochee formation (an argillaceous limestone), and most of it is close to the river, though some specimens have been seen a mile or two up the valleys of tributary creeks. The locality oftenest visited is near River Junction, a small place near the northern edge of the state, which has had one railroad for over forty years, and four for the last twelve years. On account of the restricted range of the tree, some writers have imagined it to be on the verge of extinction; but it is quite abundant yet, especially in the vicinity of Aspalaga, where it was first discovered, and it does not seem to be in any immediate danger. (Its near relative Taxus Floridana, curiously enough, grows in the same region and is much rarer, but somehow it has attracted very little attention among botanists. The Tumion may have achieved notoriety mainly through being named first for Dr. Torrey, and having been made the object of a pilgrimage by Dr. Gray in the days when it bore the name of Torreya.) In August, 1903, while botanizing in extreme southwestern Georgia, I remembered that this famous tree grew within a mile or two of the Georgia line, and thought it would be a simple matter to find it on the Georgia side, a matter which no one apparently had made any special effort to do. So I went one day to River Junction and had a native guide me to the nearest colony of the tree, and after taking a good look at it I spent nearly two days walking up along and near the river to Bainbridge; but I saw no Tumion outside of the colony first shown to me. In the light of subsequent developments it is now evident that after crossing the state line I stayed in the alluvial bottoms of the river too long, and did not turn out into the bluffs until I Int. Geog. Cong. 599. 1905; Sellards & Gunter, Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Surv. 2: 262. 1910; R. M. Harper, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 149. 1905; Torreya 11: 225—- 226. 1911; Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Surv. 6: 212, 215, 354, 41I, 412. I914. 121 had passed beyond the northern limit of the tree, perhaps a mile or two from the line. No detailed maps of the neighborhood . were available then (or now), which made it difficult to get my bearings. The imaginary line which forms the greater part of the bound- ary between Georgia and Florida is supposed to take the most direct course from the confluence of the Flint and Chattahoochee Rivers to the head of the St. Mary’s, bearing about S. 87° E.; but surveying a straight line to connect two points over 150 miles apart involves serious engineering difficulties, and three lines were run at different times in the last century, varying a mile or so near the middle. The northernmost was finally selected as the boundary, but at the point under consideration, about a mile from the western extremity of the line, the possible error is only a few yards. While working in Florida between 1908 and 1915 I visited River Junction a few times, and saw the Tumion near there, but made no further effort to determine its northern limit. But on August 16, 1918, while on business for the U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, I had a few hours between trains there, during which I explored the neighborhood a little, not having been there at that season since 1903. The northern boundary of the grounds of the Florida Insane Hospital at Chattahoochee, about a mile and a half north of River Junction, is marked by a stout wire fence which is said to be exactly on the state line, and terminates on the west about a mile from the river, at a road running approximately north and south. Having followed the boundary fence until I came to the road, I turned north into {Ceorgia, and about a hundred yards farther on, seeing some interesting-looking woods at the left of the road, I entered them. A few steps down the slope, a ravine appeared at my right (i.e., north), and in that I found several trees of Tumion taxifolium, some about a foot in diameter and forty feet tall, together with its common associates, Magnolia grandiflora, Fagus, Liriodendron, Ilex opaca, Acer Floridanum, Pinus glabra, Quercus alba, Pinus Taeda, Cercis, Ostrya and Liquidambar (to mention trees only). 122 The mere extension of the known range of this tree northward about a mile would hardly be worth mentioning, but for the fact that the species has been written about so much, and the new locality being in a different state will necessitate a modification of the statements about it in books about North American trees, Georgia plants, etc. The present indications are that it does not extend into Georgia more than a mile. A few specimens were collected and afterwards distributed to the leading Ameri- can herbaria, for the benefit of persons who may attach more importance to the possibility of identifying the species (even such an unmistakable one as this) wrongly than to that of making a false or erroneous or inadequate statement on the label about the locality. (In other words, there are probably some tax- onomists who if no specimens existed to back it would not take cognizance of this report of a new locality, but seeing a specimen labeled Georgia in large type would not worry about the possi- bility of a slight error in latitude.) UNIVERSITY, ALA. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB MARCH 25, 1919 The second meeting for March was a special evening meeting held in the Laboratory Building of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Tuesday, March 25, under the joint auspices of the Club and Garden. Vice-president Gager called the meeting to order at 8:25 P.M. There were 53 persons present. No business was transacted. The program consisted of a series of motion pictures on plant life shown by courtesy of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, whose representative, Dr. R. B. Harvey, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, Plant Physiology and Fermentation Investigations, gave the lecture. The first film showed a series of views of various operations performed in connection with strawberry culture in Kentucky, cultivating, hoeing, inspecting, picking, sorting, packing, load- ing, refrigerating and consuming were among the operations depicted. 125 The second picture showed the movement of the protoplasm in the cells of a leaf of Elodea. Another view showed the flow . of protoplasm in the hypha of the fungus Pythiwm. Dr. Harvey then spoke of the disease of potatoes known as leak caused by the parasite Pythium which is doing so much damage in the potato region of San Juaquin Valley in California. The speaker explained in considerable detail how the pictures were obtained. The pictures showed the behavior of a hypha during the act of penetrating the wall of a cell of the potato tuber. Informal discussion followed the lecture. Meeting adjourned. B. O. DonceE, Secretary APRIL 8, I919 The first meeting in April was held at the American Museum of Natural History. President Richards called the meeting to order at 8:15 P.M. There were 25 persons present. As there was no business to be transacted, the reading of minutes was postponed. Dr. J. N. Rose, National Museum, Washington, D. C., gave an illustrated lecture on Botanical Explorations in Equador. The following abstract was prepared by the speaker: “Dr. Rose gave an account of his recent botanical trip to Ecuador where he went in 1918 to inaugurate the codperative investigation of the flora of South America which has recently been organized by the United States National Museum, The New York Botanical Garden and the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University. “He described in some detail the flora which is seen in going from Guayaquil on the coast to the high Andean Valley. He also described his trip to southern Ecuador, where he traveled over the old route followed by Humboldt and Bonpland more than a hundred years before. On this expedition he re-collected many of the species obtained previously by Humboldt, collecting some of them from the exact locality from which they had been reported by him. “His chief work was done about the little town of Huigra, 124 situated at an altitude of 4,000 feet, which he found a most convenient base from which to make excursions. “Dr. Rose also told of his trip across southern Ecuador from Loja to the coast when he collected a number of very interesting cactus types of which quite a number were new to science. ‘““Among the plants which were especially interesting were a species of Juglans similar to the black walnut of the United States, several mountain species of Carica, a species of Zamia, various Cinchona species, four or five species of Brugmansia, some of which deserve cultivation as ornamentals, a striking species of Gunnera, several species of Tropaeolum and various species of Rubus and Berberis. - He collected about two thousand numbers of plants.”’ Adjournment followed. B. O. DoDGE, Secretary NEWS ITEMS Oliver A. Farwell, instructor in botany in the Detroit College of Pharmacy has been appointed Professor of botany and phamacognosy vice Walter H. Blome, M.S., Ph.C., professor of materia medica and pharmacognosy, resigned. Dr. B. M. Duggar, of the Missouri Botanical Garden, is spending the summer at the Coastal Laboratory of the Car- negie Institution, Carmel, Cal., engaged in a continuation of his work on hydrogen ion concentration in plant cultures. The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of Torreya in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates: 2pp 4pp 8pp i2pp 16pp 20pp 25 copies $ .79 $1.14 $1.78 $2.32 $2.87 $3.28 50 copies 1.03 1.43 2.23 2.82 3.52 3.92 100 copies 1.45 2.03 2.73 3,50 4.23 4.55 200 copies 2.15 3.24 3.92 5\25 6.52 6.92 Covers: 25 for $1.00, additional covers 114 cents each. Plates for reprints, 50 cents each per 100. Committees for 1919. Finance Committee Program Committee R. A. HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, Pror. JEAN BROADHURST Miss C. C. HAYNES B. O. DoDGE SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE Budget Committee F. J. SEAVER J. H. BaRNnwarRT, Chairman. Membership Committee R. A. HARPER J. K. SMALL, Chairman. N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN A. W. Evans E. W. OLIVE M. A. Howe Local Flora Committee H. H. Russy N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee Phanerogams: Cryptogams: F. W. PENNELL, Chairman. E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON Mrs, L. M. KEELER N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAazEn MICHAEL LEVINE C. C. CurTIS M. A. Howe GEORGE T. HASTINGS K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE PErcy WILSON NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuRRILL F. J. SEAVER Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F. Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae, Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB ~ (1) BULLETIN A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 1870. Vol. 45 published in 1918, contained 519 pages of text and 15 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum: For Europe, - 18 shillings. ~Dulau & Co.,- 47. Soho equal London, are, agents for England. AKg Of former volumes, only 24—45 can be supplied entire : cer- tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire ‘stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars each; Vols. 28-45 three dollars each. Shae copies (30 cents) will be furnished ee when not breaking complete volumes. (2) MEMOIRS The Memnorrs, established 1889, are published at rer lar intervals. Volumes I-15 are now completed ; No. 1 of Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is aaa at $3.00 per volume in advance ;. Vol. 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages,.was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur- chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of © prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to DR. BERNARD O, DODGE Columbia University New York City Vol. 19 July, Ig9I9 No. 7 TORRE YA: A Montuty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY NORMAN TAYLOR JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873. CONTENTS The Sedges of the Lake George Flora: SrEwarT H. BURNHAM....---.200+cseees -eeceees 125 Some Western Columbines: T. D. A. COCKERELL.«.......seccsseeenseserrastensetesnvtnireees 137 Shorter Notes: Rhamnus dahurica in Michigan: H. A. GLEASON-..++.:ccseesteecrteeseseeeeeecrecerees 141 PERO RLOMIS SS coe ck ncn eens dE g Masts oe teed fue U de drteie POUR ab aE ss gag o Unne tot grep sbdeps to due raven 142 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB AT 41 NortH Queen Srreet, LANCASTER, Pa. sy Tue New Era Printing Comrany “Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,., as second-class matter, THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 10919 President H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. Vice Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY 'BARNHART, A.M., M.D -C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, PH.D. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, N.« Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D. J. A. HARRIS, Pu.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Pu.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, PH.D. , NORMAN TAYLOR. f Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences M. A. HOWE, PH.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION SocIETY OF AMERICA Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To ‘subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are receiyed only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL Cuiups, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to NORMAN TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. Y¥ 1919 SEP 15 TORREYA Vol. I9 No. 7 July, 1919 THE SEDGES OF THE LAKE GEORGE FLORA By STEWART H. BURNHAM The collection and study of the Cyperaceae was begun in 1891. It was Dr. Alvan Wentworth Chapman who awakened my interest in carices: and who named and verified my earlier collections, March 11, 1892 and January 18, 1893. In Gray Memorial Botanical Chapter of the Agassiz Association Bull. I: 7-8. 1893, there is a list of sixty-five ‘“‘Carices”’ of Vaughns and vicinity, compiled March 29, 1893. In this list Carex aperta, C. Oederi and C. squarrosa should be eliminated. The region covered by the Flora includes the counties of Washington, Warren and Saratoga. There are a few additional records from Mt. Defiance, Ticonderoga, Essex County. Dr. E. A. Burt collected carices about East Galway, Saratoga County, about 1880: these are preserved in his herbarium and have been verified by Dr. Ezra Brainerd. Mr. Frank Dobbin has collected many sedges near Shushan and Cambridge in southern Washing- ton county, specially from 1903 to 1911. Dr. Chas. H. Hall collected sedges in 1880 at Lake George, probably near Bolton: these are preserved in the Herbarium of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Dr. E. C. Howe collected about Fort Edward and in Hartford, from 1863’ to 1866: and some of these specimens are presumably preserved in the N. Y. State Herbarium and in the Herbarium of the N. Y. Botanical Garden. Dr. Smith Ely Jelliffe collected sedges about Huletts Landing, Lake George, in 1887-1888: these may be found in his herbarium in New York City. Dr. Chas..H. Peck also collected many sedges in the territory; which are preserved in the N. Y. State Herbarium. There are many sedges, particularly carices, that have not [No. 6, Vol. 19 of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 107-124, was issued 7 August, 1919] 125 Yf\ 126 been recorded for the Lake George region that undoubtedly occur there. A careful survey of the higher mountains in the vicinity of North Creek, Warren county would. probably add some additional species to the following list. LIsT OF SPEC:ES Cyperus diandrus Torr. Wet places and about ponds; not com- mon. Providence (E. A. Burt); Mud Pond near Pattens Mills; Vaughns; Shushan; Waterford. Cyperus rivularis Kunth. Habitat similar to the preceding species;common. Presumably the plant reported as “‘ Cyperus Nutiallia Vorr. Luzerne, 1867:/G. W: C(linton)”? m Noes State Cab. Rep. 20: 408. 1867 belongs here. Cyperus inflecus Muhl. Banks of rivers, vicinity of Cambridge, N. Y. (Stevenson). Torrey, Flora of the Northern and Middle Sections of the United States, vol. 1: 59. 1824. Furnace creek, South Bay, Aug. 20, 1908. Cyperus Houghtont Torr. Fort Edward (E. C. Howe); Hague, 1878 (W. H. Leggett in Columbia Herbarium); sandy fields near Bacon Pond; also near the Five Combines, east of Hudson Falls. Cyperus dentatus Torr. Sandy shores. Trout Pond (C. H. Hall); Assembly Point; Bond Pond, Warrensburg; Mud Pond; along Hudson River west of Glens Falls. Cyperus esculentus L. Cultivated soil. Shushan (F. Dobbin); east of Fort Ann; Kingsbury St.; Moss St.; Hudson Falls; Coveville; Waterford; Poebles Island, mouth of Mohawk River. Cyperus strigosus L. Sandy fields and along streams; abundant. Cyperus filiculmis Vahl. “Sandy fields, sometimes in rocky places; not uncommon. The plants are referable to var. macilentus Fernald. Eleocharis olivacea Torr. Mud Pond near Pattens Mills, growing in miry places. Determined by Dr. C. H. Peck. Eleocharis diandra Wright. Hudson River at Bakers Falls, Sept. 13, 1899. Determined by Dr. Peck. Eleocharis obtusa (Willd.) Schultes. Muddy places, along streams and about ponds; common. 127 Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S. Wet places and shallow water; frequent. The var. glaucescens (Willd.) A. Gray is found at- Providence (Burt); wet clay bank north of Hudson Falls railroad station. Along Hudson River west of Glens Falls; and Copeland Pond. Determined by Dr. Peck. The form with stout culms, var. vigens Bailey, is found at Bacon and Mud Ponds. Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S. Stream and pond bottoms, where the water has subsided; common. Eleocharis tenuis (Willd.) Schultes. Stream banks, bogs and about ponds; abundant. Eleocharis acuminata (Muhl.) Nees. Shushan (Dobbin). Eleocharis intermedia (Muhl.) Schultes. Copeland Pond, de- termined by Dr. H. D. House; Shushan, down the Battenkill River. Stenophyllus capillaris (L.) Britton. Sandy and gravelly soil. Day (Peck); slopes of Mt. Defiance (Peck); Fort Edward (Howe); Providence (Burt); southwestern W. Fort Ann; north of Glens Falls; north of Hudson Falls; Moreau; north- west of Waterford; north of Cambridge. Fimbristylis autumnalis (L.) R. & S. Mud Pond; moist sandy roadside north of Hudson Falls; along Hudson River west of Glens Falls. Eriophorum alpinum L. Sphagnum marshes. East Lake George, at Brayton; marsh near road, north of Glen Lake; Rich’s swamp, southwest of Shushan. Eriophorum callithric Cham. Sphagnum marshes. North part of Salem (Dobbin); E. Lake George; south of Glen Lake; Inman Pond. (E. vaginatum of Am. auth.) Eriophorum gracile Koch. Lake George (Hall); Shushan, ‘one or two mucky situations’? (Dobbin); sphagnum marsh, E. Lake George. Eriophorum viridicarinatum (Engelm.) Fernald. Sphagnum marshes and low swales; frequent. (E. polystachyon of most Am. auth.) Eriophorum virginicum L. Sphagnum marshes and low swales; frequent. The var: album A. Gray often occurs. 128 Scirpus subterminalis Torr. Aquatic. Roadside pond, Clemons to Black Mt.; Mud Pond; Glen Lake. . Scirpus debilis Pursh. ‘‘Luzerne, 1866: G. W. C(linton)” in N. Y. State Cab. Rep. 20: 409. 1867. Copeland Pond; Hudson River at Bakers Falls; Shushan, down the Battenkill River. Scirpus Smith A. Gray. Mud Pond near Pattens Mills. Determined by Dr. Peck. Scirpus americanus Pers. Near the mouth of Pike brook, South Bay; Waterford; Poebles Island. Scirpus Torreyt Olney. Dresden (Peck). Scirpus validus Vahl. Streams and ponds in shallow water; common. Scirpus occidentalis (S. Wats.) Chase.. Clarks Pond west of Shushan. Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr.) A. Gray. South Bay, forming swales along Dresden trestle north of Whitehall. Scirpus sylvaticus L. Low grounds. Fort Ann to Flat Rock; northwest Hartford; Moreau, opposite Fort Edward; along the trolley, Wilton to Ballston Lake; along the Battenkill River south of Shushan. Scirpus atrovirens Muhl. Low grounds and moist grassy places; abundant. The heads are often proliferous late in the season. The form synchocephalus (Cowles) S. F. Blake occurs in Free- man’s pasture, Kingsbury St. to Fort Ann. Scirpus microcarpus Presl. Low grounds and swamps; frequent. ‘‘Fine specimens were obtained near Wilton, Saratoga county” (Peck).) IN... Y¥. State Mus. Rep: 945: 30.: 1803 ..50nmmeqe (S. rubrotinctus Fernald.) Scirpus polyphyllus Vahl. Moist woods. Gansevoort (Peck). N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 41: 82. 1888. Mt. Hope road north of Lake Pond; road to Three Ponds. Scirpus Peckit Britton. Shushan (Dobbin). Scirpus lineatus Mx. Wet meadows. “Low moist ground near Middle Grove’’ (Peck). N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 47: 30. 1894 Bot. ed. Northwest of Stone schoolhouse, W. Fort Ann; Vaughns; near Kingsbury St.; Rosecrans swamp north 129 of Glens Falls; along the D. & H. railroad, Ballston to Mechan- icsville. : Scirpus cyperinus (L.) Kunth. Low grounds, along creeks and about ponds; abundant. The var. condensatus Fernald is occasionally met with. Scirpus pedicellatus Fernald. Lake George (Hall); ‘‘Lake Champlain, along railroad between Whitehall and Fort Ann and between Schuylerville and Bemus Heights’’ (Peck). N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 54: 144. 1901. Fort Ann; W. Fort Ann. Scirpus atrocinctus Fernald. Whitehall (Peck); W. Fort Ann, about ponds; swamp woods, Fort Edward reservoir; An- aquassacook meadows, south of Shushan. This species ma- tures its fruit earlier than the two preceding species. Dulichium arundinaceum (L.) Britton. Borders of sphagnum marshes, margins of ponds and wet woods; common. Rynchospora alba (L.) Vahl. Sphagnum marshes and borders of ponds. Inman Pond; Podunk Pond; Copeland Pond; E. Lake George; Glen Lake; Rosecrans swamp; Fort Edward reservoir; Rich’s swamp near Shushan. Rynchospora capillacea Torr. Along Hudson River west of Glens Falls, Sept. 12, 1900. Rynchospora glomerata (L.) Vahl. East of South Glens Falls; roadside northwest of Hadlock Pond; Copeland Pond. Rynchospora fusca (L.) R. & S. Sphagnous border of Dolph Pond, west of Comstocks, June 13, 1900 (young). The station is probably destroyed. Mariscus mariscoides (Muhl.) Kuntze. Borders of ponds. Lake George (Hall); Inman Pond; Podunk Pond; Copeland Pond; Mud Pond. It has not been seen at the last two stations for several years. (Cladiuwm mariscoides (Muhl.) Torr.) Carex chordorrhiza Ehrh. Peat bog, Moreau (Howe); E. Lake George marsh at Brayton. Carex retrofleca Muhl. Peaked Mt.; copse west of Vaughns. Carex rosea Schk. Woods and copses; common. The form known as var. staminata Pk. occurs at Vaughns and vicinity: and the var. radiata Dewey, in northern Washington county. Both of these varieties, determined by Dr. Peck. 130 Carex convoluta Mackenzie. Silver Bay, Lake George, June 1901 (J. F. Kemp in Herbarium of N. Y. Botanical Garden). Recorded in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 43: 429. Aug. I9gI5. (C. rosea pusilla Pk.) Carex cephalophora Muhl. Dry woods; frequent. Carex cephaloidea Dewey. Southern base of Woodruff’s hill, 114 miles west of Fort Ann, June 1892, 1893 (not seen, June, 1914); woods southwest of Ray Farm, west of Fort Ann, June, 1904. Carex sparganioides Muhl. Copses and rich shaded soil; com- mon. The culms are very weak at the time of the falling of the perigynia. , : Carex vulpinoidea Mx. Low grounds; common. Carex xanthocarpa Bicknell. Dry fields and pastures. Gan- sevoort and Middle Grove (Peck); southern W. Fort Ann; Vaughns. The var. annectens Bicknell is found at Vaughns. Determined by Dr. Peck. Carex prairea Dewey. East Lake George marsh; Copeland Pond; Rich’s swamp near Shushan. Specimens found in low grounds, sometimes forming tussocks in shallow water at Huletts Landing (Jelliffe); Warrensburg (Peck); Fort Edward (Howe); southern W. Fort Ann, formerly known as Carex teretiuscula Gooden., have not been verified. Un- doubtedly Carex diandra Schrank occurs: but probably the majority of our plants are referable to Carex prairea. Carex stipita Muhl. Swamps and along streams; common. The form known as var. crassicurta Pk. is found in southern W. Fort Ann; the var. subsecuta Pk. occurs in Devine’s woods at Vaughns and at Tripoli. Both of these varieties were determined by Dr. Peck. Carex disperma Dewey. Sphagnum bogs and mossy woods; frequent. (C. tenella Schk.) Carex trisperma Dewey. Sphagnum marshes and cool mossy woods; frequent. The var. -Billingsit Knight is found in the swamp north of Glen Lake. Carex tenuiflora Wahl. Sphagnum marsh, Hartford (Howe); E. Lake George marsh at Brayton, June, 1897, and 1900. Recorded in N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 54: 161. 1901. 131 Carex canescens L. Wet bogs, sphagnum marshes and shaded places, rarely in dry woods; frequent. The var. disjuncta Fernald is the common form. Carex brunnescens (Pers.) Poir. Wet woods, rarely on rocky, Southern slopes of Peaked Mt. in loose tufts on rocks; Mott's and Dailey’s woods, north of Hudson Falls; Rich’s swamp near Shushan. The var. gracilior Britton has been found at Inman Pond; bog west of Stone schoolhouse, one mile north of Tripoli; Devine’s woods, Vaughns. Carex Deweyana Schwein. Copses and rocky woods; common. Carex ‘bromoides Schk. Wet woods and along streams, forming tussocks; common. Carex exilis Dewey. Sphagnum marsh at E. Lake George, -Brayton; marsh near the road, north of Glen Lake. a ae Willd. Low grounds and sphagnum bogs; abund- ’The var. . angustata (Carey) was found at Dolph Pond, L = 19, 1900; ‘and var. cephalantha (Bailey) in Mott’s woods near Hudson Falls, June 28, 1897. Both these varieties were determined by Dr. Peck. (Carex sterilis of Am. auth; C. stellulata Gooden.) // Carex Crawfordit Fernald. Dry and open places. Southern W. Fort Ann; rocks at head of Dunham’s Bay, Lake George. Carex scoparia Schk. Swales and low meadows; common. Carex tribuloides Wahl. Marshy places. Dunham’s Bay; Vaughns; Powers Ferry; Fly Kill south of Shushan. The forma glomerata Olney from Fort Edward (Howe): and the var. turbata Bailey from Middle Grove (Peck), are preserved in the N. Y. State Herbarium. Carex cristatella Britton. Grassy places near streams and ponds; common. Carex projecta Mackenzie. Copeland Pond; northeast of Tripoli; Devine’s woods; Dailey’s woods. (C. tribuloides montliformis Britton.) Carex straminea Willd. Dry woods and fields; abundant. Carex normalis Mackenzie. Low woods, southern W. Fort Ann; Mott’s woods. The var. perlonga (Fernald) is found on Haynes hill, Vaughns. (C. mirabilis Dewey.) 132 Carex festucacea Schk. Sandy plains northeast of Hudson Falls; and gravelly hill north of Copeland Pond. Determined by Dr. House. The var. brevior (Dewey) Fernald has been found at Warrensburg (Peck); East Galway (Burt); South Bay; rocks east of Fort Ann; Peaked Mt.; Peaked Rock, near Shushan. Carex Bicknellii Britton. Dry sandy soil, East Galway (Burt) and Middle Grove (Peck). N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 48: 45. 1896 Bot. ed. and N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 51: 282. 1898 as Carex straminea Crawet Boott. Carex foenea Willd. Grassy places, Vaughns, 1893. Deter- mined by Dr. Peck. The var. perplexa Bailey has been found on ‘‘rocky hills near Whitehall” (Peck). N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 46: 52. 1893 Bot. ed. and N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 48: 44. 1896 Bot. ed. Carex leptalea Wahl. Swamps and marshes; frequent. Carex pauciflora Lightf. East Lake George marsh at Brayton, June 20, 1917. Carex communis Bailey. Dry woods and fields; common. The var. Wheelert Bailey is found in southern W. Fort Ann and at Vaughns. (C. pedicellata (Dewey) Britton.) Carex pennsylvanica Lam. Dry woods and fields; abundant. Carex varia Muhl. Woods northeast of Tripoli, May 28, 1897. Determined by Dr. Peck. Carex Novae-Angliae Schwein. Devine’s woods, Vaughns, fer- tile spikes 1-4 flowered, May 15, 1897. Determined by Dr. neck Carex albicans Willd. Warrensburg (Peck). Carex umbellata Schk. Dry pastures and sandy fields. East of Fort Ann; southern W. Fort Ann; Vaughns; Hudson Falls; Crescent. The var. vicina Dewey has been found at Vaughns. Carex hirtifolia Mackenzie. Dry woods and thickets. Shushan (Dobbin); Vaughns; east of Crescent. (C. pubescens Muhl.) Carex pedunculata Muhl. Dry woods and copses; abundant. Carex eburnea Boott. Limestone rocks and cliffs. Skene’s Mt., Whitehall; northwest Harford; Fort Ann and rocky hills 2 miles west; cliffs north of Lake Pond; Long Island, Lake George. 133 Carex aurea Nutt. Dry hillsides and fields. Southern W. Fort Ann; Vaughns; west of Kingsbury St. 2 Carex plantaginea Lam. Dry hilly and rocky woods, rarely in low shaded places; frequent. Carex platyphylla Carey. Dry hilly woods; common. Carex digitalis Willd. Woods and hillsides. Southern W. Fort Ann; Vaughns; Willard Mt. Carex laxiculmis Schwein. Grassy woodlands and fields; scarce. Vaughns. Determined by Dr. Peck. Carex albursina Sheldon. Rich woods and copses. Bacon hill, west of Fort Ann; near Tripoli; Vaughns; Anaquassacook hills, Shushan. Carex blanda Dewey. Lake George (Jelliffe); southern W. Fort "Ann; Vaughns. ' The var. varians (Bailey) has been found in southern W. Fort Ann; northeast of Glens Falls; Vaughns. Carex laxiflora Lam. Grassy places and open places; common. Carex anceps Muhl. Shushan (Dobbin); Tripoli; Vaughns. (C. laxiflora patulifolia Carey.) Carex granularis Muhl. Woods and dry fields; common. Carex Hitchcockiana Dewey. Rocky shaded places. Vaughns and vicinity. The var. triflora Pk. has been found on Mt. Defiance (Peck). N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 46: 51. 1893 Bot. ed. and N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 48:66. 1896 Bot. ed. Carex conoidea Schk. Grassy places; frequent. Carex grisea Wahl. Fields and shaded places; common. Carex gracillima Schwein. Woods and fields; abundant. Carex prasina Wahl. Grassy and wet places, specially along streams. Southern W. Fort Ann; eastern Queensbury; Vaughns; east of Crescent. Carex formosa Dewey. Grassy banks. Near Vaughns school- house; 14 mile east of Tripoli. Determined by Dr. Peck. Carex flexuosa Muhl. Woods; frequent. (C. tenuis Rudge.) Carex arctata Boott. Moist woods.. Mt. Defiance (Peck); Silver Bay (Kemp, in Herbarium of N. Y. Botanical Garden) ; Providence, also path to Lake Desolation (Burt); Fort Ed- ward (Howe); near the falls, West brook, W. Fort Ann. Carex castanea Wahl. Grassy places; rare. Fencerow 14% 134 miles east of Vaughns, June 1892, 1893; woods west of Smiths Basin. Carex Sprengelut Dewey. Shaded places, usually calcareous rocks; rare. Mechanicsville (Peck); Shushan (Dobbin); Haynes hill and in woods west of Vaughns. (C. longirostris Morr) Carex Swanu (Fernald) Mackenzie. Dry pastures and woods. Vaughns; Shushan; north of Cambridge. Carex virescens Muhl. Dry hilly woods. Warrensburg (Peck); Crosset Pond; southern W. Fort Ann. Carex complanata Torr. Old pastures and dry open woods; abundant. (C. triceps Mx.) Carex complanta Torr., var. robusta var. nov. Culms rather stout, erect, 15’—3° tall; leaves 114-3” wide; spikes 2 (rarely 3), oblong, very dense, 3’’-12”’ long, 3/’-5”” in diameter, the terminal one conspicuously staminate at the base; scales brownish, scarious-margined, as long as or ex- ceeding the few but distinctly nerved perigynia. This distinct variety grows with the species, in the north- west corner of Alaric Freeman’s meadow, next to Charles Bentley’s pasture, about 1 mile north of Kingsbury Street. It was first found June 18, 1892 and several tufts of plants were seen in 1918. It matures a week or twoearlier than the species. “A form with oblong spikes. Mt. Defiance” (Peck) is probably referable to this variety. N.Y. State Mus. Rep. 34: S564) aS Siel: Carex pallescens L. Clayey meadows and open woods; fre- quent. Carex scabrata Schwein. Cold swamps and along mountain streams; frequent. Carex limosa L. Southern part of E. Lake George marsh, June 20, 10X75 Carex paupercula Mx. Sphagnum marshes. The plants are referable to the var. irrigua (Wahl.) Fernald. Hartford (Howe); E. Lake George; marsh north of Glen Lake; Inman Pond. (C. magellanica of Am. auth.) 135 Carex stricta Lam. Wet places, forming tussocks in shallow water; common. The var. angustata (Boott) Bailey some- times occurs with the species. Carex torta Boott. Shushan (Dobbin). Determined by Dr. Peck. Rocky bank of Battenkill River at East Salem, June 15, 1907. Carex gynandra Schwein. Middle Grove (Peck); eastern Queensbury. Carex crinita Lam. Along streams, marshes and borders of ponds; common. e Carex lacustris Willd. Low grounds and about ponds forming swales; common. The plants are usually sterile. (C. riparia of Am. auth.) Carex vestita Willd. Sandy clearing in Five Combine woods, east of Hudson Falls, June 2, 1892. Carex lanuginosa Mx. Wet field, north of Hudson Falls, near Tefft’s corner, May 23, 1896. Carex lasiocarpa Ehrh. About ponds and mossy bogs; frequent. (C. filiformis of Am. auth.) Carex Houghtonit Torr. Sandy field near Shield’s estate, East Galway, July 11, 1880 (Burt). This is also recorded in N. Y. State Mus. Rep. 47: 41. 1894 Bot. ed.; N: Y. State Mus. Rep. 48: 87-88. 1896 Bot. ed.; and N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 176: 23. I9QI5.:- Carex trichocarpa Muhl. Shushan (Dobbin). Carex cryptolepis Mackenzie. Marsh north of Podunk Pond; Dolph Pond. Carex flava, var. graminis Bailey, with erect bracts has been found at Warrensburg (Peck). (C. lepidocarpa Tausch.) Carex flava L. Wet places and low meadows; common. Carex folliculata L. Wet woods. Moreau (Howe); Galway (Burt) ; near Fort Edward reservoir, probably Howe’s station; Five Combine woods and Dailey’s woods, near Hudson Falls. Carex monile Tuck. Wet places, often in water. Lake Desola- tion (Burt); Mud Pond near Pattens Mills; Flat Rock near Fort Ann; Dailey’s woods; Anaquassacook meadows, south of Shushan. 136 Carex rostrata Stokes. Wet bogs. Shushan (Dobbin); Dolph Pond; New Michigan Pond ‘‘Talman marsh.’’ Not rare at Copeland Pond; determined by Dr. House. (C. utriculata Boott.) Carex Tuckermanit Dewey. Wet shaded places; uncommon. Assembly Point (Dr. Geo. D. Hulst, in Herbarium of Brooklyn Botanic Garden); Huletts Landing (Jelliffe); Mechanicsville (Peck); between Copeland and Hadlock Ponds; northwest Hartford; Dailey’s woods; copse north of Devine’s woods, Vaughns; along Battenkill River south of Shushan. Carex retrorsa Schwein. Wet places; frequent. The var. Harti (Dewey) Gray was found north of Vaughns, Sept. 4, 1891. Carex lurida Wahl. Wet places; abundant. Carex Baileyi Britton. Shaded swamps. Lake George (Hall); along road between Chestertown and Warrensburg (Peck); Lake George to Warrensburg; lower Black Mt. trail from Clemens; Dailey’s woods. Carex hystricina Muhl. Wet places; common. The var. Dudleyi Bailey has been found at Galway (Burt). Carex Pseudo-Cyperus L. Lake Lauderdale, July 3, 1904. Carex comosa Boott. Borders of ponds and marshes; frequent. Carex intumescens Rudge. Wet woods, moist fields and swamps; common. The var. Fernaldi Bailey has been found in the copse north of Devine’s woods; woods north of Cambridge. Carex Asa-Grayi Bailey. Wet places in Devine’s woods, Vaughns. Carex lupulina Muhl. Wet places; common. The var. Bella- villa (Dewey) Bailey has been found at South Ballston (Peck). The var. pedunculata Dewey is occasionally found with the species. Carex lupulina X retrorsa Dudley. South Ballston (Peck). Specimen in N. Y. State Herbarium. Carex lurida X lupulina Bailey. Charlton. N.Y. State Mus. Rep. 33: 35. 1880 as Carex tentaculata, var. altior Boott. Specimen in N. Y. State Herbarium. Hupson FA ts, N. Y. 137 SOME WESTERN COLUMBINES By T. D. A. COCKERELL Last year (Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, 20: Part 4) Mr. E. B. Payson published a most interesting revision of the genus Aquilegia as found in North America, and this will naturally serve as a point of departure for new investigations. The sub- ject is a difficult one, owing to the fact (as it seems to be) that any species in the genus will freely cross with any other; and, at least in our experience, the hybrids themselves are perfectly fertile. Thus, on grounds similar to those which convince us that there is only one living species of Homo, it may be main- tained that there is possibly only one genuine species of A quilegia. Nor is this all; just as Bursa bursa-pastoris var. heegeri (commonly called Bursa heegert) is a form lacking the most prominent character of the genus to which it belongs,* so Aquilegia vulgaris var. stellata and A. caerulea var. datleyae lack the generic character of spurred petals, so that but for their obvious general affinities we might not regard them as columbines at all. This plasticity is remarkable in a genus which in many respects seems highly modified. The long spurs are adapted to the visits of butter- flies, but I have seen a bumble-bee (Bombus) slit up a spur from the side, and thus get at the nectar illegitimately. The colum- bine in which this occurred was A. caerulea. Mr. Payson sug- gests that ‘‘the modern species of Aquilegia seem to have been developed from species having blue flowers. These seem first to have given rise to white-flowered, these to yellow-flowered, and these finally to red-flowered species.’’ There is apparently no basis for such an evolutionary sequence, for the yellow in the flowers is due to plastids, readily visible under the microscope; while the blue and red are equally due to anthocyanins, held in solution in the sap. Gaston Bonnier, in his scheme of relation- ships of Ranunculaceous genera, indicates an affinity between Aquilegia and Helleborus, while the latter leads back to Caltha, etc. The suggestion might be, that the original columbines were * For a good figure, see Shull, Zeits. f. indukt. Abstamm. u. Vererbungslehre. 12:98. I914. 138 yellow or white, if there was any well marked sequence in the evolution of color. Purple, however, is already a prominent color in species of Helleborus, and it is evident that anthocyanins and yellow plastids both antedate the evolution of Aquilegia. A few years ago* I described a hybrid between A.desertorum and A. chrysantha. Our plant of A. desertorum, obtained in Santa Fé Cafion in 1912, and then evidently of considerable age, is as vigorous as ever in 1919. It proves fertile with its own pollen, and we have seedlings from it already in flower, perfectly true to type. It has been and still is a question whether the differ- ences between A. desertorum and A. elegantula may be due to environment and hence not truly specific. Mr. Payson treats them as distinct species, but declares that desertorum is known only from Arizona, though he quotes my remarks on the New Mexico plant. A specimen obtained by Heller nine miles east of Santa Fé, and therefore very near the locality of my desertorum plant, is referred by Payson to elegantula. An analysis of the characters of my plant, with Payson’s descriptions before me, appears to indicate desertorum rather than elegantula, but it agrees perfectly with neither. The leaves are early glaucous, but at maturity clear green above. Only the leaflets of the flowering stems are small; the basal leaves have them very large, the apical leaflet 40 mm. long and 38 wide. The better developed flowering stems bear well-developed leaves, but this can hardly be a specific character. The leaflets have a quite dense erect pubescence on the under side, which is a desertorum character. (A. chrysantha has this pubescence less dense, but still very evi- dent; but singularly enough the chrysantha X desertorum hybrid has only a very few widely scattered hairs.) The spurs are about 22 mm. long, thus agreeing better with desertorum, and the sepals are red, pallid at tip. The original elegantula, as described by Greene, had light green sepals. The sepals how- ever are erect, not spreading as they should be in desertorum. The follicles have the tips widely spreading. On the basis of the above characters, it might appear that the Santa Fé Cafion desertorum should be separated both from the ’ * Botanical Gazette 62: 413. 1916. 139 true desertorum of Arizona and the typical elegantula from near Mancos, Colorado. It seems more probable, however, that all three represent phases of a single species. Mr. D. M. Andrews has recently collected elegantula in Colorado, and thinks that it is separable from my plant on account of the habit of growth. We do not yet know how far this may be due to differences in environment. The F, plants from desertorum X chrysantha, raised by my wife, flowered this year. The most curious form shows doubling, with twisting of the spurs. The spurs vary from 6 to 9, but the laminae of the petals are supplemented internally by a variable number of emarginate laminiform appendages. This year we have an authentic A. caerulea X desertorum in flower. The flowers are formed as in caerulea, with pure white laminae; but are smaller, the sepals pale lilac tipped with white, the spurs rosy-lilac. In bud the spurs are suffused with red. The leaflets are pubescent beneath, the hair short but abundant. Spurs 28 mm. long, laminae 11 mm; sepals about 20 mm. long and a little over 8 mm. wide. In full flower the spurs are moder- ately divergent. The leaflets are large, even on the flowering stems. We also have this year a varied series of F2 plants from A. caerulea X chrysantha. A. chrysantha has yellow flowers, often with some anthocyan tints, which then are red, but never sufh- ciently to affect the general yellow effect. The sepals are pre- vailingly narrower than in caerulea, but variable. The F; from caerulea X chrysantha is pale blue with the laminae yellow, fading to nearly white. The F, plants include such as the following: (a) Form of caerulea, with broad sepals, but laminae entirely bright lemon yellow; sepals dilute rosy purplish, more or less suffused with yellow, especially at tips; spurs pale yellow, apically suffused with dilute purplish; buds strongly pinkish, including spurs. Thus the buds show the acid state of the anthocyanin, which is retained to maturity in chrysantha, but the hybrid is affected by the caerulea ancestry. This type of F: hybrid occurs only in a small percentage of the plants. (b) Sepals broad as in caerulea; flowers white, very delicately tinted with purple on sepals and often on spurs. 140 (c) Similar to the above, but with less of the purplish tint (more on spurs), and the whole flower (especially laminae) is very pale yellow. Others show more of the purplish and brighter yellow, intermediate between a and c. The factorial analysis of these forms cannot yet be clearly made. A. caerulea in the western part of its range is not blue but white, but there is no evidence that the plants we used carried a recessive white. Wecan however postulate that yellow plastids (chrysantha) are allelomorphic to their absence (caerulea), and abundant anthocyanin (caerulea) to little or none (chrysantha). It we call the factors respectively P, p, A, a, the F; hybrid will have the formula PpAa, and will combine blue with yellow, as it actually does, with non-acidity also dominant over the acid condition of chrysantha. In the F2 9 out of 16 should look like the F,; three should resemble caerulea, three chrysantha, and one might be expected to be white, feebly or not tinted with antho- cyanin. Evidently other factors are involved, for as a matter of fact the pallid (supposedly double recessive) flowers are numerous. Genuine A. caerulea produces some hitherto unrecorded variations. Mr. D. M. Andrews has at Boulder, Colorado, a large stand of very fine and typical caerulea, the seed having been obtained from the Blanchard ranch in Boulder Cafion. The strain originated in the nearby mountains, and is in general extremely uniform. But as Mr. Andrews pointed out to me, there are a few plants abruptly and conspicuously varying from the type: 1. Laminae of petals blue like the sepals, elongate, narrow (e.g., 40 mm. long and 8 wide); spurs normal, varymg to small and more or less aborted. A few plants. This is more or less intermediate between the typical form and variety dazleyae, but distinct from both. 2. Flowers very pale, light yellowish or greenish in bud, eventually delicately tinted with. purplish. Sepals and petals 9 to 10, the sepals reflected at maturity, placed just below the outwardly-turned spurs; laminae remaining erect, lanceolate, about as long (20 mm.) as the spurs. The sepals are mainly 141 pale green, the laminae delicate purplish one plant only. This has an atavistic appearance, and is quite without the beauty of normal caerulea. , These observations indicate that Aquilegia is an unusually favorable genus for the investigation of genetic problems. Some of its advantages are the following: (1) The ready hybridization and fertility of the F,; (2) the tendency to mutate, apart from crossing; (3) the existence of spurred and spurless forms, and of forms with and without colored plastids and anthocyanin colors; (4) the heterozygotes can be easily preserved and propagated by dividing the crowns; (5) incidentally, beautiful and interesting garden plants are produced. SHORTER NOTES Rhamnus dahurica 1x MicuicAN.—South of Ann Arbor, Michigan, is an extensive area of level ground formerly occupied chiefly by tamarack, black ash, and other hydrophytic trees. The ground water lies always near the surface and parts of the area were originally very swampy. Recent construction of drainage systems has destroyed much of the swamp, which has been put under cultivation, but the rest of the tract is still in forest. Five years ago a forestry class of the University of Michigan discovered in the heart of the swamp a tree unknown to them. It was submitted to the writer for identification and proved to be Rhamnus dahurica. It was then supposed that the tree had been planted by Mr. J. B. Steere, who owns part of the land and had travelled extensively in the Orient. In 1916 Mr. Steere pointed out a second tree to the writer, some two miles from the first one, with a request for its identification. He was surprised to learn its name and disclaimed any knowledge of its origin. Only one tree of the species is known in cultivation in the vicinity, which, since it is a smaller tree, can scarcely be considered as the _ parent of these two individuals. The two apparently wild trees are 500 yards or more from any residence, either past or present. One is in the middle of a forest 142 tract; the other along a small ditch separating two cultivated fields, but it obviously antedates the construction of the ditch. Each is about thirty feet high, with widely spreading branches in healthy condition, and bears a good crop of fruit. Seedlings have not been seen.—H. A. GLEASON. NEWS ITEMS According to The Cambridge Tribune of June 28, Harvard University benefits from the will of the late Dr. W. G. Farlow, professor emeritus of cryptogamic botany. All of his books, papers, manuscripts, etc., are left to the University, to constitute the Farlow Reference Library. The sum of $25,000 is left in trust to his assistant, A. B. Seymour, who will enjoy its income during his life. On his death this fund will be added to a gift of $100,000 previously made to Harvard and known as the John S. Farlow Memorial Fund. On the death of Professor Farlow’s widow, $100,000 will be given to the University and added to the John S. Farlow Memorial Fund. In connection with the commencement exercises of the Uni- versity of Vermont, held in Burlington on June 25, the degree of doctor of letters was conferred upon Dr. Liberty Hyde Bailey, formerly director of the College of Agriculture of Cornell Uni- versity, and the honorary degree of doctor of science was con- ferred upon Dr. Marshall Avery Howe, curator of the museums of the New York Botanical Garden. Dr. H. N. Whitford, of the School of Forestry of Yale Uni- versity, has recently returned from Central America, where he was one of a commission detailed by the State Department to investigate the economic resources of the boundary region in dispute between Guatemala and Honduras. _ The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of TorREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. 7 Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned’to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates: 2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp l6pp 20pp 25 copies $ .79 $1.14 $1.78 $2.32 $2.87 $3.28 50 copies 1.03 1.43 2.23 2.82 3.52 3.92 100 copies 1.45 2.03 2.73 3.50 4.23 4.55 200 copies 2.15 3.24 3.92 525 6.52 6.92 Covers: 25 for $1.00, additional covers 114 cents each. Plates for reprints, 50 cents each per 100. Committees for 1919. Finance Committee Program Committee R. A. HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, Pror. JEAN BROADHURST Miss C. C. HAYNES B. O. DoDGE SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE Budget Committee F. J. SEAVER Membership Committee J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. J. K. SMALL, Chairman. R. A. HARPER N. L. BRITTON T. E, HAZEN A. W. Evans E. W. OLIVE M. A. Howe Local Flora Committee H. H. Russy N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee Phanerogams: Cryptogams: F. W. PENNELL, Chairman. E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON Mrs. L. M. KEELER N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN MICHAEL LEVINE C. C. CurTIS M. A. Howe GEORGE T. HASTINGS K, K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE PERCY WILSON NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MuRRILL F. J. SEAVER Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill ' Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F. Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae, Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurs Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 1870. Vol. 45 published in 1918, contained 519 pages of text and 15 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe, 18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho. Square, London, are, agents for England. | pais Of former volumes, only 24-45 can be supplied entire ; cer- tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars each; Vols. 28—45 three dollars each. Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. (2) MEMOIRS The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu- lar intervals. Volumes I-15 are now completed; No.1 of Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur- chased singly. A list of titles of the individual nepers and of prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- dophyta reported as growing within oneyhundred miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to res DR. BERNARD O. DODGE Columbia University New York City Vol. 19 August, 1919 No. 8 TORREYA > A Monruty Journat or BoranicaLt Notes anp News EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY NORMAN TAYLOR JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873. CONTENTS Scrophulariaceae of the Local Flora II: F. W. PENNELL.. ccecscspecsceteeneeeetecereueeee 143 Reminiscences of Orchid-Hunting: HERBERT M. DBNSLOW.....esee-seeseeee snes ee eceere 152 Prncroa ino Of tite Club. .:; 2d... cbecavudewacasigeboty caveretset tren oop da caduaeh smc ah -antisace 157 ONE ELON os Sen cas cade) brah Se thawa Sitaesaithe undslp rahe AN cd tae Spee evasion dfocgeakdenvon anv en’ 156 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB At 4t NortH Queen Street, LANCAsTER, Pa. BY Tur New Era Printinc Company “Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter, THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1919 President H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. ¥ Vice- Presidents. JOHN. HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D | C. STUART GAGER, PH.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D. CoLtumMBIA UNIversITy, N. Y. City. Editor ; ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D. J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. G. E. NICHOLS, Px.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences M.A. HOWE, PH.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION SocieTY OF AMERICA ToORREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will ‘be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to NORMAN TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. Y TORREYA Vol. Ig No. 8 August, IgIg SCROPHULARIACEAE OF THE LOCAL FLORA. II By Francis W. PENNELL Continued from June TORREYA 5. LIMOSEEEA, L, Sp. Pl. 620.. 41753- Type species, L. aquatica L., of Europe. 1. LIMOSELLA SUBULATA Ives in Trans. Phys. Med. Soc. N. Y. 1:440. 1817. ‘‘Firstobservedin 1816. . . It flourishes in great abundance in the Housatonic, and in most of the rivers which empty into Long Island Sound, within the range of the tide.”’ Ygramela (or Limosella) maritima Raf. Atl. Journ. 199. 1833. ‘‘ Discovered this year in the wet sand of the sea islands of New Jersey.’”’ As a new genus, this was based upon specimens the flowers of which bore but two stamens. Certainly an abnormal form, as the plant of such situa- tions has normally four stamens. Flowering from late August to November, and soon ripening fruit. Tide-water river-beaches, saline, brackish or fresh, and about borders of ponds, brackish or fresh, along the coast. Margins of ponds back of sand-dunes, growing inundated or somewhat - emersed on the sandy coastward margin of these, Long Island and southward to Ocean County, New Jersey; on the sandy or gravelly flats between high and low tide, along the Housatonic, Hudson, Passaic, Delaware, and doubtless other rivers. The plants of the two environments differ slightly, as has been indi- cated in Torreya 19: 51. 1919. This species ranges from Labrador to Maryland. [No. 7, Vol. 19 of TorrEnYA, comprising pp. 125-142, was issued Sept. 10, 1919] 145 144 6. GRATIOLACIS Spe Plt 7s i 753. Type species, G. officinalis L., of Europe. Corolla slightly exceeding calyx, externally glabrous. Capsule nearly pyramidal, acuminate. Pedicels very short. Stem pubescent with several-celled hairs. (Pilosae.) 1. G. pilosa Corolla more than twice as long as the calyx, externally more or less puberulent. Capsule broader, acute to rounded. Pedicels longer. Stem glabrous or puberulent with one- celled hairs, these frequently gland-bearing. Pedicels exceeding 10 mm. in length. Corolla within throat on posterior side densely pubescent with knobbed hairs. Capsule ovate, equaled or ex- ceeded by the sepals. Seeds 3-5 mm. long, semi- globose to oblong. Capsule 1-3 mm. long, exceeded by the sepals. Stem-leaves clasping by a broad base, usually at least the upper with resinous dots. Roots perennial, slender. Stoloniferous. (Ramosae.) Corolla golden-yellow throughout. Capsule 3 mm. long, little exceeded by the sepals. Leaves lanceolate to nearly ovate, entire or distally obscurely denticulate, with blackish glandular dots. Leaves linear to lanceolate, frequently denti- culate distally, usually strongly puncticulate. Sepals obtusish to acute. 2. G. aurea. Leaves lanceolate to nearly ovate, entire, ob- scurely puncticulate distally. Sepals very obtuse. 2a. G. aurea obtusa, Corolla with throat dull-yellow, the lobes white. Capsule 2 mm. long, much exceeded by the sepals. Leaves ovate, serrate, the upper some- times with sparse glandular dots. 3. G. viscidula. Capsule 4-5 mm. long, about equaled by the sepals. Stem-leaves narrowed to a sessile or slightly clasping base, not resinous-dotted. Roots annual, the main root thick and giving off numerous fibers. Not stoloniferous. (Neglectae.) 4. G. neglecta. Pedicels less than 5 mm. in length. Corolla within throat on posterior side pubescent with knobless hairs. Capsule globose, 5-6 mm. long, slightly ex- ceeding the sepals. Seeds 7 mm. long, linear. Leaves and root as in Neglectae. (Virginianae.) 5. G. virginiana. I. GRATIOLA PILOSA Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 7. 1803. ‘Hab. in Carolinae inferioris uliginosis.’’ Description suffici- ently distinctive. 145 Sophronanthe pilosa (Michx.) Small, Fl. S.E. Un. St. 1067, - 1338. 1903. Flowering mid-July to late September, and soon ripening fruit. Moist sandy pineland, in potassic soil, Cape May District and locally in Camden County in the Middle District, of the Coastal Plain of southern New Jersey. Ranges from New Jersey to Florida and eastern Texas, in the Coastal Plain. < SeSRATIOLA AUREA Pursh,; Fl. ‘Am. Sept: 1i‘12. "1814. “In sandy wet places, in the pine-barrens of New England, New Jersey and Carolina ... v. v.; v. s. in Herbario Banksiano.’’ Description distinctive, here restricted to the northern first-mentioned plant. Flowering from early June to late September, and soon ripen- ing fruit. Apparently fruit is sparingly matured, the plant increasing mainly by stolons. Wet sandy potassic soil, margins of ponds; frequent in the Coastal Plain of Long Island and New Jersey, especially in the Pine Barrens; occasional about lakes in the glaciated region above the Fall-line, at least at Lake Hopatcong, Morris Co., New Jersey. Ranges from Maine and eastern Ontario to Virginia. 2a. Gratiola aurea obtusa Pennell, var. nov. Plant erect, 1.5 dm. tall. Leaves lanceolate to ovate, 1.5 cm. long, entire, obscurely puncticulate distally. Sepals 3 mm. long, very obtuse. Corolla 10-12 mm. long. Type, gravelly shores of Delaware River, between high and low tide, Fish House, Camden Co., New Jersey, collected in flower by Stewardson Brown; in herb. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Gravelly or sandy shores of Delaware River, between tides, Mercer and Camden counties, New Jersey, and Philadelphia Co., Pennsylvania. 3. Gratiola viscidula Pennell, nom. nov. Gratiola viscosa Schwein.; Le Conte in Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 106. 1824. ‘“‘Inhabits Virginia, and the upper parts of North Carolina.”” Apparently the plant now considered, although the description appears inaccurate in stating 146 that the capsule is as long as the sepals. Not G. viscosa Hornem. Enum. Pl. Hort. Hafn. 19. 1807. Flowering from mid-July to September, and soon ripening fruit. Swales and swamps, along streams, in potassic soil, at a few stations in the Piedmont of northern Delaware. Ranges from Delaware to upland Georgia and eastern Tennessee. 4. GRATIOLA NEGLECTA Torr. Cat. Pl. N. Y.89. 1819. “With- in thirty miles of the City of New York.” In the her- barium of Columbia University are two sheets, probably representing but one collection, both labeled “Gratiola virginica Linn., Torr. Fl. N. Y., 2, p. 37.”’ It is possible that one or both of these are Torrey’s plants of G. neglecta. The latter was described as distinct from G. virginiana because of the lack of the rudimentary antero-lateral filaments. Five years later, in his Flora of the Northern States, Torrey was persuaded that this lack was true of G. virginiana, and on that account reduced his earlier species. Still later, in 1843, in his Flora of New York, he described such rudiments as present, and held as erroneous his previous observations. The truth, as confirmed by an extensive examination of fresh flowers, is that these rudiments may be small, or reduced to one, or altogether absent; all stages are to be found in the same colony. The name is here used for the species which has long been known as G. virginiana. Conobea borealis Spreng. in Neue Entdeck. 3: 26. 1822. “Hab. in locis humidis. prope Noveboracum. ...’’ This is virtually a. re-description of Gratiola neglecta Torr., although sufficient new matter is added to indicate that Sprengel must have seen a specimen of this. The change of generic classification is doubtless due to the discovery of sterile rudiments of the antero-lateral filaments. Flowering from late May to late September, and soon ripen- ing fruit. ! Wet loam, woodland or open, in potassic soil, common above the Fall-line; and through the Middle District of the Coastal 147 Plain. Ranges from Maine and Quebec to British Columbia, southward to Georgia, Texas and California. 5. GRATIOLA VIRGINIANA L. Sp. Pl. 17. 1753. ‘Habitat in Virginia.”” Although Linné had specimens of the plants here called G. neglecta in his herbarium in 1753, his de- scription is taken solely from Gron. Fl. Virg. 6, 1743, and so is based upon Clayton 379. ‘This, as shown by Dr. S. F. Blake in Rhodora 20:65, 1918, is the plant which has been known as G. sphaerocarpa Ell. Flowering from mid-May to September, and soon ripening fruit. . Wet loam, in shade, occasional in the Middle and Cape May Districts of the Coastal Plain of New Jersey, and below the Fall- ine in Delaware. From Burlington, N.J. southward to Florida and Texas, extending inland to the southern Appalachians. 72 MuMuULUS: IL Sp, Pl 6345 1753 Type species, M. ringens L. Corolla yellow. Capsule dehiscent laterally, apex persistent and valves permanently attached to axial cell-wall. Seeds ellip- soid-orbicular. Stems pubescent. Species introduced. (Simiolus Greene.) Corolla 12-20 mm. long. Leaves 3-4 cm. long. Stems loosely lanose, slender, lax. 1. M. moschatus Corolla 30-35 mm. long. Leaves 4-5 cm. long. Stems glabrous to finely glandular-pubescent, stout, erect. 2. M. guttatus. Corolla lavender-violet. Capsule dehiscent laterally from very apex, and its valves splitting from the persistent axial cell- wall. Seeds oblong. Stems glabrous. Species native. (Eumimulus.) Leaves ovate, petioled. Angles of stem slightly winged. Pedicels stout, in fruit 5-10 mm. long. Calyx-lobes seta- ceous-tipped, 1-2 mm. long. Corolla 35 mm. long. Seeds pale-yellow. 3. M. alatus. Leaves lanceolate, clasping. Angles of stem not winged. Pedicels slender, in fruit 30-60 mm. long. Calyx-lobes lan- ceolate, 3-5 mm. long. Corolla 30 mm. long. Seeds brownish. 4. M. ringens. 1. MIMULUS MOSCHATUS Dougl. Aquatic in running streamlets or in bogs; rare; seen only from Queens and Sullivan counties, New York and Lehigh County, 148 Pennsylvania. Certainly an escape from cultivation on Long Island, but in the mountain habitats it appearsas if native. A native of the Rocky Mountains, occurring eastward in northern Michigan, Newfoundland and northern New England. 2. MIMULUs GuTTATUS DC. Meadows and along streams, rarely escaped from cultivation; seen from Litchfield County, Connecticut, and Delaware County, New York. Native of western North America. 3. MIMuULUS aLatus Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 361. 1789. “Nat. of North America. Introd. 1783, by Mr. William Mal- colm.”’ Flowering from late July to early September, and soon ripen- ing fruit. Shaded swamps and along streams, in potassic soil, frequent, becoming rare northward, through the area above the Fall-line; occasional in the Middle District of the Coastal Plain of New Jersey. Ranges from Connecticut to Ontario and Kansas, southward to Florida and Louisiana. 4. MIMULUS RINGENS L. Sp. Pl. 634. 1753. ‘“‘Habitat in Vir- ginia, Canada .. . Hort. ups.176:t.2.’ Inthe Hortus Upsalensis 176, pl. 1, 1748, Linné described and figured our plant. ; Flowering from early July to mid-September, and soon ripen- ing fruit. Open swales and along streams, more rarely in shaded swamps, in potassic and calcareous soils, common throughout the area above the Fall-line, of more rare occurrence through the Middle District and Coast Strip of the Coastal Plain. Ranges from Nova Scotia to Alabama, Minnesota and Kansas. 8. ILYSANTHES Raf. Ann. Nat. 13. 1820 Type species, I. riparia Raf., of the Ohio valley. Leaves 1-3 cm. long, obviously attenuate at base. Pedi- cels relatively stout, at least in fruit, shorter than the bracts. Sepals usually finely pubescent, usually about equaling the capsule. Leaves lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, usually only the lowermost obtuse. Fruiting pedicels 5-10 mm. long. Plant diffuse. 1. I. dubia. 149 Leaves elliptic-oval, all obtuse. Fruiting pedicels 3-5 mm. long. Plant erect. ta. I. dubia inundata- Leaves .5—1.5 cm. long, rounded at base, or at least broadest much below the middle. Pedicels filiform, longer than the bracts. Sepals glabrous or nearly so, shorter than the capsule. 2. I. inaequalis. I. ILYSANTHES DUBIA (L.) Barnhart. Gratiola dubia L. Sp. Pl. 17. 1753. ‘‘Habitat in Virginiae aquosis.” Type, Clayton 164, identified by Dr. B. L. Robinson in Rhodora 10: 67. 1908, as the species here considered. Capraria gratioloides L. Syst. ed. X. 1117. 1759. Based upon Gratiola dubia L. Ilysanthes gratioloides (L.) Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 419. 1846. Lindernia gratioloides (L.) Lloyd & Fouc. Fl. Ouest Fr. ed. IV. 246. 1886. Ilysanthes dubia (L.) Barnhart in Bull. Torr. Club 26: 376. 1899. Flowering from early July to October, and soon ripening fruit. Swamps, in potassic soil, frequent above the Fall-line and in Middle and Cape May Districts of the Coastal Plain. Ranges from New Brunswick and Ontario to Florida and Texas. 1a. Ilysanthes dubia inundata Pennell, var. nov. Plant erect, 1.5-2 dm. tall. Leaves elliptic-ova!, obtuse, 1.5- 2cm.long Pedicels in fruit but 3-5 mm. long. Type, sandy tidal flats of Delaware River above Delair, Cam- den Co., New Jersey, collected in fruit September 3, 1915, Pennell 6496; in herbarium New York Botanical Garden. Tidal flats of Passaic River, New Jersey, of the Delaware River in New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Delaware. Also seen from along the Potomac River near Alexandria, Virginia. 2. Ilysanthes inaequalis (Walt.) Pennell, comb. nov. Gratiola inaequalis Walt. Fl. Carol. 61. 1788. Probably from lower South Carolina, a district where the plant here considered is frequent. Identified by Michaux, Fl. Bor. Am. 1:7. 1803 as questionably his own Gratiola 150 anagallidea, and by Elliott, Sketch Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 16. 1816, identified and carefully described under the name Lindernia dilatata Muhl. Both the latter specific names are synonyms of this. Flowering from late June to late September, and soon ripening fruit. Swamps, in potassic soil, frequent throughout the Coastal Plain excepting the Pine Barrens,-and, occasionally extending somewhat above the Fall-line. Ranges from Massachusetts to Florida and Texas. 9. HemiantTuus Nutt. in Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1: 119. 1817. Type species, H. micranthemoides Nutt. 1. Hemianthus micranthus (Pursh) Pennell, comb. nov. Herpestis micrantha Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 418. 1814. ‘On the banks of rivers, at the edge of low water mark: Pennsylvania to Virginia.”” Described as with five- leaved calyx, but no other plant can possibly be intended. Hemianthus micranthemoides Nutt. in Journ. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. x: 119. pl. 6. 1817: “Habitat fonmegme gravelly banks of the Delaware, overflowed by the tide, near Kensington [Pennsylvania].’”’ Type seen in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Micranthemum micranthum (Pursh) Wood, Class-Book 525. 1861. Micranthemum Nuttalla A. Gray, Man. Bot. N. Un. St. ed. V. 331. 41867. ‘‘Hemianthus micranthemoides Nutt. .. . Tidal muddy banks of the Delaware River, and southward.” Typified by plant of Nuttall. Micranthemum nucranthemoides (Nutt.) Wettst. in Engl. & Prantl, Natiir. Pflanzenfam. 4°°:77. 1891. Globifera micranthemoides (Nutt.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 461. 1891. Flowering from early September to October, and soon ripening fruit. Gravelly or sandy river-shores, between high and low tides, 151 Delaware and Chesapeake drainage, Along the Delaware River in New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Delaware. Also along the Potomac River in Virginia. 10. LinARIA Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. IV. 1754 Type species, Antirrhinum Linaria L. of Europe. Corolla, excluding spur, 15-18 mm. long, yellow; posterior lip arched over anterior; anterior lip forming a conspicuous pro- truding orange palate; spur tapering from a broad stout base. Capsule 10 mm. long, much exceeding the sepals. Style 8 mm. long. Seeds 1.7 mm. long, flattened and circularly broadly-winged. Stem 3-10 dm. tall, densely leafy; without sterile prostrate branches from the base. (Linaria, sensu strictu.) 1. L. Linaria. Corolla, excluding spur, 7-8 mm. long, blue; posterior lip erect; anterior lip broadly spreading, but not forming a definite raised palate; spur very slender throughout. Capsule 2 mm. long, equaling to slightly exceeding the sepals. Style .8 mm. long. Seeds .3-.4 mm. long, cylindric, prismatic-angled, not winged. Stem very slender, 2-8 dm. tall, less leafy; with sterile prostrate branches from base. . (Leptoplectron, sect. nov.) 2. L. canadensis. 1. LINARIA LINARIA (L.) Karst. Linaria pensylvanica Scheele in Flora 26: 586. 1843. ‘‘Aus Pensylvanien.”” Described as differing from L. vulgaris ( = L. Linaria) by having the raceme axis and pedicels quite smooth instead of glandular-pubescent. JL. Linaria varies freely between these two states. Loam or sandy soil, fields and waste ground, common above the Fall-line, less common through the Coastal Plain. Naturalized from Eurasia. 2. LINARIA CANADENSIS (L.) Dum.-Cours. Antirrhinum canadense L. Sp. Pl. 618. 1753. ‘Habitat in Virginia, Canada.’ Specimen in Linnean herbarium cred- ited to Canada should be the type. Thisis probablya plant collected by Kalm, and as Kalm spent much time near Philadelphia, especially on Raccoon Creek, Gloucester Co., New Jersey, in a district where this plant is very common, his specimen is probably from there. In Kalm’s Travels I: 358. 1770, this species is mentioned as if 152 common at Raccoon. Moreover it is a plant of rare occurrence and obviously recent introduction inany part of Canada. Linaria canadensis Dum.-Cours. Bot. Cult. 2: 96. 1802. “Lieu. Le Canada, la Virginie.” Doubtless based upon Antirrhinum canadense L. lowering from late April to October, and soon ripening fruit. Open sandy potassic soil, frequently a weed; thoughout the Coastal Plain of Long Island and New Jersey, but likely intro- duced into the Pine Barrens; above the Fall-line occasionally introduced along railroad-tracks. Ranges from Massachusetts to Florida and Texas.* (To be gontiamed.) REMINISCENCES OF ORCHID-HUNTING By HERBERT M. DENSLOW - One who has much to do with orchids garners a store of happy memories. The writer’s acquaintance with this fascinating family began in the year 1867 and extends over a period very nearly the same as the life of the Torrey Club. These recollec- tions, however, do not really cover this half century, but are concerned chiefly with about a dozen years at the beginning of it -and as many more since the year 1905. The interval was too much occupied with professional duties to leave more than occasional scraps of time for any hobbies. They were not barren years, for they included some fascinating excursions and thrilling discoveries; but they are not so crowded, in retrospect, with memories of orchid-hunting as are the earlier and the later periods. The earliest picture is of an extensive cranberry bog, long since drained and cultivated, in East Haven, Connecticut, in which on one unforgettable summer day, the novice, who had * The following plants are to be considered as scarcely established. CYMBALARIA CYMBALARIA (L.) Wettst., from Eurasia, is occasional along roadsides, and elsewhere near old gardens. KickxIA ELATINE (L.) Dumort. and K. spurta (L.) Dumort., both from Eurasia, are occasionally seen, mostly on ballast. 153 never seen even one orchid before, was introduced to three most attractive species, Pogonia ophioglossoides, Calopogon pulchellus and Habenaria ciliaris. There were other interesting plants in that bog, but no Vaccinium nor Andromeda nor Cassandra, nor all the rest, made any impression, in comparison with the orchids, all of which were in great profusion and in perfect bloom. From that day the writer dates the incomparable joys of orchid-study in field and forest and bog, and in books and conversations, during more than fifty years. There were many botanizing excursions near New Haven during the next few years, but no memories are particularly vivid, except those of collecting Arethusa in abundance, including one plant that bore two scapes and three flowers, in a bog that is now dry land, and of finding an occasional plant of Jsotria verticillata in fruit, never one in flower, in the woods adjacent to Edgewood, the home of Ik Marvel. On the upper end of Manhattan Island there were native orchids in those days. Ina bank by the side of a private road leading up through the woods from the New York Central Sta- tion at Inwood, was a small colony of Tipularia. Between that spot and “‘the Kingsbridge Road,’’ were found occasionally Liparis liliifolia, Goodyera pubescens, Corallorrhiza odontorhiza, Spiranthes gracilis and Spiranthes cernua; authentic specimens of which are preserved in the local herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. The writing of these names reminds one of the changes in nomenclature, as well as in the region, since those earlier days; but these binomials are adequate for identification. Most of the writer’s orchid-hunting in recent years has been done in the town of Fairlee, Orange County, Vermont, where within about two square miles thirty-three species have been found, nearly one half of those listed in Gray’s Manual. This sutprising result began just ten years ago with the finding of Cypripedium arietinum in a most unexpected place. There hadn’t been any search for it; the writer was scrambling up a steep mountain, and there, on a dry slope, appeared this rara avis. The books report it as growing in bogs. It does; but it thrives on this stony declivity, where the slope is from 45° to 60°, where 154 the ground is dry almost at once after rain. It is restricted to an area of a few square rods, at an elevation of about 1000 feet. There are more than two hundred plants. They grow chiefly in groups of from three to six, and multiply apparently by .seed, which falls straight or is scattered a few feet by wind. This year scores of plants blossomed and nearly every blossom was fertilized, promptly; the anthesis is not longer than ten days. Evidently this orchid can get along with very little water. If we knew more about some species we should hesitate to indicate for them any restricted environment; and we should know more about them and less often call them ‘‘rare,” if we could go oftener to the secluded spots in which they delight to live. The most frequent orchid in Fairlee is Habenaria Hookeri. It is found on every wooded hill, sometimes even on roadside banks. In one morning’s ramble of three hours up and down on a small mountain, two hundred and seventeen plants of this species were counted, of which about one seventh were blossom- ing. HH. orbiculata grows in the same woods. It is less frequent and is now being exterminated by the logging that is stripping the hillside. Of these two related species, H. orbiculata seems to prefer to grow on a slope, H. Hookeri, in more level or sunken spots. The size of the leaves at anthesis, is no indication of the species; even H. macrophylla sometimes has leaves smaller than are found on some plants of H. Hookeri. Where H. orbiculata is fairly abundant, as it was on that now denuded hillside, it is a fine sight to look up the slope and see the many tall scapes with their striking flowers. This species is more readily discerned at a distance than H. Hookeri, not only because it is taller, but because it generally grows in more open spots. H. macrophylla is much rarer; though, in the summer of the year 1918, near St. Johnsbury, Vermont, it was found oftener than H. obiculata. Perhaps these are not specifically distinct. The latest species to be discovered, of the thirty-three now known in Fairlee, are the two northen Listeras, L. convallarioides and L. cordata, the former flourishing in a high, open swamp, the other, dying out, quite in contrast to its appearance on Mt. 155 Killington, thirty-six years ago, where, in a mossy belt that encircles the peak at an elevation of 3,500 feet, it was as frequent and as strongly intrenched as dandelions on a lawn. The pleasures of recent discovery have not all been experienced in Fairlee. They include the sudden view of a sunny hillside in open woods, in Albemarle County, Virginia, fairly studded with prosperous plants of Liparis liliifolia; the finding of Orchis spectabilis in the same woods in bloom on April 30 and of [sotria verticillata not far away, almost in a farm yard, a week later; the meeting of Cypripedium arietinum as frequently as H. Hookeri, in dry woods again, and even on exposed rocks, in Essex County, New York; and the much prized opportunity of studying A plectrum during one whole summer, from the wither- ing and decay of the old leaves until the appearing in early September of the reddish-brown tips of the next winter’s foliage. This plant is perhaps local rather than rare. Its peculiar habit helps to hide it. For three months, the months in which the collector is most busy, one could walk over the temporary graves of this abnormal species without suspicion of its nearness, un- less there had been a flowering scape and some of its ovaries had become fertile. These exceptions are infrequent; for only a small percentage of the bulbs send up scapes and, if these are not promptly visited by the proper insects, they shrivel and die within a few days. If, however, any one of the six to ten flowers on a scape is fertilized all are apt to share the benefit; and the strong stalks with their big capsules become conspicuous during the next summer or in the ensuing spring. Like many of the rarer orchids, A plectrum is more likely to be found by apparent chance than by search. For, orchid-hunting is an adventure always. It is impossible to predict that any species will be found in a certain locality or environment, however right and proper they may seem to be. Some lack or superfluity, in soil or surroundings, the crowding of some alien neighbors, the failure of a sheltering umbrage, the disappearance of some insect life may have caused extermina- tion; or the species may never have found the apparently favor- able habitat, where you seek for it in vain. The orchid-lover in 156 a new region is a true pioneer. Every step is an adventure, every moment pregnant with possibilities of delightful surprise. He may ramble or scramble for an hour without one cheering sight; when he pauses to take breath or to get his bearings, he may look down and see a Listera or some rarer Habenaria waiting to be admired. He may even hesitate to gather the treasure, for he knows thaz it will never present again an aspect so al- together charming as in its chosen place of growth. The col- lector of terrestrial orchids is bound to be something better than a hunter. In the tropics, gathering orchids may be chiefly com- mercial; in our zone, it is aesthetic in good part. The diligent searcher for these alluring denizens of meadow, bog and forest is not desirous simply to find herbarium specimens or to add to the number of local species; he enjoys the living plants, appre- ciates their oddities, is charmed by their almost bewildering variety of form and function, studies them in their homes, in their life. He enjoys the hunting, too, even when it is for the time unrewarded, for his search takes him into secluded places, © where the silence sometimes is “wide, velvety, complete”; where, with happier frequency, the solitude is vocal with the songs of birds or thrilling with the myriad, incessant, little noises of the wild; or his footsteps wander over a carpet of Linnaea or sink with cushiony comfort into fragrant beds of sphagnum; he tiptoes around or over quaking bogs and pauses to scrutinize tuft and tussock for an Arethusa or a Listera; while every moment he is pleasurably aware that his next glance may fall on some de- sired species that he has hunted for years or, with almost equal satisfaction, on one well-known, but beautiful, and not dises- teemed because familiar. Each orchid-lover who is able to roam the woods and fields and traverse the bogs finds in his own wishes and activities a perennial fountain of joy. While he is making new friends or renewing old acquaintance, he ‘is storing fragrant memories; many.a remote woodland spot be- comes as clear, to grateful recollection, as his own dwelling; he becomes too full perhaps of reminiscence, but never quite re- plete with adventure or ready to give over the search. FAIRLEE, VERMONT. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB APRIL 30, I9I19 The meeting was held in the Morphological Laboratory of the New York Botanical Garden. Vice-President Barnhart called the meeting to order at 3:30 P.M. There were fifteen persons present. The minutes of February 26, March 11, March 25 and April 8 were read and approved. Mrs. Britton, Chairman of the Program Committee madea report. She also asked for authority to call a special meeting on Tuesday, May 15, at 3:30 P.M., to be held at the Mansion of the New York Botanical Garden in cooperation with the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America in order to organize a local chapter and have the Club become an associate member, as TORREYA has already been authorized as the organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society. On motion of Professor Harper the Program Committee was in- structed to call a special meeting. Dr. Howe moved to instruct the Treasurer to donate to the University of Louvain through Columbia University such of the Club’s publications as are available. Mrs. Britton exhibited a plant of Sisyrhynchium bermudiana, grown at the New York Botanical Garden from a plant collected in Bermuda, and called attention to the fact that the color had a definite tone, much less blue than any of our native species. The announced scientific program consisted of a paper on “The Scrophulariaceae of the Local Flora,’’ by Dr. F. W. Pen- nell. An abstract furnished by the speaker follows: An account was given of the species of Scrophulariaceae occur- ring within the local flora range of the Torrey and of the Philadel- phia Botanical Clubs. Comment was made of specific characteris- tics and of distribution. Within this area there are native: 40 species belonging to 19 genera; introduced: 24 species belonging to 7 genera—in all 64 species and 22 genera. A key proposing a more evolutionary sequence of genera was here first presented. This with a summary of the species it is proposed to publish in forthcoming numbers of TORREYA. Specimens were shown illustrating all species of the area. | 158 May 13, 1919 The Club met at the American Museum of Natural History. President Richards called the meeting to order at 8:15 P.M. There were twenty persons present. Dr. F. W. Pennell, chairman of the Field Committee, dis- cussed the proposal to announce a joint field excursion with the Philadelphia Botanical Club to Farmingdale, N. J., on May 30. He proposed to make the excursion a one-day trip with the provision that anyone wishing to stay over could do so. The motion to adopt this suggestion was carried. President Richards announced that the goth birthday of Capt. J. Donnell Smith would occur in the near future. Dr. Pennell moved to appoint a committee to write a letter of felici- tation to Capt. Smith, expressing the Club’s appreciation of the memorable work he has done in advancing the knowledge of plants. The President appointed Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. R. A. Harper and Dr. M. A. Howe, members of the committee to draw up this letter. No other business was transacted. Dr. Isaac Levin gave the lecture of the evening, ‘‘ Neoplastic Diseases (Cancer) in the Animal and vegetable Kingdoms.” The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides. Adjournment followed. B. ©: Dopes Secretary. NEWS ITEMS Dr. D. S. Johnson of Johns Hopkins University, accompanied by three of his students, has just returned from Jamaica. Col- lections for morphological work were made in the Blue Moun- tain region and in Liguanea Plains. W. H. Blanchard wishes his botanical friends and correspond- ents to know that, owing to the development of cataracts on both eyes, his botanical work seems at an end. Mr. Blanchard was a frequent contributor to the American botanical press from 1902 to 1911, most of his published work relating to the genus Rubus as it occurs in eastern North America; his summary of 159 his conclusions regarding the species of this genus in that area was published in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club (38: 425-439. I91I.) Messrs. Barrington Moore, G. P. Burns, C. C. Adams, T. P. Hankinson and Norman Taylor, spent a week in August study- ing the ecological relations of the plants and animals near the summit of Mt. Marcy in the Adirondacks. This trip was to continue work started during the first week in June by the com- mittee on cooperation of the Ecological Society in America. One of the most dangerous diseases of Irish potatoes has been discovered in the United States. Rough, spongy outgrowths of varying size are produced on the tubers, especially at the eyes. These warts are light brown at first, but become black and decayed with age. Sometimes all potatoes in affected hills are worthless. The disease does not attack the vines above ground. The wart is caused by a parasitic fungus (Chrysophlyctis endo- biotica Schilb.), which was named and described by Schilberszky, a Hungarian scientist, in 1896. It is one of the lowest members of the Chytridiaceae, a group of parasites that attack the stems, leaves, and especially the roots of many wild and cultivated plants. Although it belongs in the same great group of fungi as the common bread mold, it produces no mold growth and is so small that it can hardly be seen with the naked eye. The first volume of The Cactaceae by N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose was issued by the Carnegie Institution on June 21. The work will comprise four volumes. The first contains descrip- tions and illustrations of groups allied to Opuntia and of the prickly pears themselves, and is one of the most sumptuous botanical publications recently issued. It will be reviewed in an early issue of TORREYA. . The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of TorREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The New.Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates: 2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp 25 copies $ .79 $1.14 $1.78 $2.32 $2.87 $3.28 50 copies 1.03 1.43 2.23 2.82 3.52 3.92 100 copies 1.45 2.03 2.73 3.50 4.23 4.55 200 copies 2.15 3.24 3.92 525 6.52 6.92 Covers: 25 for $1.00, additional covers 114 cents each. Plates for reprints, 50 cents each per 100. Committees for 1919. Finance Committee Program Committee R. A. HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, Pror. JEAN BROADHURST Miss C. C. HAYNES B. O. DopGE SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE Budget Committee F. J. SEAVER J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. Membership Committee R. A. HARPER J. K. SMALL, Chairman. N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN A. W. Evans E. W. OLIVE M. A. Howe Local Flora Committee H. H. Russy N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee Phanerogams: Cryptogams: F. W. PENNELL, Chairman. E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTCN Mrs. L. M. KEELER N. L. BRITTON T. E. Hazen MICHAEL LEVINE C. C. CurRTIS M. A. Howe GEORGE T. HASTINGS K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE PERCY WILSON : NORMAN TAYLOR W. A. MurRRILL F. J. SEAVER Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F. Except Russula and Lactarius: MissG: ~ Seaver, Mel T. Cook Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae, Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurs Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE > TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established #870. Vol. 45 published in 1918, contained 519 pages of text and 15 full-page plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe, 18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are, agents for England. Of former volumes, only 24-45 can be supplied entire ; cer- tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock - of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars each; Vols. 28-45 three dollars each. Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. (2) MEMOIRS The Mewnoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu- lar intervals. Volumes I-15 are now completed ;-No. 1 of Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be: pur- chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- dophyta reported as growing within one hundred, miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to DR. BERNARD O. DODGE Columbia University New York City Vol. 19 September, Ig919 No. 9 PORKEY A © A MonTuiy Journat or BoranicaL Notes anp News EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY NORMAN TAYLOR JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873. % CONTENTS Scrophulariaceae of the Local Flora, III: F. W. PENNELL «0.0.40. -0c0e eee eeeseeee ene 161 A. New Cuban Sida < BROTHER: LEON: (2s cae doc dae see suk o's dn pau op dened qVcsbhnrens (U0 es pebea- 172 Flora of Southern British Columbia and the State of Washington: J. C. NELSON 174 News Items... ... .... -.. Sisson igh were dad EN aew s Woe Atl takes Ga! tpn Sa Pe se neal eee p sa Ran: 185 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB At 41 NortH Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa. BY Tur New ERA Printinc Company “Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1019 President H. M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. Vice-Presidents. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, N. Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, Puz.D. M. LEVINE, Pu.D. . J. A. HARRIS, Pu.D. . E. NICHOLS, Px.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, PH.D. NORMAN. TAYLOR. Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences M. A. HOWE, PH.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION SOCIETY OF AMERICA TorRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing — House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only* for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent” to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLusB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to NORMAN TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. Y wa - TORREYA Vol. Ig No. 9 September, IgIg SCROPHULARIACEAE OF THE LOCAL FLORA. III By FRANCIS W. PENNELL (Continued from August TORREYA) II. VERONICASTRUM Heister; Fabr. Enum. meth. pl. Hort. Helmstead. III. 1759 Type species, Veronica virginica L. 1. VERONICASTRUM VIRGINICUM (L.) Farwell. ginia.”” Grown in the Clifford-garden. Veronicastrum album Moench, Meth. 437. 1794. “ Le Ae Veronica virginica L.” Calistachya alba Raf. in Med. Repos. N. Y. II. Hex. 5: 352. 1808. Based on Veronica virginica L. Type of Calistachya Raf., not Callistachys Vent., 1804. Leptandra virginica (L.) Nutt. Gen. N. Am. Pl. 1:7. 1818. Type of Leptandra Nutt. Eustachya alba (Raf.) Raf., Cat. 14. -1824. Eustachya Raf. in Am. Mo. Mag. 4: I90. 1819, was a new name for Calistachya Raf. Preoccupied by Eustachys Desv., 1810. Leptandra alba Raf. Med. Fl. 2: 21. 1830. ‘The true Vs vt einicd ob, no, ae ee The most common species being found all over the United States.”’ Paederota virginica (L.) Torr., Fl. N. Y. 2:44. 1843. Calistachya virginica (L.) Farwell in Mich. Acad. Sci. Rep. £7; 176.8 -103 5. Veronicastrum virginicum (L.) Farwell, Drugg. Circ. 61: 23%; SOEs [No. 8, Vol. 19, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 143-159, was issued Sept. 17, 1919] 161 162 Varying, in number of leaves in whorl (five, reducing to four or three), in inflorescence of one or several racemes, and in leaves from lanceolate to nearly ovate, pubescent to nearly or quite glabrous beneath. Flowering from mid-July to early September, and soon ripen- ing fruit. Sandy or loam soil, swales and moist meadows, in potassic, magnesian and calcareous soils, frequent above the Fall-line; in western Long Island, and occasional in Middle district of New Jersey. Ranges from Connecticut and Ontario to Missis- sippi, Minnesota and Texas. VERONICAUE Sp blon 1753 Type species, Veronica officinalis L., of Europe. Flowers solitary, axillary, frequently approximating so as to form a terminal raceme. Leaves alter- nate through the inflorescence. Filaments not exceeding the lobes of the corolla. Bracts leaf-like or slightly reduced. Plants less than 3 dm. tall. Pedicels longer than the sepals, usually exceed- ing the bracts. Sepals ovate. Capsule turgid. Seeds few, 1.3-3 mm. long, con- vex-arched, roughened. Leaves petioled (rarely the uppermost sessile), primarily palmately 5-7 nerved, the midvein usually with some radiating pinnate veins; mainly alternate, the lower some- times opposite. : i Leaves broadly cordate, 3-5 lobed, the lobes rounded. Sepals broadly ovate, conspicuously ciliate. Capsule very turgid, scarcely notched at apex, only slightly 2-lobed. Seeds 2.5-3 mm. long, blackish. 1. V. hederaefolia. Leaves ovate, serrate to dentate. Sepals : more shortly ciliate. Capsule slightly flattened, deeply notched at apex, thus strongly two-lobed. Seeds 1.3-1.5 mm. long, brown. Petals not exceeding the ovate sepals. Capsule-lobes rounded, the most distal point of each about midway between the style and the lateral margin. 2. VY. agrestis. 163 Petals exceeding. the narrowly ovate sepals. Capsule-lobes acutish, the most distal point of each near the lateral margin. Pedicels shorter than sepals or bracts. Sepals linear to narrowly ovate. Capsules flattened. Seeds many, less than I mm. long, flat, smooth or nearly so. Leaves sessile (or the lower petioled), scarcely palmate; alternate only through the inflorescence. Perennials. Repent, with ascending stems. Leaves oval or ovate, obscurely cre- nate. Inflorescence spike-like, re- stricted to the distal portion of the stem. Sepals ovate. Corolla blue or white, with deep-blue lines on posterior side. Capsule retuse or shallowly notched, glandular-pubes- cent. Leaves prevailingly oval. Stems dis- tally and pedicels minutely pubescent with appressed hairs. Corolla 2 mm. long, white, with blue lines on pos- terior side. Leaves prevailingly ovate. Stems dis- tally and pedicels finely pubescent with mostly spreading hairs. Corolla 3 mm. long, blue on posterior side, anterior lobe nearly white; with deep- blue lines on posterior side. Annuals. Erect, much branched below. Most leaf-axils flower-bearing. Se- pals lanceolate to linear. Capsule deeply notched. Lower stem-leaves ovate, crenate-ser- rate, the lowermost frequently pet- ioled. Corolla deep violet-blue. Capsule pubescent with slightly gland-tipped hairs. Plant pubescent with glandless hairs. Lower stem-leaves oblanceolate, entire or distally remotely toothed, all sessile. Corolla whitish through- out. Capsule glabrous. Plant glabrous or with short gland- tipped hairs. Stem glabrous. 3. V. Tournefortii. 4. V. serpyllifolia. 5. V. ruderalis. 6. V. arvensis. 7. V. peregrina. 164 Stem pubescent witlt gland-tipped hairs. 7a. V. peregrina xalapensis. Filaments much exceeding the lobes of the corolla. Bracts linear, abruptly reduced from the lanceo- late foliage-leaves. Plants 6-10 dm. tall. Perennial. 8. V. longifolia. Flowers all in axillary small-bracted racemes. Leaves opposite throughout. Perennials. Stem, pedicels, leaves and sepals pubescent. -Cap- sules pubescent. Leaves oval or ovate, serrate to dentate. Plants of dry soil. Leaves sessile or nearly so, ovate, dentate, the largest cordate at base. Sepals 4-5 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, exceeding the capsule. Capsule not glandular, its lobes broadly rounded. Ascending or erect. Stem erect, 3-5 dm. tall. Leaves coarsely dentate. Racemes 30-60 flowered, the pedicels scarcely exceeding the bracts. Largest corolla-lobes ovate, 6 mm. long, violet. 9. V. Teucrium. Stem ascending, I-3 dm. tall. Leaves crenately dentate. Racemes 10-20 flowered, the pedicels much exceeding their bracts. Largest corolla-lobes nearly orbicular, 3.5—4 mm. long, violet- blue. to. V. Chamaedrys. Leaves oval, crenate-serrate, narrowed to a petiolar base. Sepals 2-3 mm. long, lanceo- late, shorter than the capsule. Capsule glandular, the most distal point being near the lateral margin of each lobe. Exten- sively repent, at apex ascending. It. V. officinalis. Stem, pedicels, leaves and cepals glabrous (or in V. glandifera slightly pubescent with gland- tipped hairs). Capsules glabrous. Leaves oblong-ovate to linear, obscurely crenate- serrate to entire. Aquatics. Capsule scarcely or not wider than long, and scarcely or not two-lobed. Sepals equal- ing the capsule. Leaves oblong-ovate to broadly lanceolate, obscurely crenate- serrate. Leaves all petioled. Racemes usually ro- 25 flowered. Plant emersed. 12. V. americana. Leaves sessile and clasping (or only the upper or lowermost petioled). Ra- 165 cemes usually longer, 25—50 flowered. In deeper water, usually mostly sub- mersed. Stem distally, rachis and pedicels gla- brous. Leaves oblong-ovate, mostly broadest about the middle, the low- est, especially if submersed, narrow- ing to a petiolar base. Capsule globose-ovoid, not or scarcely emar- ginate. 13. V. Brittonii. Stem distally, rachis and _ pedicels sparsely pubescent with glands, borne upon jointed stalks. Leaves lanceo- late, broadest near the base, the low- est submersed ones elongated-lanceo- late, clasping. Capsule broad-glo- bose, emarginate. 14. V. glandifera. Capsule much wider than long, strongly two- lobed. Sepals shorter than the capsule. Leaves linear or nearly so, remotely setace- 5. V. scutellata. e 1 ous-toothed to entire. I. VERONICA HEDERAEFOLIA L. Occasionally introduced into waste ands, mostly near cities. From Eurasia. 2. VERONICA AGRESTIS L. Occasionally introduced into waste land, mostly near cities. From Eurasia. 3. VERONICA TOURNEFORTII C. C. Gmel. Veronica precox Raf. Atl. Journ. 79. 1832. ‘‘Grown in the [Bartram’s Botanic] Garden [near Philadelphia] from seeds received from a place unknown; but has spread all over the garden like a weed, and even is become spon- taneous on the banks of the Schuylkill.’”’ Not V. praecox All., 1789. Veronica diffusa Raf., New Fl. Am. 4: 38. 1838. “Native of ——— naturalized on the Schuylkill near Philadel- phia.”” Re-naming of V. precox Raf. Occasionally introduced into waste land. From Eurasia. 4. VERONICA SERPYLLIFOLIA L. Common in moist grassy soil, meadows, fields and lawns. From Eurasia. 166 5. VERONICA RUDERALIS Vahl, Enum. Pl.1:66. 1805. ‘‘Habi- tat in ruderatis versuris et humidis locis frigidis Peruviae.”’ Type not seen nor verified, but specimens from Ecuador and those collected by the writer in Colombia show the identity of this with the plant here considered. This is the plant identified in the seventh edition of Grays Manual as Veronica humifusa Dickson. This species, published in Trans. Linn. Soc. 2: 288. 1794, and found by James Dickson on ‘‘very high mountains of Scotland,’’ was described by him as a plant wholly prostrate, with cordate-subrotund minutely scabrous leaves which often occur in threes or fours, and with a short raceme of a few crowded flowers. Whatever this may be, it surely cannot be our plant. Veronica ruderalis appears to be the most cosmopolitan species of the genus, and doubtless V. serpyllifolia must be considered as a Palaearctic derivative from it. It is a boreal or mountain species through Eurasia and the Americas. One European description which I have had no opportunity to see, that of Veronica neglecta F. W. Schmidt, Fl. Boem. 1: 12. 1794, may give a name which possibly must supersede ours. This is identi- fied by Koch, Syn. Fl. Germ. & Helv. 529. 1837, as a larger ovate-leaved form of V. serpyllifolia. However in the fifth (Hallier’s) edition of the Flora von Deutschland of Schlechten- dahl and Others, 17: 150, while this is similarly characterized, the glandular-pubescent plant is distinguished as var. borealis Laestad. So it would appear safer to consider neglecta as but a robust state of the appressed-pubescent serpyllifolia. I agree with Prof. Fernald, in Rhodora 4: 194. 1902, that “the evidence at hand indicates that this large-flowered variety is the only indigenous form of V. serpyllifolia in Northeastern America.” I follow his later judgment as expressed in the Grays New Manual, and in Rhodora 13: 124. I9gII, in according this specific rank. However I see no basis for the decision of the new Gray that serpyllifolia is likewise indigenous. Its occur- rence in North America is south of the region normally occupied by species common to both this continent and Europe. Apparently this has been collected in our range by C. F. 167 Austin in Sullivan Co., New York in 1860. It was labeled by ” him “large form. 6. VERONICA ARVENSIS L. Common in cultivated soil. From Eurasia. 7. VERONICA PEREGRINA L. Sp. Pl. 14. 1753. ‘‘Habitat in Europae hortis, arvisque.’’ Described, as the specific name would suggest, from specimens of an introduced plant. Certainly American in origin, but it is difficult or impossible to say of what portion of this hemisphere it is indigenous. An abundant weed in moist cultivated soil. za. Veronica peregrina xalapensis (H. B. K.) Pennell, comb. nov. Veronica xalapensis H. B. K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2: 389. 1817. “‘Crescit in Regno Mexicano prope Xalapa (alt. 630 hex.), in nemoribus Liquidambaris Styraci- fluae.”’ Occasional in cultivated soil. In the western half of the conti- nent this glandular-pubescent plant completely replaces true peregrina. In the east it is only occasionally seen, and that probably as an introduction. Intergradation to the species seems to be complete. 8. VERONICA LONGIFOLIA L. Rare in waste land. From Eurasia. g. VERONICA TEUCRIUM L. Rare in grass or waste land. From Eurasia. 10. VERONICA CHAMAEDRYS L. Occasional in grass land. From Eurasia. IL. VERONICA OFFICINALIS L. Common in pasture fields and waste lands. In colonial times this was grown as a medicinal plant, and very early became es- tablished as if native. From Eurasia. 12. VERONICA AMERICANA Schwein. Veronica Beccabunga americana Raf., Med. Fl. 2: tog. 1830. ‘It grows from Canada to Virginia and Kentucky, near water, brooks, &c.” Veronica americana Schwein.; Benth. in DC., Prod. 10: 468. 1846. “Veronica americana (Schweinitz! mss.) 168 In America boreali a Canada et Carolina usque ad flum. Oregon et in ins. Sitcha-- - (v.s.)’’ Speci- men seen in herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia, labeled ‘“Bethl.’’ [Bethlehem, Pennsylvania], collected by Schweinitz, may be of collec- tion seen by Bentham. Flowering from late May to mid-August, and soon ripening fruit. Springheads in woodland, and along cool streams, in potassic soil, frequent throughout the area above the Fall-line; in nor- thern and westernmost Long Island. Ranges from Quebec to Alaska, south to South Carolina, New Mexico and California. 13. Veronica Brittonii PORTER sp. nov. Veronica Anagallis latifolia Britton in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 12:49. 1885. “In the latter part of September 1883, - - - near Mahwah, Bergen Co., New Jersey, I noticed [this] in a small stream which crosses the N. Y. L. E. & W. R. R., half a mile or so north of the station.” Type seen in herbarium of Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden. Stem 3-9 dm. long, glabrous, succulent, hollow. Leaves oblong-ovate to oval, acute, crenate-serrate to nearly entire, 5-10 cm. long, 3-5 cm. wide, clasping, the lowest narrowed to a petiolar base. On autumnal shoots all the leaves are ovate and definitely petioled. Racemes axillary to the upper leaves, 6-12 cm. long, 40-60 flowered. Bracts narrowly lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long. Pedicels 3.5-4.5 mm. long, glabrous. Sepals 3-3.5 mm. long, lance-ovate, acute. Corolla 4 mm. long, with a few hairs within throat, pale-blue, paler anteriorly, with longi- tudinal reddish-violet lines. Capsule 3-3.5 mm. long, globose- ovoid, acutish. Seeds .4 mm. long, oval, yellow-brown. Type, base of Marble Hill, above Phillipsburg, New Jersey, collected in flower and fruit June 24, 1892, 7. C. Porter; in her- barium Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden. This specimen shows the summer state. Specimens collected at the same station October 9, 1892, show excellently the autum- nal condition. In the herbarium of Columbia University is a manuscript 169 description by Dr. Thomas C. Porter, the diagnosis of which includes such field knowledge as to make it worth quoting in full: ‘‘ VERONICA BRITTONIIL, n. sp. “(V. Anagallis L., var. latifolia Britton). Glabrous, perennial, growing in shallow, shaded rivulets: In its summer state (June), the stems are erect, simple or branching, 2 to 3 feet high, round, often half an inch in diameter, succulent, fistular, brittle; the leaves ovate or oblong-ovate, variable in size, 2 to 3 inches in length, more or less clasping at base, the lowest pair sometimes contracted into short petioles; racemes numerous, many-flowered. In its autumn-state (October), the stems are procumbent at base and rooting at the joints, rarely producing racemes of flowers; the leaves large, orbicular, 114 to 2 inches in diameter, abruptly narrowed into broadly margined petioles, % to an inch long, shining, thickish when fresh, with prominent veins beneath, thin when dried, crenulate, those of the slender branches similar but much smaller, petioles of the uppermost very short or wanting. Inflorescence, fruit and seeds scarcely to be dis- tinguished from those of V. Anagallis and V. Beccabunga; flowers pale blue, the three large lobes marked with reddish stripes; capsules orbiculate, acutish.’’ Then follow citation of specimens from northeastern Pennsylvania and northwestern New Jersey, and considerable interesting comment. From a series of letters of Dr. Porter to Dr. Britton, the history of the former’s interest in this plant may be traced. It commenced with finding on October 1, 1891 at Pot Rock, near Easton, Pennsylvania, a colony of the autumnal petioled-leaved form. On the 5th he wrote of having visited a colony of the plant in ‘‘the little run beside the tavern above Pot Rock,”’ -a station whence in “in midsummer two or three years ago”’ he had obtained ‘‘a very different form.’”’ The plant was abund- ant, and exactly that of the first discovery. On the 12th, Dr. Porter was “‘fully convinced that this plant is genuine V. Bec- cabunga, L.,”’ and accordingly sent a note for the Torrey Bulletin to urge this opinion. He had even convinced himself of its introduction from the Old World. But for us the most interest- ing paragraph of this note is that contrasting the autumnal state of this plant with Veronica americana: 170 “Veronica Americana Schwein., a nearly allied species, which has likewise petioled leaves, was growing with it in some places, but its procumbent, far less robust stems and its smaller, ovate or lance-ovate, sharply serrated leaves furnished a striking con- trast. In seeing them thus together even an unpracticed eye could not have failed to distinguish the one from the other. Intermediate forms were wholly wanting, so that the conjecture that it either must be an abnormal growth of that species, or a new variety is wide of the mark.” Flowering from late May to early October, and soon ripening fruit. ; “Shallow shaded rivulets,’”’ through Piedmont Region above the Fall-line, western Connecticut to Northeastern Pennsylvania; reported by Porter from Franklin County, Pennsylvania, and seen from Keweenaw County, Michigan, collected July 8, 1915 by O. A. Farwell 4005. ConneEcTiIcuT.* Litchfield: North Canaan, #. B. Harger 6238 (A). New York. Greene: New Baltimore, N. Taylor 1289 (Y). Queens: Flushing, J. A. Bisky (E, Y); Jamaica (Y). Rockland: Spring Valley (Y); Tappan, W. H. Leggett (Y). New JERSEY. Bergen: Carlstadt (Y); Carlton Hill, G. V. Nash 244 (Y); Mahwah (Y). Hunterdon: banks of Delaware River above Stockton, C. S. Williamson (A). Passaic: Passaic, E. W. Berry (Y). (P) Warren: Flatbrookville, (A); Manunka Chunk, Phillipsburg, T. C. Porter (A, Y). PENNSYLVANIA. Northampton: Pot Rock, etc., near Easton, T. C. Porter (A, P, Y); Johnsonville (A); Martins Creek (A); Riverton (A). 14. Veronica glandifera Pennell sp. nov. Flowering stem 3-9 dm. long, glabrous or distally glandular- pubescent. Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, more or less serrate, * Localities for specimens seen are grouped by counties, and these listed in alphabetic sequence. Herbaria cited: A. Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. . Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn. . University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. . New York Botanical Garden, New York. Kt 171 7-10 cm. long, 1.2-2.5 cm. wide, all clasping, the lowest sub- mersed ones elongated. Racemes axillary to the upper leaves, 10-20 cm. long, 30-60 flowered. Bracts narrowly lanceolate, 4-6 mm. long. Pedicels 3-6 mm. long, glandular-pubescent with scattered hairs. Sepals 3-4 mm. long, lanceolate, acute to acuminate. Corolla about 3 mm. long, not seen fresh. Cap- sule 2.5-3 mm. long, 3-3.5 mm. broad, broad-globose, emargi- nate. Seeds .4 mm. long, oval, yellow-brown. Type, vicinity of Suffolk, Nansemond County, Virginia, collected in flower and fruit May 27, 1893. N. L. Britton and J. K. Small: in herbarium Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden. Flowering from late May to late July, and soon ripening fruit. Shallow flowing streams, mainly in calcareous soil, through the lower Piedmont from the Delaware valley southwestward.* Ranges from New Jersey to North Carolina, Minnesota and Kentucky. NEw Jersey. Warren: Warrenville, C. S. Williamson (P). PENNSYLVANIA. Bucks: Rockhill, A. MacElwee (A); Sellers- ville (A). CHESTER: West Chester, W. Darlington (A, Y). Lan- caster: Dillerville Swamp, J. K. Small (Y). Montgomery: Conshohocken (A); Manayunk, Shannonville J. Crawford (A) Philadelphia: East Park (P) J. C. Martindale (A). Wayne Junction (A). 15. VERONICA SCUTELLATA L., Sp. Pl. 12. 1753. ‘“‘Habitat in Europae inundatis.”’ ; Flowering from late May to September, and soon ripening fruit. Swales and along streams, through the area above the Fall- line, becoming common northward. Ranges from Newfound- land to Yukon, south to Virginia, Wyoming and California; also through Eurasia. (To be continued) * In the herbarium of the Charleston Museum, Charleston, South Carolina, isa sheet of glandifera bearing the inscription ‘‘ Marlindicator!! Va. M.T.’’ Dr. Barn- hart identifies this comment as that of Michael Tuomey, a teacher in Virginia, who afterward became State Geologist of South Carolina, My only finding of this plant has been on limestone at Natural Bridge, Virginia, Pennell 9802. 172 A NEW CUBAN SIDA By BROTHER LEON Sida Brittoni Fr. Léon, sp. nov. Perennial; stems hirsute-strigose, diffusely branched at the base, prostrate, 3 to 4 dm. long, the branches ascending or pros- trate; leaves oblong to elliptic or obovate, rounded at apex, serrate above the middle, 1 to 2 cm. long, 4 to 9 mm. wide, subcordate at base, long-ciliate, hirsute on both surfaces, with long scattered stellate hairs beneath; petioles 4 to 7 mm. long; stipules linear or somewhat spatulate, long-ciliate, little longer than the petioles; flowers clustered at the end of the branches; pedicels shorter than the subtending petioles; calyx 5-lobed, 5 mm. long, its lobes ovate, acute, long-ciliate, slightly longer than the tube, densely hirsute within; petals yellow, about 13 mm. long, puberulent; style-branches 5, red, slender, 4 mm. long; carpels 5, 2.7 mm. long, puberulent, sharply reticulate- wrinkled, 2-pointed at apex, I-seeded, partially 2-valved; seed 3-angled, 2 mm. long, brown, filling the cavity. Dry savanna, Chirigota, Pinar del Rio, Léon @ Roca 7466. This species was collected by the writer in company with Father Modesto Roca Masden, on August 9, 1917, in the savanna of Chirigota, near Santa Cruz de los Pinos, Pinar del Rio pro- vince.* This locality is well known to the botanists who have studied the flora of Cuba, a number of rare plants having been collected there by Charles Wright, who, for several years, had his quarters not very far away, at Retiro, at the foot of the western mountain range. North of the road which connects Havana with Pinar del Rio, lies the higher and drier portion of the Chirigota savanna. In its gravelly soil more or less mixed with grains of limonite, is growing a palm (Sabal sp.) closely related to the palmetto of the southeastern States, and, among lower plants, Sporobolus indicus is predominant in many places. In that environment, * The following specimens from other localities are in the herbarium of The New York Botanical Garden: pine-woods, Herradura (Earle 748); royal palm savanna, Herradura (Brillon, Earle & Gager 6342); coastal plain near Coloma (Britton & Gager 6006). The plant is also in the herbarium of Columbia Univer- sity, as found by Charles Wright (2046), presumably in Pinar del Rio, and this was the collection recorded by Grisebach as Sida ciliaris L.—F. W. PENNELL. the plant on which the new species is based attracted our atten- tion by its abundant and hirsute foliage and its relatively large yellow flowers, perhaps the most showy of all Cuban Sidas. The specimens collected had been at first tentatively referred to Sida ciliaris L., many characters being common to both species: Stems prostrate, hirsute-strigose, diffusely branching at base; leaves crenate or serrate above the middle; flowers clus- tered at the end of branches; long-ciliate linear or spatulate stipules. Remembering how the living plant differed in aspect from S. ciliaris | thought it likely to be a distinct species. In fact a more accurate observation revealed a number of dis- tinct characters. At first sight, the mode of branching and the distribution of leaves appear very different; in S. Brittoni the numerous stems which branch only near the base and have their nodes approximate, are leafy and nearly simple most of their length, while in S. czliaris the stems, shorter and thinner and with relatively long internodes brangh repeatedly throughout and most of the leaves are crowded near the extremites of the branches and around the inflorescence. Among other differences are the following: S. Brittoni has the leaves hirsute on both surfaces, the corolla yellow, the style- branches red and 4 mm. long, the top of the fruit puberulent and sharply reticulate-wrinkled; in S. ciliaris the leaves are glabrous on the upper surface and stellate-pubescent beneath, the smaller corolla reddish purple, the style-branches pale yellow, 2 mm. long, the top of the fruit tubercled and stellate- pubescent. As to the habitat it appears to be also different, Sida ciliaris being mostly confined to the sandy or rocky limestone soil of - coastal thickets and adjacent hillsides. This species is named in honor of Dr. Nathaniel Lord Britton, who has contributed so much to the knowledge of the Cuban flora. COLEGIO DE LA SALLE, VEDADO, HABANA. 174 A COMPARISON (OF THE PLORA OF SOUTHERN BRITISH, COLUMBIA WINE EA Ol seats SPATE SOR WASHINGLON. AS MEE US= TRATED BY THE PLORAS OF HENRY AND PIPER By JAMES C. NELSON The Pacific Northwest, by which rather elastic term may be understood the region extending from the northern boundary of California to Prince William Sound, Alaska, and including the present States of Oregon and Washington and the Province of British Columbia, has been a fruitful field for botanical research since the days of Archibald Menzies, and still affords ample opportunity for scientific investigation. Not only does it possess a vast and diversified fiora, with many species of restricted range and habitat, but there exists a marked tendency toward vari- ability, indicating that in’ this geologically recent portion of the continent, the process of evolution is still active also in the plant world, and affording strong support to the upholders of the ‘‘mutation”’ theory. As a result of this tendency to varia- tion, the limits of many species are not yet defined, and the relatively few students of the native flora have found themselves unable to cover the field adequately, so that anything like a comprehensive treatment of the flora of the entire region has not yet appeared. The rapid introduction of foreign species, which find in our genial climate and fertile soil conditions almost ideal for their speedy naturalization, still further complicates the situation. The Flora of Howell, that indefatigable pioneer, whose lack of scientific training was compensated for by a bound- less enthusiasm and a keen and accurate power of observation, has now become almost obsolete, so that the present-day student of the Northwest flora is compelled to have recourse to a com- paratively scanty list of local manuals, of very uneven scientific merit. It is a matter for congratulation therefore that Professor Henry has given to the scientific world in his recent manual* * Henry, Joseph Kaye. Flora of Southern British Columbia and Vancouver Island. Toronto: W. J. Gage & Co. Ltd. 1915. Pp. 363. $1.00. the result of his long and careful study of the Northwest flora. The book has been adopted for use by the schools of the Province, and in fact grew out of Professor Henry’s desire to provide for youthful students of the local flora a guide such as in his own youth he was unable to secure. The limitations of a school text have of course made it impossible for him to enter into technical taxonomic discussions, to give detailed statements of geographical range, or to confirm the included species by lists of specimens examined; but the descriptions are full and accurate, the keys carefully constructed, and a considerable number of new species and varieties are added to those already known to exist. The author displays a sound and sane conservatism, and has not looked with favor on the minuter classification of the North American Flora. The tendency toward excessive subdivision of genera and multiplication of species has gone very far in the last two decades, and must, to use Professcr Henry’s words, ‘‘soon give place to the broader conception of what the ‘lumper’ considers constitutes a species.’’ We accordingly find that many recently proposed genera are restored to their original position. Piperia and Limnorchis are replaced in Habenaria, Batrachium in Ranunculus, Gormania in Sedum, Comarum, Dasiphora, Argentina and Drymocallis in Potentilla, Sieversia in Geum, Anogra and Onagra in Oenothera, Oxycoccus in Vaccinium, Harrimanella in Cassiope, Collomia in Gilia, Thalesia in Orobanche, Rapuntium in Lobelia, Eucephalus and Machaeranthera in Aster, and Ptilocalais in Microseris. Perhaps an excess of conservatism is shown in the return of Schizonotus to Spiraea and Navarretia to Gilia; but on the whole the tendency is toward a thoroughly sane conception of taxonomic relations. This is further illus- trated by the refusal to recognize the recent union of Papaver- aceae with Fumariaceae and Lobeliaceae with Campanulaceae, or the attempt to segregate Rosaceae into a group of too-closely related families. The nomenclature is throughout that of the International Rules, in strong contrast to the prevailing tendency among Western botanists to adopt the provincialities of the so- called ‘‘American’’ Code. While the Rules adopted at Vienna 176 are far from being adequate, they still represent the only method by which a satisfactory nomenclature can ever be attained, that of international agreement: and the attempt of any nation to herd by itself in these matters cannot hope for any greater success ’ than the proposal of the ‘“‘free-silverites’’ in the matter of a monetary standard. Perhaps a more just estimate of the scope and value of Pro- fessor Henry’s work may be attained by comparing it with another manual covering an adjacent field. In 1906 Professor C. V. Piper published a Flora of Washington (Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb., Vol. XI), which still remains in many ways a model of scientific accuracy and thoroughness. Since Washington ad- joins British Columbia on the south, considerable resemblance between the floras of the two regions would be expected, and the majority of the species mentioned in the one manual might with reason be looked for in the other. A glance at the map, however, will show that this expectation of similarity must not be carried too far. Washington extends 240 miles south of British Columbia; and no tendency in plant- distribution is more marked than the increase in the number of species away from the arctic regions and toward the tropics. The distinctively Californian flora which extends northward through Oregon and into Washington with a steadily diminish- ing number of representatives, seems to have reached its northern- most limit, in the case of the vast majority of species, in the neighborhood of a boundary which coincides more or less roughly with that of southern British Columbia. What may be termed the Alaskan or sub-arctic flora in like manner seems to have reached the limits within which it may be called dominant some- where north of the 49th parallel; and although many of its mem- bers continue southward in the Rockies, this region lies too far eastward of the eastern boundary of Washington to have much influence on the flora of that state. The exact limits of Henry’s manual are not very clearly de- fined to the northward. In his own words, ‘‘The region covered is mainly the southern part of the province extending from Van- couver Island to the Rockies, with a rather indefinite northern ’ limit, to about the Skeena.”’ Since the valley of the Skeena, with its embouchure at Prince Rupert in latitude 54°, does not cross the entire breadth of the Province, but is replaced on the eastern slope by the valley of the Peace and its tributaries, it becomes somewhat difficult to fix an exact northern limit. But in any case the territory covered by this manual cannot be less than twice as large as the State of Washington, and extends far enough to the east to take in the entire western slope of the Rocky Mountain region, which lies far to the eastward of any part of the State of Washington, so that the casual observer would not unreasonably assume that of the two Floras, Henry’s would surpass Piper’s in the total number of species. But over against this hasty generalization must be set the fact, not only of the steady increase of species from the poles toward the equator, but the further consideration that the Upper Sonoran Zone, which dominates the semi-arid portion of eastern Washing- ton, and which is remarkably rich in number of species, is very scantily represented in the Province, extending but a short distance into the central plateau along the valley of the Okanogan. More than this, Washington is characterized by an endemism that is far less marked in the part of British Columbia under consideration. The number of species that have been reported from their type-locality only is surprisingly large; the Olympics, the Wenatchee Mountains, and Mount Rainier are all charac- terized by a strongly local flora; and the general region of the Columbia Gorge, including the greater part of the Columbia Valley from the Great Falls at Celilo to the sharp northward bend of the river at Pasco, contains a surprisingly large number of species with a very restricted local range. No such marked tendency to endemism seems to be displayed in any part of British Columbia. While the flora of Vancouver Island is perhaps the richest in species of local occurrence, and while there is a well-defined succession of botanical areas as we ad- vance eastward from the region of coast forest into the dry in- terior, and then through a second humid belt to the subalpine and alpine Rocky Mountain zones, the fact remains that the tendency to diversity is less marked in British Columbia than in Washington. 178 We must not be surprised therefore to find that while the total number of species, varieties and named forms included in Henry’s Flora is 2,359, the total enumerated by Piper reaches 2,511. Of this number, allowing for differences in nomenclature and in the views held by the two authors regarding specific limits, and excluding 28 of Henry’s species that are definitely rejected by Piper, there are common to both manuals 1,517 named forms: in other words, at least 60 per cent of all the species mentioned are common to both districts. In Henry’s Flora there are 764 species and forms not men- tioned by Piper; in Piper’s Flora 928 not mentioned by Henry. Doubtless if the present reviewer were thoroughly conversant with the taxonomic history and bibliography of all these forms, it would be possible to reduce these figures materially by detect- ing identity in names that seem wholly unrelated; but neither his knowledge nor the resources at his command permit such an undertaking. Retaining the above totals therefore, a few remarks may be offered on the species which appear in but one of the two manuals. In presenting these observations, the reviewer must presume that both authors have covered their territory with equal thorough- ness. In Professor Piper’s Flora, the author has appended to each species a full list of “‘Specimens Examined,” so that it is possible to confirm very definitely each and every one; but the scope of a school text-book has not permitted Professor Henry to do this, so that a full confirmation of his species cannot be attained. Assuming therefore that the 764 species mentioned only by Henry are all essentially different from any forms included by Piper, and that their existence within his territory can be defi- _ nitely confirmed, we find that they can be grouped approximately as follows: Two hundred and ninety-six belong to the Rocky Mountain flora, of which at least 40 may also be regarded as Alaskan, and 21 occur also on Vancouver Island; 130 are distinctly Vancouver Island species, including the 21 found also in the Rockies and 12 which are also Alaskan; 123 may be regarded as Alaskan, in- 179 cluding the 40 which occur also in the Rockies and the 12 also on Vancouver Island; 52 species, judging from the localities indi-” cated, are purely local (doubtless in many cases an unwarranted assumption); I1 are mentioned without definite locality or range; III are introduced species, of which 48 are personally known to the reviewer as occurring in Oregon, and therefore to be expected in the intervening territory of Washington: 50 are included and assigned to definite Washington stations in the two recent manuals by Piper and Beattie, the Flora of Southeastern Wash- ington and Adjacent Idaho (1914) and the Flora of the North- west Coast (1915). Several others of Henry’s species appear in the last-named work, but assigned only to Canadian stations. In addition to the above, there are 57 species which are given a range by Henry that either explicitly refers them to Washing- ton, or brings them so near the border that it would seem reason- able to expect them on the other side, but which find no mention in Piper’s Flora or the two later works of which he is joint author. This comparatively small margin of discrepancy would be doubtless further reduced by a wider knowledge of the specific and varietal limits of these forms, and a more thorough explora- tion of the territory. Turning now to the reverse side of the comparison, and ex- aming the 928 forms included by Piper but not mentioned by Henry, we find that they fall into several clearly-defined groups. Beginning with those of the most restricted range and. proceeding outward, we may roughly group them as follows: I. Species that have been reported from the type-locality ‘only, 67. 2. Species that belong to regions of marked endemism, with- out being restricted to the original station: In the Olympics, 15 On Mount Rainier, 8 In the Wenatchee Mountains, 21 In the Columbia Gorge and Klickitat County, 96. 3. Species occurring only in Washington, without restric- tion to one of the above regions, 107. 180 4. Species not occurring south of Washington, but with an eastern range, to Idaho, Montana, Colorado, etc., 72. 5. Species occurring in Washington and Oregon only, 114. 6. Species not occurring south of Oregon, but with an east- ward range, 67. 7. Species extending from Washington to California, Nevada or Arizona, 364. Of the above list, 115 are species that are definitely referred ~ by the author to the Upper Sonoran Zone. The number of these Washington species which are either re- ferred outright to British Columbia in Piper’s statement of range, or given a range that would justify us in expecting them | in the Province, is 107, of which 19 are introduced. In both manuals therefore, the extreme margin of probable error is not excessive. A careful study of all these differences and discrepancies leads to two conclusions: 1. That Washington, partly because of the different climatic conditions due to its more southern position, and partly because of its topography, is a region of more marked endemism than British Columbia. 2. That although artificial boundaries are usually wholly without significance in determining plant-distribution, the 49th parallel seems to come very near to a line that marks the extreme northward dominance of the Californian flora on the one hand, and the extreme southern extension of the Alaskan or sub-arctic flora on the other. As far as the introduced plants are concerned, their occurrence or non-occurrence is a matter of very slight significance, since their establishment at any particular station is usually the result of pure accident, and no obstacle to their further spread will usually exist. Some further details of the differences between the two Floras may be of interest. Fifty-five genera represented in Henry are not found in Piper, but 30 of these include only introduced species (among these Ulmus with 3 species, Dianthus, Cynosurus and Vinca with 2 each, and 26 others with one each). Androsace with 4 species is the largest indigenous genus not represented in Piper, next come Limnanthes and Primula with 2 each, and 22 others with one each. 181] Piper’s Flora on the other hand includes 76 genera not men- tioned by Henry, of which only 3 (Syntherisma, Dipsacus and Cnicus) are introduced. The largest indigenous genus not represented in Henry is Sifanion with 11 species. Next to this is Capnorea with 5, Sphaerostigma and Frasera with 4, Hemicar- pha, Horkelia, Taraxia and Madronella with 3, and Parrya, Thermopsis, Elatine, Pachylophus, Trichostema and Tonella with 2; 59 other genera are represented by a single species. The following table represents the discrepancies in the two Floras in the case of a few of the larger genera, particularly of those that reach their widest extension in the Northwest: Nm Piper’ | in Henry’ | Common | Piper Only | Henry Only SEUDVE. 5 e ee ae ie Bene 33 27 18 I5 9 ChAT s 2 Bio Cee OO ee 108 | 40 61 52 65 LORS BUR Ee 33 | 31 24 | 10 7 SNES a Seas ang Ce eee 23 39 18 7 21 EO POMUNI Cribs ss. 653 6 ss 28 10 6 23 4 GUUS ONUIE po, ec ive rch Bas 22 sy 34 30 24 I2 6 RILIRETECILLILS ici e355 2-5 3500 2 30 34 21 9 13 wa IT Tcl AACS ke a 20 12 Io sa6) 2 DTA PRILOIE e ie. oss dees ei sveu0!s 18 32 I2 7 20 COLOIIULE Ee rents feces 29 28 18 8 10 LPT ES Aes Ce RCE Oe RTE 35 22 | 15 20 ii JAS TUTTE a eae 38 THe) th 13 20 6 WOME rte 2s Sc upete coe sh oeye 20 23 I5 6 8 ILA TITLE a BR OR CnC 23 II 9 15 2 TOE SLEMOIE PN Nstl ess Sis wt ee 27 I2 Io 7 2 GG? 2 RR CRE ee Cree 32 27 16 16 Eg LEG AAG AQ) Jee OR CEEE ME ARCTIC 25 37 18 8 | 19 SHHOUTD Sepiee SOOO eon eae: 31 32 17 I4 15 These figures seem to show that in genera with a predominantly northern range, Henry’s total of local species will exceed Piper’s; while in those with a southern range the converse will be true. In the case of Carex, about all that seems to be illustrated is the fact that neither author had been able to make an exhaus- tive study of the genus or arrive at any clear understanding of its species. It is to be hoped that the much-needed clearing- up of this difficult problem will be attained by the careful work which K. K. Mackenzie is now doing on the genus. In matters of form and technique, which with a few notable exceptions remain the weak point of American authors, the reviewer re- 182 grets to note considerable carelessness in Professor Henry’s book. He announces in his preface his intention of capitalizing only ‘‘some old Linnean generic names still retained for species and those derived from the names of persons’’; but on the one hand we find him writing Italica, Monspeliensis, Major, Sibiri- cum, Beeringianum, Andina, Davuricum, Moschatus, and on the other convolvulus, paronychia, cymbalaria, aquifolium, malus, parthenium as specific names. Occasionally he overlooks the fact that under the International Rules trinomials are not written without an indication of the category of the third member, as subspecies, variety or forma, and we read Populus nigra Italica, Anemone patens Wolfgangiana. In general, however, the subdivisions of species are more clearly differentiated than in Piper, whose disposition to regard the 43 as identical has led to much confusion. But Henry does not always avoid the absurdity of identical binomials, as Phegopteris phegopteris, Hypopitys hypopitys (misspelled in the text). Failures in grammatical agreement are far too common, such as: Equisetum arvensis, 7 ? terms “‘subspecies”’ and “ variety’ Equisetum variegatum var. Alaskana, Pleuropogon refractum (an error to which most Western writers stubbornly cling), Cypri- pedium parviflora, Gormania oreganum, Sedum rosea, Rubus viburnifoa, Geum humilis, Acer circinatum var. fulva, Malva moschatus, Phyllodoce glanduliflorus, Mimulus Lewisi var. alba, Mimulus Langsdorfi var. minima, Symphoricarpos racemosa, Aster Lindleyana, Erigeron membranaceum, A goseris villosum. This carelessness is the more regrettable, since several of these blunders are found in the case of new species and varieties pro- posed by the author! Orthographical blunders are so common as to make us wonder whether the author read his proof at all. In the case of generic names we are compelled to read: Hordum, Commandra, Hesperus, Hypopites, Asperuga, Eriganum, Seriocarpus: and in specific names: Poa Fenderiana, Papaver sominferum, Alyssum alysoides, Cakile edulenta, Philadelphus Lewesit, Boykinia circinnata, Potentilla monspielensis, Cymopterus terebinthus, Boschniakia strobiliacea, Campanula rotundifolia var. petiotala, Xanthium 183 candense and Coreopsis Atkinsonia. The name of the Water- Lily Family is spelled Nymphaceae. ‘Trelease’s name appears _ as “ Trealease,’’ Betcke’s as ‘“‘ Betche,’’ and Moquin is abbrevi- ated ‘‘ Mog.” In this matter of abbreviations the author seems to have pro- ceeded on the theory that variety is the spice of life, and along with the accepted forms he occasionally treats us to the following: Haus. for Haussknecht, Bick. for Bicknell, Wat. for Watson, Par. for Parlatore, Mich. for Michaux (wholly forgetting that this abbreviation belongs to Micheli), Scrib. for Scribner, Mer. for, Merrill, Thur. for Thurber, Vil. for Villars, Buck. for Buckley, Hitch. and Hitche. for Hitchcock, Brit. for Britton, Beuth. for Bentham, Fer. for Fernald, Englem. for Engelmann, Ren. for Rendle, Walle. and Walls. for Wallroth. Often the abbreviation is written without the period, as if it were the full name, as Rosen, Lindl, Schrad, Bickn, Led, Hook, Kaulf, Lamb, ... On the other hand, full names are fre- quently written as if abbreviations (Hoppe., Presl., Morong.). Presl also appears as Pris] and Wiegand as Weigand. The authority for species is often omitted entirely, as in the case of Polygonum Nuttallit, which should be assigned to Small Polygonum minimum “ of if Watson Myosurus minimus a * a Linnaeus Onobrychis sativa i ri s Lamarck Papaver somniferum # ‘s Linnaeus Medicago arabica 7 ‘ ss Hudson Erigeron filifolius ¥ a _ (Hooker) Nuttall Citations of authorities are frequently incorrect. Puccinellia angustata (R. Br.) R. & R. should be (R. Br.) Nash. Lysichiton kamtschatcense Schott should be (L.) Schott. Corylus californica Rose should be (A.DC.) Rose. Sagina occidentalis Green [sic] should be Wats. Vancouveria hexandra M. &. C. should be (Hook.) Morr. & Dec. 184 Athysanus pusillus Greene should be (Hook.) Greene. Cytisus scoparius Link should be (L.) Link. Circaea pacifica Arch. [sic] should be Aschers. & Magn. Valerianella samolifolia Haeck. should be (DC.) A. Gray. Chrysopsis villosa Nutt. should be (Pursh) Nutt. Such miscellaneous inaccuracies as ‘‘Fallarone Is.’’ for Faral- lone: “L. Her.”’ for L’Her. and ‘‘D. C.” for DC. are also encoun- tered. The species Montia parviflora appears twice, and M. parvifolia as a consequence wholly disappears. After Epipactis, “R.BR.” is written where the common name is usually given. Elsewhere authors of genera have not been cited. A praiseworthy attempt has been made to indicate the deriva- tion of generic names; but 141 genera are left unexplained, and in the case of others such absurd blunders as Peramium from “per, through, amium, love, in allusion to medicinal properties”’ (no such word as “‘amium”’ exists in the Latin language), Hu- mulus, “dim. of humus, the ground, because sometimes pros- trate”’ (the root is Teutonic, and has no relation to the Latin humus) and Malvastrum from “‘ Malva and aster, a star’? (when it is simply the contemptuous diminutive) are perpetuated, evidently all borrowed from Frye and Rigg’s Northwest Flora, which as a masterpiece of etymological inaccuracy can hardly be surpassed. Nuttall and Pursh are hardly to be regarded as “English” botanists, when their period of greatest scientific activity was spent in the United States. In spite of these regrettable defects of form, however, the impression left by Professor Henry’s book is, that it is a praise- worthy and valuable effort to contribute to the fuller knowledge of the Northwest flora, and that the work has been surprisingly well done considering that the author makes no claims to being a professional botanist. It is only by such local studies that a full understanding of the fascinating but difficult flora of the Northwest can ever be reached; and it is to be hoped that at some future time Professor Henry may shake off the limitations imposed by a school text, and revise his manual in strictly sci- entific form. SALEM, OREGON 185 NEWS ITEMS Mr. A. O. Garrett, head of the department of Botany, Salt Lake High School, had an appointment and worked as Field Assistant in the Blister Rust Control during the past summer. During the early part of the year Mr. Joseph F. Rock’s Monographic Study of the Hawaiian Lobelioideae, a splendidly illustrated quarto volume, was issued by the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Honolulu. The United States National Museum has just issued as volume 21 of its Contributions a Flora of the District of Columbia by A. S. Hitchcock and Paul C. Standley. The authors had the assist- ance of the botanists of Washington in the undertaking. Over 1600 species and 649 genera are noted in the book, which treats of the species growing in the District and their distribution. Mr. Camillo Schneider, after spending several years in this country and naming the willow collections in most of the larger herbaria of the country, sailed for Vienna on September 3. Dr. Carl Skottsberg has assumed the directorship of the new botanical garden at Géteborg, Sweden. The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of TorRREYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. 4 Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates: 2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp 25 copies $ .79 $1.14 $1.78 $2.32 $2.87 $3.28 50 copies 1.03 1.43 2.23 2.82 3.52 3.92 100 copies 1.45 2.03 2.73 3.50 4.23 4.55 200 copies 2.15 3.24 3.92 5 25 6.52 6.92 Covers: 25 for $1.00, additional covers 114 cents each. Plates for reprints, 50 cents each per 100. Committees for 1919. Finance Committee Program Committee R. A. HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. BRITTON, Chairman. J. H. BARNHART, Pror. JEAN BROADHURST Miss C. C. HAYNES B. O. DoDGE SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE . Budget Committee F, J. SEAVER J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. Membership Committee R.A. HARPER J. K. SMALt, Chairman. N. L. Britton T. E. HAZEN A. W. Evans E. W. OLIVE M. A. Howe Local Flora Committee H. H. Russy : N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee Phanerogams: Cryptogams: F. W. PENNELL, Chairman. E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTCN Mrs. L. M. KEELER N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN MICHAEL LEVINE Ty 4G. 6. Curtig M. A. Howe GEORGE T. HASTINGS : K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE PERCY WILSON NORMAN TAYLor, W.A. MuRRILL F. J. SEAVER Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae: M. A. Howe cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver Gasteromycetes: G. C. Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F. Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae, Exobasidii: H. M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurs Discomycetes: B. O. Dodge Insect galls: Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 1870. Vol. 45 published in 1918, contained 519 pages of text and 15 full-page.plates. Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe, 18 shillings. Dulau & Co., 47 Soho Square, London, are, agents for England. Of former volumes, only 24-45 can be he entire ; cer- tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire oak of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars each; Vols. 28-45 three dollars each. : Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not_ breaking complete volumes. (2) MEMOIRS The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu- lar intervals. Volumes I=15 are now completed; No. 1 of Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Certain numbers can also be pur- chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- fophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to DR. BERNARD O. DODGE Columbia University New York City Vol. 19 October, Ig9I9g No. 10 TORREYA A Montuty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY NORMAN TAYLOR JOHN. TORREY, 1796-1873. CONTENTS Notes on the Grasses of Howell’s Flora of Northwest America: J. C. NELSON... 187 Roosevelt’s Notes on Brazilian Trees... -........ccccssccccs seecccecsecctnecsseesecescs Ceseeeuee 194 Shorter Notes Helianthus Besseyi Bates: T. D. A. COCKERELL vis-ess Bah cals au pea sakek mete tay 197 The Supposed Southern Limit of the Eastern Hemlock: R. M. HarPrer Pe 198 Review Britton and Rose’s Cactaceae : THE EDITOR: ......scccccceececteeesesecusasneenenenreees 200 ING WS. PECIG 5 oo de Slee cas da seenipg do 0hie ada cease des ovdspedveneedUwer hat dea sehbyeptpecsde op ees ania 203 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB At 4x Nortu Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa. BY Tsr New Era Printisc Company “Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter, THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 10919 President H: M. RICHARDS, Sc.D. Vice- Presidents, JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D C. STUART GAGER, PH.D. Secretary and Treasurer BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, N. Y. City. Editor ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. Associate Editors JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. a M. LEVINE, Pu.D. J. A. HARRIS, PH.D. Cat . »E. NICHOLS, PH.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Px.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu.D. NORMAN TAYLOR. Delegate to the Council of the. New York Academy of Sciences M. A. HOWE, PH.D. OFFICIAL ORGAN OF THE WILD FLOWER PRESERVATION SociETY OF AMERICA Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents.. To subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should: be sent to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be addressed to NORMAN TAYLOR Brooklyn Botanic Garden Brooklyn, N. Y TORREYA Vol. I9 No. 9 October, IgI9 NOTES ON THE GRASSES OF HOWELL’S FLORA OF NORTHWEST AMERICA By JAMES C. NELSON Every student who makes a serious attempt to become familiar with the flora of Washington or Oregon, must acknowledge his obligation to the great work of Thomas Howell. The adjective is used advisedly. When we take into account the author’s lack of scientific training, the very limited herbarium and library resources at his command, the scarcity of congenial associates, and the constant financial burdens under which he labored, and then observe the total of species and forms which he was able to recognize, the number of new species which he published, the keenness of his observation and the soundness of his critical judgment, we can hardly avoid the conclusion that’ here was a scientist who with better preparation and under a more favor- able environment would have been worthy of rank with John Torrey or Asa Gray. With all its inevitable defects, his Flora must remain a land-mark in the history of Western botany, and the essential soundness of his fundamental conclusions is being vindicated daily. Nor do we detract in any way from the value of his work, or cast any aspersion on his scientific conscience, when we venture to point out that the Flora has from the be- ginning been in need of revision, and has in many respects be- come almost obsolete since its publication in 1893. Howell himself, had he lived, would have taken full account of the advances in botanical knowledge, and would have been the first to suggest a revision of his Flora. In the course of an attempt to become familiar with the grasses of Oregon, particularly of that part of the state included in the [No. 9, Vol. 19 of TORREYA, comprising pp. 161-185, was issued October 28, 1919.] 187 188 Willamette Valley, the present writer has found it necessary to make the following notes on the Gramineae (pp. 713-781) in his interleaved copy of Howell’s Flora: I. SpEctEs Not INCLUDED WHICH HAVE SINCE BEEN FOUND IN VARIOUS LOCALITIES IN OREGON 1. Paspalum dilatatum Poir. On ballast at Linnton. . Panicum barbinode Trin. With the last. 3. Panicum pacificum Hitche. & Chase. On gravelly prairies co N and along streams throughout the Willamette Valley. . Panicum thermale Boland. On rocky shore of Rogue River near Agness, Curry County. . Panicum miliaceum L. On rubbish-heaps about Salem. . Digitaria humifusa Pers. On sand-bars in the Willamette River, and beginning to appear on lawns in Salem. . Phalaris minor Retz. On ballast at Linnton. . Phalaris paradoxa L. var. praemorsa Coss. & Dur. With the last. . Phalaris brachystachys Link. With the last. . Cenchrus carolinianus Walt. With the last. . Setaria wmberbis Poir. With the last. . Anthoxanthum Pueli Lecog & Lamotte. Not uncommon in dry, especially alkaline, soil throughout the Willamette Valley. . Agrostis pallens Trin. On sand-dunes along the coast. . Agrostis alba L. var. maritima (Lam.) Mey. Common on ' sand-dunes and in salt-marshes along the coast. . Cynodon Dactylon L. On ballast at Linnton, and beginning to appear in cultivated ground about Eugene. . Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link. On ballast at Linnton. . Apera spica-venti (L.) Beauv. Ona lawn at Salem. . Nassella chilensis Desy. On ballast at Linnton. . Eleusine tristachya Kunth. With the last. . Chloris radtata Sw. With the last. . Stipa littoralis Phil. With the last. . Stipa Lemmoni Scribn. var. Jonesii Scribn. On dry slopes in southwestern Oregon. 23. 24. 25. 26. 2>. 28. 29. 30. an. 32: 33: 34- 35: 36. 37: 38. 39. 40. 4I. 42. 43. 189 Lepturus incurvatus Trin. On ballast, Linnton. Aira capillaris Host. On sand-bars along the Santiam River, and in cultivated ground at Salem. Deschampsia holciformis (Presl) Steud. On dry soil at summit of ocean bluffs on Yaquina Head. Avena barbata Brot. Becoming common along the rail- road near Salem. Eragrostis cyperoides (Thunb.) Beauv. On ballast at Linnton. Eragrostis Orcuttiana Vasey. With the last. Panicularia occidentalis Piper. Common in ditches in the region about Salem. Cynosurus cristatus L. Occasional on lawns at Salem and Eugene. C. echinatus L. is reported by Mr. V. R. Brad- shaw as spreading rapidly in the vicinity of Eugene. Poa trivialis L. Not uncommon in shady places throughout. Poa alcea Piper. In rocky woods at Elk Rock, Multno- mah County. Puccinellia paupercula (Holm) Fern. & Weath. var. alaskana (Scribn. & Merr.) Fern. & Weath. Not infrequent in salt-marshes and on sea-beaches along the coast. Festuca megalura Nutt. Abundant in dry soil almost everywhere. Festuca bromoides L. Common in cultivated ground and along railroads. Festuca rubra L. var. megastachys Gaudin’ Occasional on roadsides. Scleropoa rigida Griseb. Around old eines in the business district of Salem. Lolium multiflorum Lam. Abundant in waste and culti- vated ground everywhere. Lolium perenne L. var. cristatum Doell. y c C. = TORREYA Vol. Ig No. 12 December, IgIg SCROPHULARIACEAE OF THE LOCAL FLORA. V By Francis W. PENNELL Concluded from November TORREYA 16. BUCHNERA L. Sp. Pl. 630. 1753 Type species, B. americana L. I. BUCHNERA AMERICANA L. l.c. 630. 1753. ‘‘Habitat in Virginia, Canada.” Based upon Gron., Fl. Virg. 74. 1743, typified by Clayton 142 from Virginia. Type not verified, but description distinctive. Flowering in July, fruiting in August and September. Sandy or sterile loam soil, occasional in the Piedmont Region in the southwestern extremity of our area. Delaware County, Pennsylvania (Williamson School), Lancaster Co. (Pleasant Grove), and in Newcastle Co., Delaware (Centreville). Ranges from Pennsylvania to Florida, southern Ontario, Illinois and Louisiana. 17. SCHWALBEA L. Sp. PI. 606. 1753 Type species, S. americana L. I. SCHWALBEA AMERICANA L. l.c. 606. 1753. ‘‘Habitat in 7 America septentrionali.’”’ Linné had in his herbarium no specimen of this, so that his species is based wholly upon Gron., Fl. Virg. 71. 1743, typified by Clayton 33 from from Virginia. This from the description of the leaves as lanceolate and the plant as quite pubescent would appear to have been the species now considered. Flowering from mid-June to early July, fruiting in September. Sandy soil, usually rather damp, in pineland and about edges of salt-marsh, in the Coastal Plain of southern New Jersey and [No. 11, Vol. 19, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 205-233, was issued 18 Dec., 1919.] e 235 236 in central Delaware. Ranges from southeastern Massachusetts to Virginia, so is to be expected in eastern Long Island. 18. CastTiLLEyJA Mutis; L. f. Suppl. 293. 1781 Type species, C. fissifolia L. f., of Colombia I. CASTILLEJA COCCINEA (L.) Spreng. Bartsia coccinea L. Sp. Pl. 602. 1753. ‘Habitat in Vir- ginia, .Noveboraco . . . Hort. Cliff. 235.” From Ey Hort. Cliff. 325. 1737, °Crescit in Virginia, unde delatam communicavit DD. Gronovius,’’ and from Gron., Fl. Virg. 69. 1743, Clayi.n. 293.” Clayionzaz: the type, must be certainly the species here considered. Rhinanthus coccineus (L.) Lam. Encyc. 2: 60. 1786. Euchroma coccinea (L.) Nutt. Gen. N. Am. Pl. 2:55. 1818. Type of the genus Euchroma Nutt. Castilleja coccinea (L.) Spreng. Syst. 2: 775. 1825. Flowering from late April to early June, an soon ripening fruit. Meadows and moist grassy slopes, loam or sandy loam, through the Piedmont Region, more frequent westward; in the Coastal Plain occasional in the Middle District of southern New Jersey. Ranges from Maine to Manitoba south ‘to South Carolina and Kansas. 19. RHINANTHUS L. Sp. Pl. 603. 1753 Type species, R. Crista-galli L., of Europe 1. RHINANTHUS CRISTA-GALLI L. Flowering in May and early June, fruiting in late June. Fields and open places near Stratford, Connecticut. Probably introduced from Eurasia, although said to be native north- eastward. 20) -EEDICULARIS L.) Sp. Pl-607. 2ryse Type species, P. palustris L., of Europe Stem 6-8 dm. tall, glabrous. Leaves shallowly lobed, the sinuses narrow, the lobes with minute regular crenations. Bracts auriculate near base. Rachis of inflorescence glab- rous. Fused sepals of each side terminating in a slightly enlarged crenate foliar tip, glabrous or with a very few long hairs near base. Corolla with truncate apex of posterior lobes without tooth-like processes. Capsule brown, scarcely exceeding calyx, slenderly beaked. Flowering in late summer. 1. P. lanceolata. Stem 1-3 dm. tall, hirsute, especially above. Leaves deeply lobed, the sinuses broad, the lobes with more prominent irregular crenations. Bracts entire near base. Rachis of inflorescence lanate. Fused sepals of each side broadly acute, entire, pubescent along the veins. Corolla with apex of posterior lobes each with a tooth-like process. Capsule straw-colored, twice as long as the calyx, scarcely beaked. Flowering in spring. 2. P. canadensis. I. PEDICULARIS LANCEOLATA Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:18. 1803. “Hab. in regione Illinoensi [A. Michaux].’’ Type not verified, but description distinctive. Pedicularis auriculata Sm. in Rees Cycl. 26: 1813. ‘‘Sent by the Rey. Dr. Muhlenberg, from the neighborhood of Lancaster in Pennsylvania.’”’ Description distinctive. Pedicularis pallida Banks; Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 424. 1814. “In a swamp near Kings-bridge, New York. . . . Ph. [= Pursh| . . . v.v.; v.s. in Herb. Banks.”’ Description dis- tinctive. Flowering from late August to late September, fruiting late September and October. Swales and moist meadows, loam soil, in the Piedmont region, more frequent southwestward; occasional in the Middle District of the Coastal Plain of southern New Jersey, extending nearly to Cape May. Ranges from Massachusetts to Manitoba, North Carolina and Nebraska. 2. PEDICULARIS CANADENSIS L. Mant. 86. 1767. ‘‘Habitat in America septentrionali. Kalm.” Description distinctive. Pedicularis gladiata Michx. Fl.’ Bor. Amer. 2: 18. 1803. “Hab. in Pennsylvania [A. Michaux]. Description quite distinctive. Flowering from late April to late May, fruiting in late May and early June. | Woodland, or on knolls in meadows, loam or sandy loam, common throughout above the Fall-Line; in the Coastal Plain frequent or occasional in Long Island and in the Middle District of southern New Jersey. Ranges from Nova Scotia to Manitoba, * south to Florida and Texas. 258 21. MELAMPYRUM L., Sp. Pl. 605. 1753 Type species, M. cristatum L. of Europe Main stem-leaves linear or lanceolate-linear. Bracts conspicuously fimbriate near base, with teeth fre- quently as long as the width of the blade. Capsules mostly 6-7 mm. long, curved and usually attenuate- beaked. Seeds 2-2.5 mm. long, brown to blackish. 1. M. lineare. Main stem-leaves linear-lanceolate to nearly ovate. Bracts slightly or not fimbriate near base, the teeth shorter than the width of the blade. Capsules fre- quently larger, reaching 8-9 mm. long, slightly or not curved and less or not attenuate-beaked. Seeds often larger, reaching 3 mm. long, usually black. ta. M. lineare latifolium,. 1. MELAMPYRUM LINEARE Desr.; Lam. Encyc. 4: 22. 1796. ‘“‘Rapportée de la Caroline par M. Fraser... (w.s.)” Description made from a very small and young plant, but certainly of the form here considered. Characteriza- tion of calyx as 5-toothed surely erroneous. Flowering from mid-June to September, and soon ripening fruit. Sandy soil, pineland and in open deciduous woodland, common throughout the Coastal Plain; inland occasional and mostly transitional to var. latifolium. Ranges from Massachusetts to North Carolina, and, including varieties, inland northward across the continent. Ia. MELAMPYRUM LINEARE LATIFOLIUM (Muhl.) Beauverd Melampyrum americanum Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 2: 16. 1803. ‘‘Hab. a sinu Hudsonis ad montosam Carolinam. [A. Michaux:.”’ Description evidently of the prevalent inland broader-leaved plant. Melampyrum latifolium Muhl. [Cat. 57. 1813. nomen nudum]; Eaton, Man. Bot. N.& M. St. ed. 11 316. 1818. From Muhlenberg’s Catalog, the type station is in Dela- ware. Type not seen, but evidently is of the inland broader-leaved plant. Melampyrum americanum latifoliwum (Muhl.) Eaton, l.c. ed. LL. 350.7 S22. Melampyrum pratense americanum (Michx.) Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 584. 1846. 239 Melampyrum lineare latifolium (Muhl.) Beauverd in Mem, Soc. Phys. Genéve 38: 474. 1916. Melampyrum lineare americanum (Michx.) Beauverd, l.c. 476. 1916. Beauverd distinguishes latifoliwm with bracts broader, the lower entire, the upper entire or few-toothed, and the first flower placed at the third or fourth node, from americanum with bracts narrower, the lower entire or slightly toothed, the upper always toothed, and the first flower in the axil of the fourth to eighth node. His americanum is transitional from Jatifolium to lineare itself, from which he distinguishes both these varieties as having corolla whitish, tinged with purple, instead of pale-yellow, tinged with purple. The corolla of the species, as well of var. /atifolium as I understand it, has the corolla white, posteriorly more or less tinged with red, especially in age, and only the palate yellow. His color distinction cannot be maintained, and I should consider the broadest, most entire-leaved plants as an extreme of this variety. Flowering from late May to mid-August, and soon ripening fruit. Dry open woods, in potassic soil, sandy or sterile, locally common on sandstone or shale ridges, etc., throughout the area above the Fall-line; in the Coastal Plain occasional on Long Island and in the Middle District of southern New Jersey. Intergrading to the species. LocaL SPECIMENS OF THE AUTHOR’S COLLECTING As my own collections illustrating our local species of Scro- phulariaceae in part have already been, and in part are soon to be, distributed to various herbaria, it may be well here to present a summary of the numbers of these. The specimen numbers will be grouped by species and states. All are from the local flora as defined in the introduction to these studies. Agalinis acuta (N. Y.) 5292, 6551, 6552, 9340, 10126. Agalinis Holmiana (N. Y.) 10167. (N. J.) 1662, 2695, 3544, 3583, 3628, 6483, 9117. 240 Agalinis maritima (N. Y.) 9359. (N. J.) 1807, 2157. Agalinis purpurea (N. Y.) 5291, 6549, 6647, 9366, 10146. (N.J.) 2602, 2603, 2604, 4004, 6492, 6524, 6637, 9294. (Pa.) 476, 750, 786, 838, 847, 1660, 2682, 2689, 3598, 3609, 5182, 5272, 8984. Agalinis tenuifolia (Conn.) 8578. (N. Y.) 6651, 6698, 9226. (N. J.) 1664, 6534, 9870. (Pa.) 658, 837, 1642, 2681, 2688, 2690, 3543, 5289, 8906. Agalinis virgata (N. J.) 2692, 2694, 3584, 3626, 3808, 6521, 6523, 9114. Aureolaria flava (N. Y.) 5293, 8434, 9407. (N. J.) 8358. (Pa.) 3541, 3624, 5225, 5260, 5284, 5286, 6791. Aureolaria pedicularia (N. Y.) 9225, to171. (N. J.) 10040. (Pa.) 583, 991, 1948, 3542, 3559, 3585, 3589, 3625, 5192, 5226, 5201,. 5262, 5265, 5288, 8831, 8860: | (Delljegue (Md.) 1619. Aureolaria pedicularia caesariensis (N. J.) 1837, 3545, 3627, 6487, 9155. Aureolaria pedicularia intercedens (Pa.) 676, 4982. Aureolaria virginica (N. Y.) 5294, 6868, 8459. (N. J.) 3546, 3986, 6489, 7363, 7428, 8345, 9208. (Pa.) 337, 4985, 5021, 5067, 5227, 5259, 5283, 6503, 6793, 7850, 7912, 8847, 9412. (Del.) 7754. (Md.) 1615. Castilleja coccinea (Pa.) 1290, 2034, 2772. Chelone glabra (N. Y.) 6643, 6678, 6745, 6833, 6898, 8604, 9239, 9308, 9397, 9400. (N. J.) 6485, 6525, 6543, 9223, 9224. (Pa.) 6794. | Chelone glabra f. tomentosa (Pa.) 901, 6480, 8827, 8861, 8912. Gratiola aurea (N. J.) 6500, 6527, 9929. Gratiola aurea obtusa (N. J.) 9897. Gratiola neglecta (Conn.) 8579. (N. Y.) 9930. (N. J.) 7367, 9445. (Pa.) 1495, 2822, 5013, 6477, 6994, 7256, 7861. Gratiola pilosa (N. J.) 6486, 6401. Gratiola virginiana (N. J.) 6495. Hemianthus micranthus (N. J.) 6497. Ilysanthes dubia (N. Y.) 6704 p.p., 8429. (N.J.) 6493. (Pa.) 6467, 6474 p.p., 8014, 8837. 241 Ilysanthes dubia inundata (N. J.) 6496. : Ilysanthes inaequalis (N. Y.) 6704 p.p. (N. J.) 3987, 6494, 6636. (Pa.) 6474 p.p. Limosella subulata (N. J.) 6635. Ltmaria canadensis (N. Y.) 7747, 10143. (N. J.) 6488, 6520, 6971, 6972, 8182, 9438, 10012, 10021, 10077. (Md.) 8882. Linaria Linaria (N. Y.) 6699, 7014, 7679, 8710. (N. J.) 6526, 6548, 7408. (Pa.) 7303, 7968. (Md.) 8881. Melampyrum lineare (N. J.) 3572, 3818, 3836, 6499, 6522, 6587, 8167, 9050. (Pa.) 1883, 6481. Melampyrum lineare latifolium (N. Y.) 6795, 6798, 8440. (N. J.) 7429, 9219, 9460, 10010, 10054, 10118. (Pa.) 1561, 6501, 6795, 7880, 7956, 8852. Mimulus alatus (N. Y.) 7683, 82009. Mimulus ringens (N. Y.) 6550, 6642, 6683, 7636, 8687, 9190, 9305. (N. J.) 6537. (Pa.) 6472, 6476, 6502, 7857, 7889, 8028, 8842, 8958. Otophylla auriculata (Pa.) 5229, 5230, 5285, 5290. Pedicularis canadensis (N. Y.) 2386, 6761, 6823, 6905, 7153, 8433, 9951, 9968, 10141. (N. J.) 6974, 9995. (Pa.) 2612, 6792, 8753. Pedicularis lanceolata (Pa.) 1839, 6469. Penstemon Digitalis (N. Y.) 9423. (Pa.) 6471. Penstemon hirsutus (N. J.) 7409. (Pa.) 3645, 6716, 7006. Penstemon pallidus (N. Y.) 7130. chwalbea americana (N. J.) 9028, 10086. Scrophularia leporella (N. Y.) 6790, 6888, 6910, 7732, 8323. (N.J.) 10098. (Pa.) 4993. Scrophularia marilandica (N. Y.) 8220. (N. J.) 9904. (Pa.) 6468, 6504, 8108. Verbascum Blattaria (N. J.) 7053. (Pa.) 6475, 7971. Verbascum Lychnitis (Pa.) 6478. Verbascum Thapsus (N. Y.) 6684, 8324, 8496. (Pa.) 6479, 7970. Veronica americana (N. Y.) 6824, 6887, 7186, 7740. (N. J.) 6533, 9437. (Pa.) 5069, 7238. 7 Veronica ,arvensis (N. Y.) 6787, 6867. (N. J.) 7062, 9993. (Pa.) 6719, 6999, 7254. 242 Veronica Brittonit (N. J.) 10100. Veronica Chamaedrys (N. Y.) 6768. Veronica officinalis (N. Y.) 6880, 7023, 7118, 7623, 8423. (N. J.) 6528, 7414. (Pa.) 6718, 7965. Veronica peregrina (Pa.) 6995. Veronica scutellata (N. Y.) 6641. Veronica serpyllifolia (N. Y.) 6788, 6830, 6911. Veronica Tournefortii (Pa.) 6466. Veronicastrum virginicum (N. Y.) 7731, 8697, 9851. (N. J.) 6529, 10104. (Pa.) 373, 4980, 4981, 6470, 7778, 8003, 8082, 9000, 9016. ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS Page 111, line 19.—Delete word “persistent.” The tubercle- like base of the style lasts but a short time after anthesis, not until the fruit is mature. Page 111, last line —VI. VERONICEAE, not ‘“ DIGITALEAE.” Page 112, line 9 —Add word “‘usually”’ before “parasitic.”’ Page 112, line 19.—Add word “‘one”’ so as to read “Two stig- matic lines, one down each side of style-apex.”’ Page 112, line 22.—Add to characterization of genera contrasted with Buchnera, ‘‘ Calyx not bracted at base.” Page 113, line 12.—Add to characterization of Buchnera, “ Calyx bibracteolate at base.” Page 113, line 19.—Add to characterization of Schwalbea: “Calyx bibracteolate at base.” © Page 113, line 22.—Add to characterization of genera contrasted with Schwalbea, ‘‘Calyx not bracted at base.” Page 114, line 10.—Add phrase ‘‘to four’’ so expression reads ‘“‘Seeds maturing two to four to a capsule.” Page 152, line 13.—Add ‘“‘ Linaria canadensis occurs occasionally in a pink-flowered form.”’ Page 168.—13. Veronica Brittoni Porter and Page 170.—14. Veronica glandifera Pennell.: It should have been stated that both these newly described species are segregates from the complex. known as Veronica Anagallis-aquatica L. This name belongs to some one of several Palaeartic species, all of which differ from our plants. 243 THE OCCURRENCE AND DISTRIBUTION OF VASEY'S PONDWEED IN NORTHEASTERN OHIO By L. S. HopkKINS So far as available records show the first collection of this interesting little pondweed—Potamogeton Vaseyi Robbins— was made at Brady’s Lake, Portage Co., by the writer on June 22, 1912, it being in flower at the time. The fact that the plant was new to me at the time of its col- lection signified little since I had given no attention to the mem- bers of this genus. Moreover it occurred in such abundance that I never surmised that it had not been collected before and it was not until later that I learned that this was the first authen- tic account of its occurrence in the state. It has since been collected by Mr. John Bright of Glenshaw, Pa. at the mouth of Cowles Creek, near Geneva-on-the-Lake in Ashtabula Co. on July 28, 1918, and by myself in August, 1918, and again in 1919 at Sandy Lake (also called Lake Stafford), Portage Co. Although the Gray’s New Manual, 1908, page 76, gives its distribution as being from ~ Me: fO-Oiite 3S: tO be NER a) Ill., and Minn.,’”’ Schaffner does not include it in his ‘‘Ohio Catalogue of Vascular Plants.” Brief comment may be made upon two statements commonly made in connection with this plant. The first is found in Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora, 1913, page 83 to the effect that ‘“‘emersed fertile forms (occur) in shallow water.’’ The other is found in the Gray’s New Manual, which states that the ‘fruiting form with floating leaves (is)rare.”’ With reference to local material as studied at the lakes men- tioned, it seems worthy of note that it does not agree with the manuals quoted in three essential particulars. 1. Fruiting stems are not rare. On the contrary they are very abundant. It is no exaggeration to say that enough fruiting stems to fill an ordinary row boat could have been collected at Sandy Lake in August, 1919. 244 2. Unless the term “floating leaves”’ is used merely to distin- guish the larger leaves from the smaller it is a misnomer, for they do not always float. Thousands of these “floating leaves” were seen in 1918 and again in 1919, which by actual measure- ment, were submerged at varying depths up to twenty inches. 3. Fruiting stems are not limited to shallow water. It pro- duced fruit abundantly at Sandy Lake in 1919 in water of such depth that the combined length of an ordinary oar—6 ft, 6 in.— and my arm with the sleeve rolled up as far as I could get it did ~ not suffice to reach the bottom. In this particular lake for the past two seasons it has fruited most abundantly in water over Sixsicetiacep: As northeastern Ohio abounds in small lakes it is not improb- able that other stations for it will be discovered. Several sheets of herbarium material were prepared from specimens collected at Sandy Lake and will be given to any one who may care to send postage for it. STATE NORMAL COLLEGE, KENT, OHIO. SHORTER NOTES Carpolithes macrophyllus a Philadelphus.—In ToRREYA, I911, p. 235, I described a fossil fruit from the Miocene of Florissant, giving it the name Carpolithes macrophyllus, and leaving its classification uncertain. I now find that it agrees in every particular with Philadelphus, except that the sepals are longer than in any living species known to me. It must be called Philadelphus macrophyllus, but it very likely belongs to the same species as P. palaeophilus Ckll. 1908, based on leaves from the same rocks.—T. D. A: COCKERELL REVIEWS Flora of the District of Columbia* Washington botanists are to be congratulated upon the publication of this important contribution to the regional botany of eastern North America, containing, as it does, the record of an * Hitchcock, A. S. and Standley, P. C.* With the assistance of the botanists of Washington, Flora of the District of Columbia and Vicinity. Contribution U. S. Nat. Herb. 21: pp. 1-329, pl. 42. I9I9. 245 immense amount of original observation by many students over many years. There is a brief introduction, describing the geo- graphic, geologic, and ecologic aspects of the area, which is in a general way a circle of fifteen miles radius with the Capitol as the center and which has yielded 1,630 species of native and naturalized plants here formally listed, with records of habitat, distribution, and common names. Numerous other species, found adventive or as waifs are mentioned in notes and there are occasional critical comments on relationship, morphology, uses and other features. The Catalogue is preceded by a key to the families based mainly on vegetative characters and by another key to the families based mainly on floral characters, these two keys occu- pying 30 pages of the book, and they have been very ingeniously worked up; there is a generic key for each family and a species key for each genus. The families have not been grouped in orders, which is to be regretted. Asa rule, the keys are detailed and complete enough to effect the determination of species, assuming a general knowledge of the flora by the student using the work. Varieties or races are very sparingly admitted and the recognition of species is commendably sane. Thus only seven species of Crataegus are listed, only 6 Rubi, only 3 Lacin- arias, and only 6 Antennarias, with an apology for one of them. Oenothera biennis is very properly disposed of as ‘‘an extremely variable species . . . considered to consist of numerous ‘ele- mentary species.’’’ Generic ranks are for the most part liberally recognized, perhaps not in all families consistently, this doubtless referable to the very considerable number of collaborators (twenty-two). It would be most unfortunate to have any- thing like that number of students of the same turn of mind; thus Padus is not separated from Prunus, while Persicaria is kept out of Polygonum. A few generic names replace those in ordinary usage, as Bilderdykia for Tiniaria and Campe for Barbarea, having priority of publication. Several specific names are likewise strangers, due to bibliographic research and the more correct application of names to type-specimens, noteworthy those ferreted out by 246 Dr. Blake in his studies of Linnaean species while in London a few years ago. One of these I have supposed might be based on some ancient error or mixture; that is the application of the name Eleocharis capitata to what we have long been calling Eleocharis tenuis; it seems incredible that Linnaeus could have meant to describe the spikelet of that sedge as subglobose and to have assigned the name capifata to it. Linnaeus reached some results which seem queer to us, like his classifying Lysz- machia terrestris as a Mistletoe and Comptonia peregrina as a Liguidambar, but these flukes are brilliant as compared with ~ calling the spikelet of Eleocharis tenuis subglobose. It goes without saying that the nomenclature of the District Flora follows the American Code, rather than the so-called International Code forced down the throats of the Vienna Botanical Congress by a German majority and further manipu- lated by the same majority at the Brussels Congress; we can well understand why the French have never recognized it as valid, and why anybody but Germans or Austrians should so regard it has always been a puzzle, especially as the American Code is much more logical and cuts out autocracy. Internation- alism is proving a dangerous principle to play with, and in many aspects has much to condemn it. The Washington botanists have followed the American Code consistently in almost every item except the use of duplicate binomials; they do not say why these have not been used; zodlogists have used them for many years without losing sleep, and Sassafras Sassafras runs well with Corvus Corvus. We must, I suppose, conclude that our colleagues of the fifteen-mile circle around the national Capitol, or most of them, simply do not like to say Catalpa Catalpa, although by refusing such diction they lose the valuable suggestion that Linnaeus named the tree Bignonia Catalpa. Or may it be that they are influenced by the line of thought advanced by Engler at the Vienna Con- gress when we asked him why he objected and he told us prin- cipally that such names had made some of his students laugh! And so the risibility of juvenile Huns prevented their adoption at that highly amusing convocation. N. L. BritTTON. 247 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB OCTOBER 14, I919 The meeting was held in the lecture room of the Department of Botany, Columbia University, President Richards presiding. There were seventeen persons present. The minutes of May 28 were read and approved. The following persons were nominated and elected to mem-- bership: Mr. Hilary S. Jurica, St. Procopius College, Lysle, Illinois; Mr. Frederick Kobbé, 103 East 86th St., New York City; Miss Ella McNeier, 260 Convent Ave., New York City; Mr. Charles Brown, 762 Courtlandt Ave., New York City; Mrs. D. W. Johnston, 206 East 200th St., New York City; Miss Nessa Cohen, 2094 Fifth Ave., New York City; Miss Marguerite Gluck, 2010 Seventh Ave., New York City. Dr. Seaver called for suggestions regarding the programs for the evening meetings of the Club. The announced program called for reports by members on their summer work. Professor R. A. Harper exhibited a number of very excellent photographs of species of Boleti collected at various times during the summer in the vicinity of Woods Hole, Mass. Dr. M. A. Howe gave a brief account of the life of C. C. Frost mentioned by Dr. Harper. He also spoke of his own work in connection with the establishment of the dahlia border at the New York Botanical Garden. He has obtained for the garden some 343 varieties of dahlias. Dr. H. B. Douglas remarked on the various species of Boleti he had collected in Maine. Professor T. E. Hazen spoke of his work on the Pontederias at Woods Hole. He had gathered nineteen plants from the field and transplanted them successfully in a small pond where they could be studied and photographed conveniently.: He showed a numberof pictures, using his negatives as lantern slides as his pictures had not been finished. Mr. A. T. Beals spoke of collecting mosses during the summer. His material has not been worked over as yet but contains many interesting species. 248 B. O. Dodge exhibited a few photographs of Gymnosporangium, Sporodinia and Exobasidium which had been taken at Woods Hole by Professor Harper, Professor Hazen, and himself. Professor Richards exhibited several beautiful specimens of Buellia geographica which he and Mrs. Richards had collected at Glacier Park, Montana, during the summer. The gas analyses which he had been making during the summer have not been completed sufficiently to warrant reporting at this time. He also exhibited a large specimen of Calvatia gigantea collected recently in this vicinity. Adjournment followed. B. O. DonGE, Secrétary. NEWS ITEMS At the St. Louis meeting of the Ecological Society of America The Plant World was taken over by the Society and will be merged with Ecology, a new journal which will be issued as the official organ of the Society. Beginning with volume 20 TorREyA will be issued bi-monthly. This has been decided because of the greatly increased cost of production. As heretofore its pages will be open to all who have something to say of interest to botany, but if more material is offered for publication than we have room for, preference will be given to members of the Club, and to notes on local botany. 249 . DATES OF PUBLICATION Pages 1-20 Issued February 1, for January 2; 3) February March April May June July August September October November December 21-36 37-56 57-84 85-105 107-124 125-142 143-160 161-185 187-204 205-234 235-257 March May June July August September September October December December January 28, 1919 1919 1919 1919 1919 1919 1919 1919 1919 1919 1919 1920 > INDEX TO VOLUME NINETEEN [The names of species and varieties described as new and of new combinations are in bold face type.] Aaronsohn, A., death of, 203 Abrams, L. R., A New California Cypress. Cupressus nevadensis sp. nov.,)- Abstracts and Criticisms of Botanical Papers read at the Baltimore Meeting of thevAv vA, A Ss) 83) Acer circinatum fulva, 182; floridanum, 121 ¥ Achillea millefolium, 12 Adams, C. C., 84, 159 Agalinis, 112; acuta, 210, 214, 239; decemloba, 210, 314; Holmiana, 210, 213, 230; maritima, 200, 210, 2IT, 240; palustris, 209, 212; paupercula, 210, 211; purpurea, 210, 212, 240; tenuifolia, 210, 214, 240; virgata, 210, 213, 240 Agoseris villosum, 182 Agropyron brevifolium, 193; caesium, 189; dasystachyum, 193; divergens, 193; Elmeri, 193; glaucum, 189; junceum, 189; pungens, 189; repens, 225; tenerum, 225, 226 Agrostis alba, 188, 220, 227; aspetifolia, 190; attenuata, 191; densiflora, I91; foliosa, 220, 226; geminata, I091; grandis, 191; Hallii, 220; hyemalis, 220, 226; micropetala, 220; micro- phylla, 226; oregonensis, 220, 226; pallens, 188; Pringlei, 191; scabra, I91; Scouleri, 191; tenuiculmis, 191; varians, I91; verticellata, 191; vires- cens, I9QI Aira capillaris, 189, 221, 226; caryo- phyllea, 221, 226; praecox, 221 Alopecurus aristulatus, 220, 226; geni- culatus, 191; pallescens, 191; praten- sis 220 American Museum of Natural History, meetings at, 18, 34, 102, 104, 123, 158 Ammophila arenaria, 188 Andrews, A. L., Bryological notes— V. Scapania nimbosa from Norway, 49 Andrews, E. F., The Japanese Honey- suckle in the Eastern United States, 37 Andromeda, 153 bo Andropogon Sorghum, 225 Androsace, 180 Anemone patens, 182 Anogra, 175 Anthoxanthum odoratum, Puelii, 188, 219 Antirrhinum canadense, I51 Apera spica-venti, 188, 220 Aplectrum, 155 Aquilegia caerulea, 137-141; caerulea x chrysantha, 139; caerulea daileyae, I37; caerulea x desertorum, 139; chrysantha, 138; desertcrum, 138; desertorum x chrysantha, 139; ele- gantula, 138; vulgaris stellata, 137 Arabis, 181 Arethusa, 153 Argentina, 175 Aristida fasciculata, 220, 226 Arnica alpina, 18 Arrhenatherum elatius, 221, 227 Arthur, J. C., A Correction, 83; New Names for Species of Phanerogams, 48 Aster cordifolius, 12; divaricatus, 12; dumosus, 12; ericoides, 12; lateri- florus, 12; novae-angliae, 12; pani- culatus, 12; patens, 12; Tradescanti, 12; undulatus, 12; vimineus, 12 Astrasalus, 181 Athysanus pusillus, 184 Aureolaria, 112; flava, 206, 208, 240; glauca, 209; laevigata, 206, 208; pedicularia, 205, 206, 240; pedi- cularia ambigens, 207; pedicularia caesariensis, 205, 207, 240; pedi- cularia intercedens, 205, 207, 240; villosa, 205, 207; virginica, 49, 205, BMG), 22%7)> t90; oligantha, 207, 240 Avena barbata, 189, 221; fatua, 191, 221, 226; fatua glabrata, 221; sativa, 221, 227; Smithii, 191 ‘Bailey, L. H., 142 Baptisia tinctoria, 12 Barnhart; J. His 27; 10; 38 1Oouoas 157, 230 Bartsia coccinea, 236 Batrachium, 175 Beals, A. T., 247 251 Berry, E. W., 19, 203; Pleistocene Plants from. Tennessee and Missis- sippi, 8 Bignonia Catalpa, 246 Blanchard, W. H., 158 Blome, W. H., 124 Boerker’s Our National Forests (Re- view), 14 Book Reviews, 228 Botanical Abstracts, 230 Botanical Explorations in 123 Botanical Gardens at Buitenzorg, Java, The, 34 Botanical Study of Skunk Cabbage, Symplocarpus foetidus, A, 21 Botany in the City High School, 57 Brassica sp., I2, 13 Britton, E. G., 18, 79, 157, 230; The Swiss League for the Protection of Nature (Review), 101 Britton, N. L., 103, 158, 159, 203, 231; Flora of the District of Columbia (Review), 244; Testimonial dinner to, 105 Britton and Rose’s Cactaceae (Re- view), 200 Briza minor, 222 Broadhurst, J., 19, 82 Bromus carinatus, 222, 227; Gussoni, 193; hordeaceus, 103, 222, 227; hordeaceus leptostachys, 222; margi- natus, 222, 227; polyanthus, 222; racemosus commutatus, 193; rubens, 222; secalinus, 222, 227; sterilis, 222, 226; tectorum, 222, 227; tec- torum nudus, 222; villosus, 222, 227; vulgaris, 222, 226; vulgaris eximius, 222 Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 20; meeting at, 122 Brown, C., 247 Bryological Notes—V., Scapania nim- bosa from Norway, 49 Bryum neodamense, 232; 232 Buchnera, 113; americana, 235 ‘Buellia geographica, 248 Bulgaria globosa, 231 Burnham, S. H., The Sedges of the Lake George Flora, 125 Burns, G. P., 84, 159 Bursa bursa-pastoris heegeri, 137; heeg- eri,I37 Equador, pallescens, Calamagrostis lactea, 191; Langsdorfii lactea, IOI Caldwell, O. W., 104 Calistachya alba, 161; virginica, 161 Calopogon pulchellus, 153 Calvatia gigantea, 248 Canadian Arctic Mosses, 232 Cannon, W. A., 51 Capnorea, 181 Capraria gratioloides, 149 Cardot, J., 33 Carex, 181; albicans, 132; aperta, 125; albursina, 133; anceps, 133; arctata, 133; Asa-Grayi, 136; aurea, 133; Baileyi, 136; blanda, 133; Bicknellii, 132; bromoides, 131; brunnescens, I3I; Canescens, 131; castanea, 133; cephalophora, 130; cephaloidea, 130; chordorrhiza, 129; communis, 132; comosa, 136; complanata, 134; com- planata robusta, 134; conoidea, 133; Crawfordii, 131; crinita, 135; crista- tella, 131; cryptolepis, 135; Dewey- ana, 131; digitalis, 133; disperma, 130; eburnea, 132; exilis, 131; fes- tucacea, 132; flava, 135; flexuosa, 133; foenea, 132; folliculata, 135; formosa, 133; gracillima, 133; granu- laris, 133; grisea, 133; gyandra, 135; hirtifolia, 132; Hitchcockiana, 133; Houghtonii, 135; hystricina, 136; hystricina Dudleyi, 136; intumes- cens, 136; lacustris, 136; lanuginosa, 135; lasiocarpa, 135; laxiculmis, 133; laxiflora, 133; Leersii, 131; leersii angustata, 131; Leersii cephalantha, 131; leptalea, 3132; limosa, 134; lupulina, 136; lupulina Bellavilla, 136; lupulina X retrorsa, 136; Jurida, 136; lurida X lupulina, 136; monile, 135; Novae-Angliae, 132; normalis, 131; normalis perlonga, 131; Oedeti, 125; pallescens, 134; pauciflora, 132; paupercula, 134; pedunculata, 132; pennsylvanica, 132; plantaginea, 133; platyphylla, 133; prairea, 130; pro- jecta, I3I; prasina, 133; Pseudo- Cyperus, 136; retroflexa, 129; re- trorsa, 136; rosea, 129; scabrata, 134; scoparia, 131; sparganioides, 130; Sprengelii, 134; squarrosa, 125; stipita, 130; straminea, 131; stricta, I35; Swanii, 134; tenuiflora, 130; trichocarpa, 135; trisperma, 130; tribuloides, 131; torta, 135; Tucker- mani, 136; umbellata, 132; varia, I32; vestita, 135; virescens, 134; vulpinoidea, 130; xanthocarpa, 130 Carnegiea gigantea, 200 Carpenter, W. H., 105 Carpolithes macrophyllus a delphus, 244 Cassandra, 153 Cassiope, 175; tetragona, 18 Castanea pumila, 9 Phila- 252 Castilleja, 113; coccinea, 236, 240 Catalpa Catalpa, 246 Catoscepium nigritum, 232 Celtis mississippiensis, 9, 10; dentalis, Io Cenchrus carolinianus, 188 Centaurea Jacea, 13 Cercis, I21 Chamberlain, E. B., 33 Changes in Teaching Biology in our High Schools, 65 Chelone glabra, 117, 240; glabra tomentosa, 117, 240; Penstemon, II5 Chivers, A. H., 103 Chlonanthes tomentosa, 117 Chloris radiata, 188 Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, 12 Chrysohypnum stellatum, 232 Chrysophlyctis endobiotica, 159 Chrysopsis mariana, 12; villosa, 184 Cichorium Intybus, 12 Cinna latifolia, 191; pendula, 191 Cireaea pacifica, 184 Cnicus, 181 Cockayne, A. H., 204 Cockerell, T. D. A., Carpolithes macro- phyllus a Philadelphus, 244; Heli- anthus Besseyi Bates, 197; Notes on Coelogyne, 227; Notes on Lycasti, 10; Some Western Columbines, 137 Coelogyne asperata, 228; cristata, 227; pandurata, 227; sparsa, 228; speciosa, 228 Cohen, N., 247 Coker, D., 18 Collomia, 175 Columbia University, Meeting at, 79 Conarum, 175 Comparison of the Flora of Southern British Columbia with that of the - State of Washington, as Illustrated by the Floras of Henry and Piper, 174 Concerning Duplicate Types, 13 Conobea borealis, 146 Cooper, W. S., 83 Corallorrhiza odontorhiza, 153 Correction, A, 83 Corvus Corvus, 246 Corylus californica, 183 Cupressus Macnabiana, 92; nevadensis, 92; Sargenti, 92 Cynodon Dactylon, 188 Cynosurus, 180; cristatus, echinatus, 189 Cyperus dentatus, 126; diandrus, 126; esculentus, 126; filiculmis, 126; Houghtoni, 126; inflexus, 126; rivu- laris, 126; strigosus, 126 189, 221; occi- . Cypripedium arietinum, 153, 155; parvi- flora, 182 Cytisus scoparius, 184 Dactylis glomerata, 223, 227 Damon, W. E., 103 Danthonia americana, 221, 226; cali- fornica, 221 Dasiphora, 175 , Dasystephana Menzesii, 49; spathacea, 49 Dasystoma virginica, 49 Daucus carota, 12 DeForest, R., 105 Denslow, H. M., Reminiscences of orchid-hunting, 152 Deschampsia casepitosa, 221, 226; calycina, 191; danthonioides, 221; elongata, 221; holciformis, 189 Dianthus, 180; Armeria, 13 Dicostegia, 3 Dicranum elongatum, 232 Digitaria humifusa, 188, 219, 226 Dipsacus, T8t Distichlis maritima, 192 Distribution of the Montane Plants of the Rocky Mountains, The, 34 Dodge, B. O., 19, 248; Proceedings of the) (Club; 17,918) 10; sem OumsOes WA, Wisp, Bali] Douglass, H. B., 247 Drepanocladus aduncus, 232; brevi- folius, 232; scoprioides, 232 Dryas integrifolia, 18 Drymocallis, 175 Duggar, B. M., 124 Dulichium arundinaceum, 129 Eatonia obtusata, 192; pennsylvanica, 192 Echinochloa -Crus-galli, 219 Ecological Society of America, 84 Elatine, 181 Eleocharis acicularis, 127; acuminata, 127; capitata, 246; diandra, 126; intermedia, 127; obtusa, 126; oliva- cea, 126; palustris, 127; tenuis, 127, 246 Eleusine tristachya, 188 Elymus dasystachys, 1090; glaucus, 225, 226; littoralis, 193; mollis, 103; saxicolus, 193 ‘ Encalypta brevicola, 232 ‘Ephedra viridis, 92 Eragrostis cyperoides, 189; hypnoides, 221, 226; Orcuttiana, 189; reptans, 192 Erigeron, 181; canadensis, 13; filiformis, 183; ramosus, 13 Eriocaulon septangulare, 13 Eriogonum, 181 Eriophorum alpinum, 127; callithrix, 127; gracile, 127; virginicum, 127; viridicarinatum, 127 Erythronium albidum, 43; americanum, 43; propullans, 43-47 Eucapholus, 175 Euchroma coccinea, 236 Eupodium, 3 Eustachya alba, 161 Evans, A. W., 18, 19, 81; A New Riccia from Peru, 85 Exhibition of a Collection of Flowering Plants and Mosses from North Star Bay, 18 Farlow, W. G., 142 Farwell, O. A., 124 Ferguson, W. C., Plants in Flower in the Autumn of 1918 on Long Island, BV, tE2 Festuca brevifolia, 192; bromoides, 189, 223; californica, 192, 223; denticu- lata, 192; elatior, 224, 227; hetero- phylla, 189; idahoensis, 224, 226; Jonesii, 192; microstachys, 192; mega- “Jura, 189, 223, 226; myuros, 223; occidentalis, 224, 226; octoflora, 223, 226; ovina, 192; ovina columbiana, 192; ovina ingrata, I92; ovina ore- gana, 193; rubra, 223, 226; rubra littoralis, 193; rubra megastachys, 189, 224; rubra pubescens, 193; scabrella, 193; subulata, 224, 226 Fimbristylis autumnalis, 127 Flora of the District of Columbia (Re- view), 244 — Frasera, 181 Gager, C. S., 19, 81, 104, 122; Boerker’s Our National Forests (Review), 14; Macfarlane’s The Causes and Course of Organic Evolution (Review), 93 Gastridium australe, 191 Garrett, O. A., 185 Gentiana Menzesii, 49 Gilia, 175 Gleason, H. A., 34, 36, 53, 203; Rham- nus dahurica in Michigan, 141; What is Ecology? 89 Globifera micranthemoides, 150 Gluck, M., 247 Glycena grandis, 225, 226; leptostachya, 224, 226; -occidentalis, 224, 226; pauciflora, 224, 226 Gnaphalium obtusifolium, 13 Goodlatte, A., 231 Goodyeara pubescens, 153 Gratiola anagallidea, 150; aurea, 144, 49; spathacea, 145, 240; aurea obtusa, 144, 145, 240; dubia, 149; inaequalis, 149; neglecta, 144, 146, 147, 240; pilosa, 144, 240; sphaerocarpa, 147; virginiana, 144, 146, 147, 240; viscidula, 144, 145; viscosa, 145 Grasses of Salem, Oregon and Vicinity, The, 216 Graves, H. S., 20 Gundersen, A., Trelease’s Plant Mate- rials and Winter Botany (Review), 78 Gymnotheca, 3 Gynerium argenteum, 221 Habenaria, 175; ciliaris, 153; Hookeri, 154, 155; macrophylla, 154; orbicu- lata, I Hankinson, T. L., 159 Harper, R. A.,. 18, 79, 83, 103, 104, 105, 157, 158, 231, 247 Harper, R. M., The Supposed Southern Limit of the Eastern Hemlock, 198; Tumion taxifolium in Georgia, 119 Harrimanella, 175 Harris, J. A., 19, 82 Harvey, R. B., 122 Harwood’s New Creations Life (Review), 15 Hazen, T. E., 247 Helenium tenuifolium, 37 Helianthus alexanderi, 197; apricus, 198; apricus camporum, 198; nebrascensis, 197; nitidus, 198; tuberosus, 197 Helianthus Besseyi Bates, 197 Hemianthus, 111, 150 micranthemoides, I50; micranthus, 150, 240 Hemicarpha, 181 Hieracium scabrum, 13 Hierochloe macrophylla, 220, 226 Hitchcock, A. S., 185 Holcus lanatus, 192 Hollick, A., 105 Hopkins, L. S., The Occurrence and Distribution of Vasey’s Pondweed in Northeastern Ohio, 243 Hordeum Gussoneanum, 225; jubatum, 225; maritimum, 193; murinum, 225, 227; nodosum, 225 Horkelia, 181 Houstonia longifolia, 12 Hovey, E. O., 18 Howe, M. A., 19, 79, 81, 81, 142, 157, 158, 231, 247; Proceedings of the Club, 230 Hughes, F. T., 104; Botany in the City High Schools, 57 in Plant Ichnanthus, 51 254 Ilex opaca, I21 Ilysanthes, Ill, 148; dubia, 148, 149, 240; dubia inundata, 149, 241; gratioloides, 149; inaequalis, 140, 241; riparia, 148 In the Wake of the Enemy, 32 Ionactis linariifolius, 13 Isotria verticillata, 153, 155 Japanese Honeysuckle in the Eastern United States, The, 37 Johnson, D. S., 158 Johnston, D. W., 247 Journal of the International Garden Club, 204 Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, 19 Jurica, H. S., 247 Knight, L. T., 20 King, C. A., 104; Changes in Teaching Biology in Our High Schools, 65 Kimball, K. D., 51 Kirkwood, J. E., 17 Kleinsmid, R. B., von, 34 Knight, L. T., 20 Kobbe, F., 247 Koeleria cristata, 222 Kunkel, L. O., 80 Lasiacis anomala, 51 Leersia oryzoides, 219, 226 Leon, Bro., A New Cuban Sida, 172 Leptandra, 161; virginica, 161 Leptobryum pyriforme, 232 Lepturus incurvatus, 189 Levin, I., 158 Levine, M., 19, 82, 83 Limnanthemum Grayanum, 48 Limnanthes, 180 Limnorchis, 175 Limosella aquatica, 30, 3I, 143; mari- tima, 143; subulata, 30, 31, 32, 143, 241; tenuifolia, 30 Limosella, Some Remarks upon, 30 Linaria canadensis, 151, 241; Linaria, I2, I5I, 241; pennsylvanica, 151; vulgaris I51 Liparis liliifolia, 153, 155 Liquidambar, 121 Liriodendron, 121 Lisk, H., 80 Listera, 156; convallarioides, 154; cor- data, 154 Lobelia, 175 Lolium multiflorum, 189, 224, 227; perenne, 189, 224, 227; perenne cristatum, 225, temulentum, 224, 227 Lomatium, 181 Lonicera japonica, 37 Lupinus, 181 Lurvey, S. A., 79, 80 Lycaste alba, 11; cruenta, 11; Skinneri, Io, 11; Skinneri alba, 10 Lysichiton Kamtschatcensis, 21, 183 Lysimachia terrestris, 246 MacCaughey, V., The Pala or Mule’s- foot Fern (Marattia Douglasii (Presl.) Baker) in the Hawaiian Archipelago, I MacDougal, D. T., 105 Macfarlane’s The Causes and Course of Organic Evolution (Review), 93 Machoeranthera, 175 Madronella, 181 Magnolia grandiflora, 121 Mann, P. B., 104; The Relation of First Year Botany to Advanced Work, with References to Certain Applications and By-products, 72 Marattia alata, 3; attenuata, 3; Boivini, 3; circutifolia, 3; Douglasii, 1-8; fraxinea, 3; Kaulfussii, 3; levis, 3; melanesiaca, 3; pellucida, 3; pur- purascens, 3; salicina, 3; salicifolia, (3; sambucina, 3; Weinmanniifolia, 3 Mariscus mariscoides, 129 MeNeier, E., 247 Medicago, arabica, 183 Melampyrum, 114; americanum, 238, 239; americanum latifolium, 238; cristatum, 238; latifolium, 238; line- are, 238,. 241; lineare americanum, 239; lineare latifolium, 238 239; pratense americanum, 238 Melica acuminata, 192; bromoides, 192; bulbosa, 192; Geyerl, 222; Harfodii, 192; interrupta, 190; scabra- ta, 192; subulata, 222, 226 Melilotus alba, 12, 13 Micranthemum micranthemoides, 150; micranthum, 150; Nuttallii, 150 Microseris, 175 Mimulus, ri, 147; alatus, 147, 148, 241; guttatus, 147, 148; moschatus, 147; ringens, 147, 148, 241 Mnium affine, 232 Moore, B., 20, 84, 159 Moore, G. T., 105 Morphogenesis in Dictyostelium, 231 ‘Mucor, 18 Murrill, W. A., 105 Mycosphaerella, 18 Myosurus minimus, 183 Myriotheca, 3 Nabalus sp., 13 255 Nash, G. V., 203 Nassella chilensis, 188 Navarretia, 175 Nelson, J. C., A Comparison of the Flora of Western British Columbia with that of the State of Washing- ton, as Illustrated by the Floras of Henry and Piper, 174; The Grasses of Salem, Oregon and _ Vicinity, 216; Notes on the Grasses of Howell's Flora of Northwest America, 187 Neopieris mariana, 12 Neoplastic Diseases (Cancer) in the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms, 158 New California Cypress, A. Cupressus nevadensis sp. nov., 92 New Cuban Sida, A., 172 Newcombe, F. C., 20 New Names for Species of Phanerogams, 48 New Riccia from Peru, A, 85 News Items, 19, 36, 83, 105, 124, 142, 158. 185, 203 New York Botanical Garden, 51, 203; Meetings at, 17, 33, 82, 103, 157, 230 New York Evening Sun, 36 Nishimura, M., 17 North American Flora, 36 Nichols, G. E., 18, 19, 34, 82 Notes and News, 51 Notes on Coelogyne, 227 Notes on Lycaste, 10 Notes on Grasses of Howell’s Flora of Northwest America, 187 Notholcus lanatus, 220, 227 Nymphoides Grayanam, 48 Occurrence and Distribution of Vasey’s Pondweed in Northeastern Ohio, 243 , Oenothera, 175; biennis, 12, 245; muricata, 13 Olive, E. W., 20, 83, 102 Onagra, 175 Onobrychis sativa, 183 Opuntia, 200, 201; ficus-indica, 202; tuna, 201; vulgaris, 201 Orchis spectabilis, 155 Orobanche, 175 Oryzopsis cuspidata, I91 Osborn, 105 Osmuda sp., 9; spectabilis, 9 Osterhout, G. E., 79, 80 Ostrya, I21 Otophylla, 113; auriculata, 215; 241; Michauxii, 216 Owen, T., 17 Oxycoccus, 175 - Pachylophus, 1811 Pala or Mule’s-foot Fern (Marattia Douglasii (Presl.) Baker) in the Hawaiian Archipelago, The, 1 Panicularia fluitans, 190; nervata, 192; occidentalis, 189 Panicum amalurum, 51; barbinode, 188; barbipulvinatum, 219, 226; capillare, 190 219; crus-galli, 190; dichotomum, 190; miliaceum, 188, 219; pacificum, 188, 219, 226; pubes- cens, 190; prutiens, 483; sanguinale, 48, 190; scoparium, 190; Scribneria- num, 219, 226; thermale, 188; urvilleanum, 51 Papaver radicatum, 18; somniferum, 182, 183 Parrya, 181f Paspalum dilatatum, 188; distichum, 219, 226 Pediculatis, 114; auriculata, 237; cana- densis, 237, 241; gladiata, 237; lanceolata, 237, 241; palustris, 236; pallida, 237 Pellia epiphylla, 88; Neesiana, 88 Pennell, F. W., 20, 80, 81, 83, 157, 158, .- 231; Concerning Duplicate Types, 13; Scrophulariaceae of the Local Flora—I, 107;—II, 143;—III, 161; —IV, 205;—V, 235; Some Remarks upon Limosella, 30 Pen temon, I10, I15, 181; digitalis, TLIO; 240 hirsutus, LO, LZ; 24E; pallidus, 116, 241; Pentstemon, 116; tubiflorus, 115, 116 Pereskia, 200 Persicaria pennsylvanica, 13 Phalaris arundinacea, 219; brachy- stachys, 188; canariensis, 219; minor, 188; paradoxa, 188 Phegopteris phegopteris, 182 Philadelphus Lewesii, 182; phyllus, 244 Phleum pratense, 220, 227 Phragmites communis, 224, 226 Phyllodoce glanduliflorus, 182 Pinus glabra, 121; monophylla, 92; palustris, 199; Taeda, 121 Piperia, 175 Plantago aristata, 13; lanceolata, 13 Planting of Trees as War Memorials, 34 Plants in Flower in the Autumn of 1918 on Long Island, N. Y., 12 Pleistocene Plants from Tennessee n Mississippi, 8 Pleuropogon, refractus, 222, 226 Poa alcea, 189; annua, 223, Buckleyana, 191; compressa, 226; flava, 192; Fendler ana, glauca, 190; Howellii, 223, macro- 227; 223, 182; 226; 256 incurva, 192; invaginata 192; lep- tocoma, 223, 226; multnomae, 223; nervosa, 223, 226; occidentalis, 192; pratensis, 223, 227; purpurascens, 192; reflexa, 192; scabrella, 192, 223, 226; triflora, 223, 226; trivialis, 189, 223, 227 , Pogonia ophioglossoides, 153 Polygonella articulata, 13 Polygonum minimum, 183; 183 Polypogen monspeliensis, 220 Potamogeton Vaseyi, 243 Potentilla, 175, 181 Prickly Pears of the Southeastern United States, The, 103 Primula, 180 Proceedings of the Club, 17, 33, 79, LO2Q) T2257 220 247 Prunella vulgaris, 12 Pseudotsuga taxifolia, 218 Ptilocalais, 175 Puccinellia angustata, cula, 189 Puccinia Andropogonis, 49; Gentianae, 49; oahuensis, 48; Scirpi, 48; sub- striata, 48 Nuttallii, 183; pauper- Quercus alba, pagodaefolia, 9; predigitata, 9 DL Ranunculus, 175, 181; nivalis, 18 Rapuntium, 175 Relation of First Year Botany to Ad- vanced Work, with Reference to Certain Applications and By-prod- ucts, The, 72 Reminiscences of Orchid-hunting, 152 Reviews, 14, 78, 93, 122, 200, 228, 244 Rhamnus dahurica in Michigan, 141 Rhinanthus, 113; coccinea, 236; Crista- galli, 236; virginicus, 49 Rhynchospora alba, 129; capillacea, 129; fusa, 129; glomerata, 129 Rhytidium rugosum, 232 Riccia bistriata, 85 Richards, H. M., 10, 34, 79, 81, 82, 102, I04, 123, 158, 248 Rock rH. es Rock’s Lobelioideae of Hawaii (Re- view), 228 Roosevelt’s Notes on Brazijian Trees, 194 Rose, J. N., 123, 159 Rosendahl, C. O., Variations in the Flowers of Erythronium propullans Gray, 43 Rubus sp., 13 Rudbeckia hirta, 13 Runge, A. G., 79, 80 Rusby, H. H., 53 Rydberg, P. A., 34 Sagina occidentalis, 183 Salix, 181; groenlandica, 18; herbacea, 18 Salsola pestifer, 37; rhombifolia, 37; spinosa, 37 Sanguinale pruriens, 48 Saxifraga, 181; oppositifolia, 18 Sassafras Sassafras, 246 Science, 20 Scapania nimbosa, 49, 50; ornithopodi- oides, 49; planifolia, 49, 50 Schizonotus, 175 Schneider, C., 53, 185 Schwalbea, 113; americana, 235, 241 Scirpus americanus, 128; atrovirens, 128; atrocinctus, 129; cyperinus, 129; debilis, 128; fluviatilis, 128; lineatus, 128; microcarpus, 128 occidentalis, 128; Peckii, 128; pedicellatus, 1209; polyphyllus, 128; Smithii, 128; sub- terminalis, 128; sylvaticus, 128; Tor- eyi, 128; validus, 128 Scleropoa 1tigida, 189, 224 Scott, J. G., 80 Scrophularia, 110, 117; lanceolata, 119; leoprella, 118, 241; marilandica, 118, 241; nodosa, 117; nodosa lanceolata, I19; nodosa marilandica, 119 Scrophulariaceae of the Local Flora, TO7, LASw LOL 2058235 Seaver, F. J., 18, 79, 231, 247 Sedges of the Lake George Flora, The, 125 Sedum, 175; rosea, 182 Selaginella apus, 105 Senites Hartwegi, 48 Senicio, 181 Setaria imberbis, 188; viridis, 219 Seymore, A. B., 142. Shantz, H: L., 84 Shorter Notes, 141, 197, 244 Sida Brittoni, 172; ciliaris, 173 Sieversia, 175 Singewald, J. T., 19 Sisyrhynchium bermudiana, 157 Sitanion, 181; Brodiei, 193; elymoides, I93; flexuosum, 1093; glaber, 1093; Hystrix 193; jubatum, 1093, 225; Leckenbyi, 193; planifolium, 103; rigidum, 193; villosum, 193 . Skottsberg, C., 185 Small, J. K., 103 Smith, C3 Ps Smith, J. D., 158 Solidago bicolor, 13; caesia, 13; juncea, 12, 13; nemoralis, 13; puberula, 13; rugosa, 13 257 Some Plant Diseases Survey Work in New York, Virginia and Pennsyl- vania, 102 Some Remarks upon Limosella, 30 Some Western Columbines, 137 Sophramanthe pilosa, 145 Spartina cynosuroides, 191 Sphaerostigma, 181 Sphagnum Moss and its Use in Surgical Dressings, 18 Spiraea, 175 Spiranthes cernua, 153; gracilis, 153 Sporobolus Bolanderi, 190; cuspidatus, 190; depauperatus, 190; gracillimu«, 190; filiformis, 190; indicus, 172; simplex, 190 Standley, P. C., 185 Stenophyllus capillaris, 127 Stipa Bloomeri, 1091; Kingii, 191; Lemmoni 220, 226; Lemmoni Jonesii, 188; littoralis, 188; Michauxiana, I9I; minor, I91; oregonensis, I91; occidentalis, 191; viridua, 191 rout, A. B., 19, 82, 232 Supposed Southern Limit of the Eastern Hemlock, The, 198 Swartzia montana, 232 Swiss League for the Protection of Nature (Review), ror Symplocarpus foetidus, 21 Symposium and Conference on Botan- ical Education in the Secondary Schools, 104 Syntherisma, 181; pruriens, 83 Taraxacum Taraxacum, 12 Taraxia, 181 Taubenhaus, J. J., 36 Taxus floridana, 120 Taylor, N., 19, 79, 80, 81, 82 84, 159; Britton and Rose’s Cactaceae (Re- view), 200; Rock’s Lobelioideae of Hawaii (Review), 228; Roosevelt’s Notes on Brazilian Trees, 194 Taylor, Rose M., death of, 36 Thalesia, 175 Theriot, M., 133 Thermopsis, 181 Thompson, W. G., 105 Tonella, 181 Torreya taxifolia, 119 Trees of France, The, 32 Trelease’s Plant Materials and Winter Botany (Review), 78 Trias oblonga, 227 Trichostema, 181 Trifolium agrarium, 13; arvense, 13, I2; pratense, I2, 13; repens, 12, 13 Trisetum barbatum, 221, 226; cernuum, spicatum, Ig1 Triticum vulage, 225, 227 Tsuga canadensis, 198, 199 Tumion taxifolium in Georgia, 119 Types of Sterility in the Radish, 232 TOT, 221, canescens, 226; sub- Uredo zeugites, 48 Vaccinium, 153, 175 Valerianella salmonifolia, 184 Vancouveria hexandra, 183 Variations in the Flowers of Erythron- ium propullans Gray, 43 Verbascum, 109, 114; blattaria, 114, II5, 241; lychnitis, 114, I15, 241; phlomoides, 114, 115; Thapsus, 115, PAT. TS Veronica, I12, 162; agrestis, 162, 165; americana, 164, 167, 169, 241; Anagallis latifolia, 168; arvensis, 163, 167, 241; Beccabunga, 169; Brit- tonii, 165, 168, 242; Chamaedrys, 164, 167, 242; diffusa, 165; glandi- fera, 165, 170, 242; hederaefolia, 162, 165; humifusa, 166; longifolia, 164, 167; neglecta, 166; officinalis, 164, 167; 242; peregrina, 242; 163, 167, 242; peregrina xalapensis, 164, 167; precox, 165; ruderalis, 163, 166; scutellata, 165, I7I, 242; serpyl- lifolia, 163, 165, 166, 242; Teucrium, 164, 167; Tournefortii, 163, 165, 242; virginica, 161; xalapensis, 167 Veronicastrum, I12, 161; album, 161; virginicum, I61, 242 Victorin, Bro. M., 34 Vinca, 180 Viola, 181; pedata, 13 What is Ecology?, 89 White, O. E. Harwood’s New Creations in Plant Life (Review), 15 Whitford, H. N., 142 Williams, K. A. A Botanical Study of Skunk Cabbage, Symplocarpus foetidus 21 Williams, R. S., 18, 232 Wilson, E. H., 105 Wilson, McL., The Trees of France, 32 Wilson, P., 79 Woodward, R. W., 103 Xanthium canadense, 182 Zea Mays, 225 Zengites Hartwegi, 48 ak it ol ies The Torrey Botanical Club Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous copies of the number of TorREyYA in which their papers appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof, Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa’, have furnished the following rates: 28pp. | s2pp. | 48pp. | 64pp. app. | Spp. rapp. | r6pp. 20pp. 24PPp- } 25 copies | $1.40] $2.45 $3.65] $ 4.40|\$ 5.65|$ 6.50|$ 8:00|$ 8.45| $12.55| $15.90 Sash 1.65] }2.90) 4.25) 5:10} 6:65). .-7.75| 9-40} 9.85} 14.15] 17-35 ah 1.95} 3:35] 4-85) 5:65) 7.60) 8.75} 10.45) 11.25) 15.65) 19.95 roo |“ 2.25| 3.80) 5.35} 6.35] | 8.25). 9.80} 13.55] 12.45]) 17-55) 22.05 T5054; 2.70) 4.60} 6.50) 7.60] 10.20] 12.10] 14.20] 15.20] 21.35} 26.80 200 =“ 3-00} 5-05} 7:15| © 8.35] 11-40] 13-50} 15-80) 16.85] 23.55) 29.60 B00"). s. 3-85, oi26) 9-20 10.70 14.85) 17-55) 20459} 21-05) 30:20 37.40 Committees for 1919. Finance Committee Program Committee R. A. HARPER, Chairman. Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman. - ‘J. H. BARNHART, PROF. JEAN BROADHURST "Miss C. C. HayNEs B. O. DopGE 'SERENO STETSON MICHAEL LEVINE F. J. SEAVER Budget Committee Membership Committee J. H. BARNHART, Chairman. R. A. HARPER J. K. SMALL, Chairman. N. L. BRITTON T. E, HAZEN A. W. EVANS E. W. OLIVE M. A. Howe : : H. H. Ruspy Local Flora Committee N. L. Britton, Chairman. Field Committee ae ¢ F. W. PENNELL, Chairman. eEeants: FyptOname; Mrs. L. M. KEELER E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E.G. BRITTON MICHAEL LEVINE N. L. BRITTON T. E. HAZEN GEORGE T. HASTINGS C. C. Curtis M. A. Howe PEercy WILSON _K. K. MACKENZIE MICHAEL LEVINE F. J. SEAVER NoRMAN TAYLOR W.A. MurRRILL Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict. Lichens: W. C. Barbour Mosses: Mrs. E. G. Britton Sphaeriaceae, Dothideaceae: H. M Liverworts: A. W. Evans Richards } Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectas- Marine Algae: M. A. Howe : cineae, Tuberineae: F. J. Seaver Gasteromycetes: G. C, Fisher Fungi-forming sclerotia: A. B. Stout Hymenomycetes: W. A. Murrill Imperfecti: H. M. Richards, F. Except Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. Seaver, Mel T. Cook Burlingham Oomycetes: C. A. King Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Zygomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee Polyporeae: M. Levine Chytridiaceae, ’ Exobasidii: H, M. Richards Myxomycetes: Mrs. H. M. Richards Rusts and Smuts: E. W. Olive .. Yeast and Bacteria: Prof. J. Broadhurst Discomycetes: B.O. Dodge © Insect galls; Mel T. Cook OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A monthly journal devoted to general botany established | 1870. Vol. 45 published in. 1918, contained 519. pages of text and 15 full-page plates. — Price $4.00 per annum. For Europe, © 18 shillings. Dulau & Rau 47 Soho Square, London, are, agents for England. Of former volumes, only 24-45 can be supplied snare cer- | tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stoke | of some numbers -has been reserved for the completion of sets — Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars each; Vols. 28-45 three dollars each. ete copies (30 cents) will be furnished San when not breaking complete volumes. — (2) MEMOIRS The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregu- lar intervals.. Volumes 1-15 are now completed; No, 1 of Vol. 16 has been issued. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance; Vol. 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was : issued in 1918, price $5.00, Certain numbers can also be pur- chased singly. Ai list of titles of the individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed to DR. BERNARD O. DODGE Columbia University New York City iin iy 0031 ie Bat -€ Ah I Tene de Coe | pdivierelt ace ere Pare ee is oe a Retest acetone sae) Rae aH) ares br CL ab Sal hx 2 ee ey Hey Eee Oe rere ee Pare era i ip eee ‘ oor at Pxararee ie ees eres eee ea a 4 {it abdgisie treet, ‘ ar i ote Lf ' te iad 7 oa : “« Oi aE ee a ST. ne eee ‘ 4 ahs ( , ot ’ . . ry i oa el fe ; tear dH ” t i € ' C ; i i F 2 # * oe . ‘ vl v “ ‘ = / ' . ‘ ae 4 3 an) ' 7s * . +S Peres] 1 ; ‘ ahety boa ee brea 4 ‘ , , Saray ir Wee em a . bos f ‘, oO ATET TTR EOE EH CP tt 7 oe 6 er Wee hr ae ee oes 4 whee eee arn | rare are ere eae Oe hs ’ SRR Stee tery Oe ta 4 ' ‘ ‘ ' weesuen ay 7 , 4 yo bey on ‘ + ’ , sdig wee wet A * rar Reeastte Uyhey Swe uve v4 ora | Corer te wre Oe te re ne ee " fe re trey eee Oe ee rr ad . ; ‘ Vthteree ane yt Perey peer: 01 tree hen) tats - aa 4 ’ on ed Oe et ee eo) Pe ee ” . . a é ase re Phot ek Pee eee Wie emehene be uw A codes - ‘ Pir okt Fl cece Re OS eer tree eve } F a PTrarer ecw Mo yoo St eer ree Pree ee ee eae ‘ ’ ‘ ay et Oe sd Perr tt oe eo er re a) i ‘ ' t bee Perec se fae Retr er Ye ee ‘ and ‘ ‘ arent, Wty et ec tae Oe Se - +? F tee mee whee rw teeter ee hens ? ‘ Re eer rhe ee tbe am ees ae fare i ee a cn re so. og ‘ ewe) . whee eed weenie ’ a coh "eh 6 ree ee eee er ae We Sr . ‘ Pe erat ee ee Se eee Er er Pre ae tne oe ye we ' ane » bd elbes \ ve Pee eh wre’ Ahi teenie cy - - ts: Perv hi hen Wi Soo CnC RE : ek ' Fa hPa lt ane dred bebese Haare eee eeeeene s + ‘ hat G a4 UJ i . ee eee ech aby reer he i ‘ ea : " ‘ . ' wie eevee gab’ i ts 3b Oe, Mtrbeage Oye any +e 4 eee ee ee ‘ oy, pA ee ee iss oe Poe 4 ' > The LT A eb RE a8, . ‘ mre . seeks . ‘ Cnet Da avy : ero bee Hh a te 7 ee CU ee xi ap Pest Mey eres yet eh cee cas . re, bieawar ’ fo eae Se